Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security...

244

Transcript of Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security...

Page 1: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian
Page 2: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

ANNUAL REPORT

2004-05

Ministry of DefenceGovernment of India

lR;eso t;rs

Page 3: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

Front Cover :

�BRAHMOS� Supersonic Cruise Missile being launched from a Naval war ship.

Back Cover:

The aerobatic team of the Indian Air Force � the Suryakirans demonstrating its awesome aerobatic skills.

Page 4: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

CONTENTS

1. The Security Environment 5

2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17

3. Indian Army 25

4. Indian Navy 45

5. Indian Air Force 55

6. Coast Guard 61

7. Defence Production 69

8. Defence Research and Development 97

9. Inter-Service Organisations 115

10. Recruitment and training 131

11. Resettlement and welfare of ex-servicemen 159

12. Cooperation between the armed forces and civil authorities 177

13. National Cadet Corps 185

14. Defence Relations with Foreign Countries 197

15. Ceremonial, Academic and Adventure Activities 203

16. Activities of Vigilance Units 215

17. Empowerment and Welfare of Women 219

Appendix

I. Matters Dealt by the Departments of the Ministry of Defence 227

II. Ministers, Chiefs of Staff and Secretaries 232

who were in Position from April 1, 2004 Onwards

III. Summary of Latest Comptroller & Auditor General 233

(C&AG) Report on the Working of Ministry of Defence

Page 5: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian
Page 6: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

5

THE SECURITY ENVIRONMENT

1

Su-30

Page 7: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

6

PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

1.1 Connected by land to west,central, continental, and south-eastAsia, and by sea, to the littoral statesof the Indian Ocean from East Africato the Indonesian archipelago, Indiais strategically located vis-à-vis bothcontinental Asia as well as the IndianOcean Region. It has a landmass of3.3 million sq. kms. and is home toover a billion people with varyingethnic, linguistic, religious and cul-tural backgrounds.

1.2 The topography of India isdiverse, ranging from the snow cladHimalayas with peaks over 28,000feet to deserts, thick jungles and vastplains. The Siachen Glacier in theNorth is the world�s highest battle-field with posts located as high as21,000 feet. India�s western borderruns through deserts, fertile plainsand thickly forested mountains. TheNorth-Eastern frontier also comprisessteep, high ranges and dense tropi-cal forests. To the South, there areranges close to the sea, inland pla-teaus interspersed with river valleys,coastal plains, and far flung islandterritories such as the Lakshadweepto the west and the Andaman andNicobar Islands to the East. On threesides, from Gujarat to West Bengal, it

THE SECURITY ENVIRONMENT

is bordered by the Arabian Sea, theIndian Ocean and the Bay of Bengal.India is thus a maritime as well ascontinental entity. This geographicaland topographical diversity, espe-cially on its borders, also posesunique challenges to our ArmedForces.

1.3 India�s land frontiers extendacross more than 15,500 kms shar-ing borders with seven neighboursnamely Afghanistan, Pakistan,Bangladesh, Myanmar, China,Bhutan and Nepal. Most of them donot share borders amongst them-selves, heightening the focus of theirrelations with their larger commonneighbour.

1.4 India�s peninsular shape pro-vides India a coastline of about 7,600kms and an Exclusive EconomicZone of over 2 million sq. kms. Theisland territories of the Andamansand Nicobar in the East are 1,300kms. away from the mainland, physi-cally much closer to South-East Asia.Peninsular India is adjacent to one ofthe most vital sea-lanes of the world,stretching from the Suez Canal andthe Persian Gulf to the Straits ofMalacca through which 55,000 shipsand much of the oil from the Gulfregion transit each year. The seas

Page 8: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

7

surrounding India have been a the-atre of super power rivalry in thepast, and continue to be a region ofheightened activity from and byextra-regional navies on account oftopical security concerns.

1.5 Historically, India with its long,layered and textured history stretch-ing back close to 5,000 years, is oneof the major sources of civilizationhaving received, and radiated, influ-ences from and to West and CentralAsia, China, Mongolia and East Asia,South-East Asia, the Gulf and EastAfrica. Today, politically, South Asiahosts a diversity of political experi-ences and experiments ranging frommonarchies and military dictator-ships to nascent and establisheddemocracies. The region also faces

the menace of terrorism and traffick-ing in, and proliferation of, arms anddrugs. In the midst of this, Indiastands as a bulwark against funda-mentalism and extremism, a centreof economic gravity, a beacon ofdemocracy (despite challenges ofhuman diversity and economicdisparity), a bastion of stability and asymbol of peaceful coexistence andnon-violence. An appreciation ofIndia�s security concerns and itssecurity is thus critical to regionaland global stability and security.

1.6 India�s size, strategic location,trade links and Exclusive EconomicZone (EEZ), and its security environ-ment link India�s security directly withits extended neighbourhood, particu-larly neighbouring countries and the

The fencing along the Line of Control helps check infiltration

Page 9: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

8

regions of Central Asia, South-EastAsia, the Gulf and the Indian Ocean.India�s location at the base of conti-nental Asia and the top of the IndianOcean gives it a vantage point inrelation to both Central Asia and theIndian Ocean Region.

The Security Environment

1.7 At its widest level, with somevariations for better or worse, India�sstrategic environment remainedlargely unchanged from those identi-fied in the Annual Report of theMinistry of Defence, last year. Thepost Cold War, post 9/11 concernsregarding the challenges posed byterrorism and the proliferation ofweapons of mass destruction re-mained central to the internationalsecurity agenda and at the bottom ofIndia�s primary and most generalsecurity concerns. Many of thetrends in international relations andmilitary affairs identified in last year�sreport remain valid. The US retainedits position as the pre-eminent worldpower though the nascent challengeposed by a fast growing and mod-ernizing China was too strong to beignored. The European Union contin-ued its process of enlargement andconsolidation. Relations betweenmajor powers remained stablethough historical strains betweenJapan and China were beginning toreappear in East Asia. Russia contin-ued trying to deepen its ties with theUS, Europe, China and Central Asiafor its security and economic revival.

China�s rapid modernization elicitedboth awe and nervousness in somequarters. The global dependency onthe energy resources of the Gulf wasunderlined by the steep hike in oilprices intensifying efforts to seekaccess and control of the region andfor alternative sources of energy,notably in Central Asia. The Revolu-tion in Military Affairs (RMA) contin-ued to drive military reform, restruc-turing and modernization amongstthe major world powers. While elec-tions in Iraq and the Palestine, andthe Israeli pullout from the Gaza Stripopened prospects for the return ofpeace in the Gulf and West Asia, it isstill too early to predict a positiveoutcome. Strains over Iran�s nuclearintentions and the reactions of theinternational community to it, couldhave a destabilizing impact on theregion. By the end of the year, therewere also signs that new strategicalignments, and a growing apprecia-tion of India�s economic growth andpotential, military experience andsuccess as a democracy had in-duced major powers to begin toredefine their relations with India andopened fresh prospects for India.

1.8 India�s immediate securityconcerns also remained basically thesame though tempered by positivedevelopments with its two largestneighbours. Internal instability, au-thoritarian and/or military rule, ex-tremist political or religious move-ments, weak state structures, and

Page 10: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

9

insurgencies and internal or ethnicconflicts continued to characterizemany of the countries of the region.Despite the operations against the AlQaeda and Taliban elements on thePak-Afghan border, the principalthreats to peace and stability in theregion remains the combination offundamentalism and terrorism nur-tured in madarssas and trainingcamps in the area, and the danger ofproliferation of weapons of massdestruction and access to them byfundamentalists and terrorists.

1.9 Building on the November 2003cease-fire along the InternationalBorder (IB), Line of Control (LoC)and the Actual Ground Position Line(AGPL) between India and Pakistanin J&K, and the unconditional com-mitment given by PresidentMusharraf on January 6, 2004 not topermit any territory under Pakistan�scontrol to be used to support terror-ism in any manner, a number ofinitiatives were taken during the yearto ease tensions, normalize andimprove relations between India andPakistan. At the level of the Govern-ment, the Composite Dialogue wasinitiated with the resumption of For-eign Secretary level talks in June2004. The first round concluded inSeptember 2004 included the ArmedForces in the talks in Delhi betweenthe two countries on the Sir Creekissue followed by a joint survey ofthe boundary pillars in the horizontalsegment of the international bound-

ary in the area in February 2005; andtalks between Defence Secretaries ofIndia and Pakistan, on the Siachenissue. The second round of theDialogue commenced in December2004. High-level contacts providedthe momentum. Prime Minister metPresident Musharraf on the sidelinesof the United Nations GeneralAssembly in September 2004 wherePM reiterated the importance of thefulfillment of President Musharraf�sreassurance on terrorism. ThePakistan PM visited India asChairperson of the SAARC inNovember 2004.

1.10 At the level of the ArmedForces, a number of confidence-building measures (CBMs) wereexchanged. Meetings on nuclear andconventional CBMs were held inwhich understandings were reachedon upgrading the link between theDirectors General of Military Opera-tions (DGMOs) of the two countries.India proposed, inter alia, an agree-ment on peace and tranquility alongthe LoC, new communication links atDivisions/Corps Commanders level,annual meetings at the level of Vice-Chiefs of Army Staff, and exchangesbetween the Armed Forces-relatedacademic institutions, National De-fence Colleges, etc. In December2004, the Foreign Secretaries agreedto promote regular contacts at locallevels at designated places andexplore further CBMs along the IBand the LoC. It was decided during

Page 11: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

10

External Affairs Minister�s (EAM�s)visit to Pakistan in February 15-17,2005, that agreements would beconcluded in the coming months onthe pre-notification of missile tests,and the establishment of communi-cations links between the IndianCoast Guard and the Pakistan Mari-time Security Agency. It was alsodecided that discussions wouldbegin on agreements on PreventingIncidents at Sea, and Reducing theRisk of Nuclear Accidents or Unau-thorized Use of Nuclear Weapons.

1.11 Major steps were taken duringthe year to step up people-to-peoplecontacts. Agreement was reachedduring EAM�s, visit to Pakistan inFebruary, 2005 to start bus servicesbetween Srinagar and Muzaffarabad(which commenced on April 7, 2005)and between Amritsar and Lahore,including to religious places such asNankana Sahib. Pakistan alsoagreed to work on the early restora-tion of the Khokrapar-Munabao raillink. The visa regime for Pakistaninationals was unilaterally liberalized.

1.12 While the year ended on ahopeful note on India-Pakistan rela-tions, it could not be said that therewas an end to cross-border terrorismin J&K. While there was some de-cline in the level of infiltration, thiswas more on account of measureson the part of the Indian ArmedForces than any discernible changeof heart, or action, by the Pakistani

authorities. There was no evidence ofany significant Pakistani effort todismantle the infrastructure of terror-ism, such as communications,launching pads, and training campson its eastern borders with Indiacomparable to Pakistan�s operationsfor the war against terrorism on itswestern borders with Afghanistan.The acquisition of sophisticatedweapons and platforms like the F-16s, P3C Orion maritime surveillanceaircraft etc. that have nothing to dowith the war against terrorism on theother hand, casts doubts onPakistan�s real intention in joining thewar against terrorism and couldcomplicate prospects for lastingpeace in the region. India will have toguard against its implications on thebalance of military power in theregion.

1.13 Developments in Afghanistanhave a direct bearing on peace andsecurity in the region. The holding ofthe Constitutional Loya Jirgah,adoption of a new Constitution andthe successful conduct of the Presi-dential elections in Afghanistan inOctober 2004 with the strong sup-port of the international community,were milestones in the Bonn pro-cess, though there has been aslippage in the holding of the parlia-mentary elections. Though the taskof reconstruction and rebuildinginstitutions is progressing and thesituation in Afghanistan is stabiliz-ing, threats to internal security

Page 12: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

11

posed by remnants of the Talibanand other like-minded, fundamental-ist groups continue to pose a chal-lenge to the Afghan Governmentand cause concern further afieldincluding India. India has committedUS $ 500 million over the period2002-2008 for economic reconstruc-tion in virtually every province inAfghanistan, and almost everysector, including 300 military usevehicles for the Afghan NationalArmy, in its effort to contribute topeace, stability and reconstructionin Afghanistan.

1.14 Within the sub-continent, de-spite good and close relations withmost of its other immediateneighbours, lesser security problemscontinue to complicate relationships.Bangladesh has remained indifferentto the rising influence of politicalparties and organizations of funda-mentalist and radical Islamist orienta-tion in Bangladeshi society andgovernment. It has been insensitiveand unresponsive to India�s con-cerns regarding the presence andactivities of Indian insurgent groupsfrom the North-East and the PakistaniInter-Services Intelligence (ISI) onBangladesh soil, large-scale illegalimmigration, and the criminalizationof the border. Political violence andassassinations against internal politi-cal opponents have risen alarmingly,and gone unpunished. There is stillno explanation for the large cache ofarms and ammunition bound for the

north-east of India detected inChittagong in April 2004.

1.15 The dismissal of the multi-party Government, imposition ofemergency, arrest of political lead-ers and others and imposition ofmedia censorship by the King onFebruary 1, 2005 has resulted in afurther deterioration in the politicaland security situation in Nepal. Ithas alienated the political parties,isolated the King, and ranged thepalace and Royal Nepalese Armyagainst political parties besides theMaoists. India and other countrieshave deplored these developmentswhich have made efforts for recon-ciliation between the two pillars forstability in Nepal, namely politicalparties representing multi-partydemocracy and constitutionalmonarchy, more complicated. It hasalways been our considered viewthat the problems facing Nepal,particularly the Maoist insurgencycan be addressed effectively onlythrough a national consensusbetween the constitutional forces.India is of the view that there canbe no purely military solution to theMaoist insurgency. India has, overthe years, cooperated with Nepal inaddressing its security require-ments. The Maoist grip over thecountry-side, particularly in theTerai area bordering India, theirlinks with left extremist outfits inparts of India, and the possible

Page 13: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

12

expansion of their influence, remaincauses of serious concern for India.

1.16 Bhutan continues to displayexemplary good-neighbourliness inpreventing the return of insurgentgroups that had set up militarycamps and bases of operationswithin its territory. Myanmar toocooperated in undertaking coordi-nated operations against Indianinsurgent groups in the north-eastthat take refuge or operate fromcamps in Myanmar.

1.17 In Sri Lanka, the suspension of

the talks between the LTTE and the

Government continued though the

cease-fire remained in force. There

was some limited cooperation be-

tween the Government and the LTTE

on the post December 26, 2004

Tsunami. There are indications that

the LTTE continued to strengthen

itself militarily although it suffered

losses, along with the Sri Lankan

defence forces, on account of the

Tsunami. India remains committed

to the unity, integrity and sover-

eignty of Sri Lanka and to a compre-

hensive, negotiated settlement

acceptable to all communities of Sri

Lanka, and reflecting the pluralistic

nature of Sri Lankan society, within

the framework of a united Sri Lanka

and consistent with democracy and

respect for human rights. India

assisted the Sri Lankan Armed

Forces in meeting some of its train-

ing requirements, cooperated in

enhancing maritime security and

responding to Sri Lanka�s urgent

Marine Commando slithering down from a Sea-King Helicopter onboard INS Viraat

Page 14: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

13

needs of rescue, relief and rehabili-

tation after the December 26, 2004

Tsunami.

1.18 China pursued its rapid mod-ernization, including military modern-ization, while seeking peaceful rela-tions with its neighbours in order toconsolidate itself politically andeconomically internally and build upits �Comprehensive NationalStrength�. India and China continuedto maintain peace and tranquillity intheir border areas and build mutualtrust and confidence, includingbetween their armed forces; andstepped up efforts to address differ-ences on the boundary questionthrough discussions between theSpecial Representatives who aretasked to explore a framework of aboundary settlement from the politi-cal perspective of the overall bilateralrelationship. Five rounds of talksbetween the Special Representativeshave been held so far. (The last atNew Delhi in April 2005. On April 11,the Special Representatives of thetwo countries signed the Agreementon the Political Parameters andGuiding Principles for the Settlementof the India-China Boundary Ques-tion.)

1.19 India-China relations have

entered a phase of comprehensive

all-round development supported by

high-level exchanges and dialogue.

(During the visit of Premier, Wen

Jiabao in April 2005, the two coun-

tries agreed that the relations have

now acquired a strategic character,

and established an India-China

�Strategic and Cooperative Partner-

ship for Peace and Prosperity.)

Defence exchanges too gained

momentum during the year reflected

in the visit of the Chief of Army Staff

of India to China in December 2004

and participation, for the first time, of

an Indian delegation in a PLA military

exercise held in Henan province in

September 2004. China�s close

defence relationship with and military

assistance to Pakistan continued. We

will also continue to monitor develop-

ment of military infrastructure by

China in India-China border areas

and its military modernization, includ-

ing in the maritime sector.

1.20 The Gulf region forms part of

our strategic neighbourhood, an

important source of energy, and

home to over 3.5 million Indians. It is

a major trading partner. Its stability,

security and prosperity is important

to India. Parts of the region, including

Iraq, are affected by Islamic radical-

ism and terrorism. Efforts are being

made by the region�s governments

to contain it. The elections in Iraq in

January 2005 have generated hopes

for peace and development and

have hopefully set in motion a pro-

cess that would lead to the Iraqi

people taking full control of their

Page 15: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

14

destiny. Efforts by fundamentalist

outfits to destabilize Central Asia also

continue. In addition, Central Asia

attracts extra-regional attention and

competition because of its location

and energy assets. India�s rapid

economic integration with the Asia-

Pacific underpins a common interest

with South-East and East Asia in the

security of shipping and energy flows

from the Western Indian Ocean to

the Asia-Pacific. India and South-

East Asia also have a vital interest in

preserving the traditions of peaceful

co-existence amongst their diverse

religious communities against the

intrusion of dogmatic, alien, funda-

mentalist and extremist religious

tendencies.

1.21 At the regional level, India has

purposefully pursued dialogue and

confidence-building and trust

through cooperative security struc-

tures like the ASEAN Regional Forum

(ARF) and the Conference on Inter-

action and Confidence-Building

Measures in Asia (CICA) at Almaty,

Kazakhstan in October 2004.

Internal Threats to Security

1.22 In addition to these external

threats and challenges, India also

faces internal threats from (i) insur-

gency inspired by ethnic and tribal

identities and a desire to achieve

some kind of autonomy from the

Centre; (ii) left-wing radicalism and

extremism motivated by a dissatis-

faction with the prevailing socio-

economic order which it desires to

overthrow through armed revolution

and guerrilla activities; (iii) communal

conflict, fomented by religious funda-

mentalism; and (iv) caste conflicts

including attacks against Scheduled

Castes and Tribes. These threats

posed a grave challenge to the unity

and development of India as a na-

tion-state and impinge on our na-

tional security.

Position on Weapons of MassDestruction

1.23 India remains a firm and consis-

tent proponent of global nuclear

disarmament based on the principles

of non-discrimination, universal

acceptability and effective compli-

ance. Faced with an untenable

nuclear environment, India was

forced to resort to the nuclear option

in 1998. As a nuclear state, India is

even more conscious of its responsi-

bility in regard to nuclear safety, non-

proliferation and nuclear disarma-

ment. India is an active participant in

the global debate on nuclear disar-

mament and the elimination of weap-

ons of mass destruction. India�s

nuclear doctrine is based on the

principle of a minimum credible

deterrent and no-first-use as op-

posed to doctrines or postures of

launch-on-warning. It is an original

Page 16: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

15

State Party to the Chemical Weapons

Convention and is committed to

participating constructively in interna-

tional efforts to strengthen norms

against biological weapons and

toxins enshrined in Biological and

Toxicological Weapons Convention

(BTWC). It is also a Party to the

Convention on Certain Chemical

Weapons (CCW) and has ratified all

its Protocols including the Amended

Protocol II which restricts the use of

anti-personnel mines. India also

participated as an observer in the

First Review Conference of States

Parties to the Convention on the

Prohibition of the Use, Stockpiling,

Production and Transfer of Anti-

personnel Mines and their Destruc-

tion (the Ottawa Convention) held at

Nairobi, Kenya in November-Decem-

ber 2004.

Conclusion

1.24 India�s response to these mul-

tiple threats and challenges has

always been restrained, measured

and moderate, consistent with its

peaceful outlook and reputation as a

peace-loving country. Diplomacy

remains India�s chosen means of

dealing with these challenges, but

effective diplomacy has to be backed

by credible military power. India�s

strategic and security interests re-

quire a mix of land-based, maritime

and air capabilities, and a minimum

credible deterrent to thwart the threat

Brahmos Supersonic Cruise Missile on display

Page 17: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

16

of use of nuclear weapons against it.

Its force postures remain defensive in

orientation while its nuclear policy is

characterized by a commitment to

no-first-use, moratorium on nuclear

testing, minimum credible nuclear

deterrence, and the rejection of an

arms race or concepts and postures

from the Cold War era. India remains

fully committed to maintaining peace

with its neighbours and stability in

the region through a combination of

defence-preparedness, unilateral

restraint, confidence building and

dialogue, and expanding bilateral

interactions.

Page 18: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

17

ORGANISATION AND fUNCTIONS OF THE

mINISTRY OF dEFENCE

2

Independence Day Celebrations

Page 19: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

18

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

2.1 A Military Department wascreated in the Government of the

East India Company at Calcutta inthe year 1776, having the mainfunction to sift and record ordersrelating to the Army issued by vari-ous Departments of the Governmentof the East India Company. The

Military Department initially func-tioned as a branch of the PublicDepartment and maintained a list ofArmy personnel.

2.2 With the Charter Act of 1833,the Secretariat of the Government ofEast India Company wasreorganised into four Departments,

including a Military Department, eachheaded by a Secretary to the Gov-ernment. The Army in the Presiden-cies of Bengal, Bombay & Madrasfunctioned as respective PresidencyArmy till April 1895, when the Presi-

dency Armies were unified into asingle Indian Army. For administra-tive convenience, it was divided intofour Commands viz., Punjab (includ-ing the North West Frontier), Bengal,Madras (including Burma) and

Bombay (including Sind, Quetta andAden).

2.3 The supreme authority over theIndian Army vested in the GovernorGeneral-in-Council, subject to theControl of the Crown, which wasexercised by the Secretary of State forIndia. Two Members in the Councilwere responsible for military affairs,one of whom was the Military Mem-ber, who supervised all administrativeand financial matters, while the otherwas the Commander-in-Chief whowas responsible for all operationalmatters. The Military Department wasabolished in March 1906 and it wasreplaced by two separate Depart-ments, the Army Department and theMilitary Supply Department. In April1909 the Military Supply Departmentwas abolished and its functions weretaken over by the Army Department.The Army Department was redesig-nated as the Defence Department inJanuary 1938. The Department ofDefence became the Ministry ofDefence under a Cabinet Minister inAugust 1947.

POST-INDEPENDENCEORGANISATIONAL SET-UP ANDFUNCTIONS

2.4 On August 15, 1947, eachService was placed under its ownCommander-in-Chief. Under the

ORGANISATION AND fUNCTIONS OF THE

mINISTRY OF dEFENCE

Page 20: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

19

Constitution, the Supreme Com-mand of the Armed Forces vests inthe President. In 1955, the title ofCommander-in-Chief was abolishedand the three Service Chiefs weredesignated as the Chief of the ArmyStaff, the Chief of the Naval Staffand the Chief of the Air Staff re-spectively. In November 1962, aDepartment of Defence Productionwas set up to deal with research,development and production ofdefence equipment. In November1965, the Department of DefenceSupplies was created for planningand execution of schemes forimport substitution of requirementsfor defence purposes. These twoDepartments were later merged toform the Department of DefenceProduction and Supplies. A Scien-tific Adviser to the Defence Ministerwas appointed to advise him onscientific aspects of military equip-ment, research and design ofequipment used by the Defenceforces. In 1980, the Department ofDefence Research and Develop-ment was created. Further, theDepartment of Ex-ServicemenWelfare was created in 2004.

2.5 The Armed Forces are primarilyresponsible for ensuring the territorialintegrity of the nation. The Ministryof Defence, provides policy frame-work and wherewithal to the ArmedForces to discharge their responsibil-ity in the context of the defence ofthe country.

DEPARTMENTS

2.6 The principal task of the Minis-try is to obtain policy directions ofthe Government on all defence andsecurity related matters and com-municate them for implementationto the Services Headquarters, Inter-Service Organisations, ProductionEstablishments and Research &Development Organisations. It isalso required to ensure effectiveimplementation of the Government�spolicy directions and the executionof approved programmes within theallocated resources.

2.7 The Ministry of Defence nowconsists of four Departments,namely, Department of Defence,Department of Defence Production,Department of Defence Researchand Development and Department ofEx-Servicemen Welfare. The De-fence Secretary functions as head ofthe Department of Defence and isadditionally responsible for co-ordinating the activities of the fourDepartments in the Ministry. Theprincipal functions of all the Depart-ments are as follows:

(i) The Department of Defencedeals with the Integrated De-fence Staff (IDS) and threeServices and various Inter-Service Organisations. It is alsoresponsible for the DefenceBudget, establishment matters,defence policy, matters relating

Page 21: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

20

to Parliament, defence co-operation with foreign countriesand co-ordination of all activi-ties.

(ii) The Department of DefenceProduction is headed by aSecretary and deals with mat-ters pertaining to defenceproduction, indigenisation ofimported stores, equipment andspares, planning and control ofdepartmental production unitsof the Ordnance Factory Boardand Defence Public SectorUndertakings (DPSUs).

(iii) The Department of DefenceResearch and Development isheaded by a Secretary, who isalso the Scientific Adviser to theRaksha Mantri. Its function is toadvise the Government onscientific aspects of militaryequipment and logistics andthe formulation of research,design and development plansfor equipment required by theServices.

(iv) The Department of Ex-Service-men Welfare is headed by anAdditional Secretary and dealswith all resettlement, welfareand pensionary matters of Ex-Servicemen.

2.8 The Finance Division of theMinistry of Defence is headed bySecretary Defence (Finance). TheSecretary exercises financial con-

trol over proposals involving expen-diture from the Defence Budget andis responsible for internal audit andaccounting of defence expenditure.In the latter tasks, he is assisted bythe Controller General of DefenceAccounts (CGDA). A list of itemsdealt with by the Departments inthe Ministry of Defence is given inAppendix-I to this report.

2.9 The three Services Headquar-ters, viz., the Army Headquarters,the Naval Headquarters and the AirHeadquarters function, under theChief of the Army Staff (COAS), theChief of the Naval Staff (CNS) andthe Chief of the Air Staff (CAS)respectively. They are assisted bytheir Principal Staff Officers(PSOs). The Inter-ServicesOrganisations, under the Depart-ment of Defence are responsiblefor carrying out tasks related tocommon needs of the three Ser-vices such as medical care, publicrelations and personnel manage-ment of civilian staff in the DefenceHeadquarters.

2.10 A number of Committeesdealing with defence related activi-ties assist the Raksha Mantri. TheChiefs of Staff Committee is aforum in which the Service Chiefsdiscuss matters having a bearingon the activities of the Services andadvise the Ministry. The position ofChairman of the Chiefs of StaffCommittee devolves on the longest

Page 22: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

21

serving Chief of Staff, and conse-quently rotates amongst the threeServices. To facilitate the work ofthe Chiefs of Staff Committee, anumber of sub-committees havebeen established.

2.11 Information regarding theMinisters in the Ministry of Defence,the Chiefs of Staff, the Secretaries inthe three Departments of the Ministryand the Secretary Defence (Finance)who held positions from April 1, 2004onwards is given in Appendix-II tothis report.

REFORMS IN MANAGEMENT OFDEFENCE

2.12 Keeping in view the broad arrayof challenges to the national security inthe fast changing geo-strategic secu-rity environment, the Government hadinstituted a comprehensive review ofthe National Security System by aGroup of Ministers (GOM) constitutedon April 17, 2000. The recommenda-tions of the GOM included, amongstothers, measures such as creation ofthe Chief of Defence Staff(CDS),creation of a Defence ProcurementBoard, a Defence Production Board, aDefence Research and DevelopmentBoard, preparation of holistic andintegrated Defence Perspective Plansfor 15-20 years, establishment of aNational Defence University, effectivemedia management, establishment ofAndaman and Nicobar Command andStrategic Forces Command, integra-tion of Service Headquarters with the

Ministry of Defence and delegation ofhigher administrative and financialpowers to the Services.

2.13 The Government approved therecommendations made in the reportrelating to Management of Defencewith the modification that a view onthe recommendations relating to theinstitution of Chief of Defence Staff(CDS) would be taken after consulta-tions with various political parties.Accordingly, Integrated DefenceStaff, Defence Intelligence Agency,Defence Acquisition Council, De-fence Technology Council, Andamanand Nicobar Command, StrategicForces Command etc. have beenestablished. Various administrativeand financial powers have also beendelegated to the Integrated ServiceHeadquarters to impart enhancedautonomy in their functioning. Thesereforms have brought about improve-ments in the organisations, struc-tures and processes for the integra-tion of civil and military componentsand have made the defence set-upmore capable to meet any kind ofchallenge to the national security.

DEFENCE EXPENDITURE

2.14 The two charts in this chapterrepresent Service/Department-wisebreak-up of Defence expenditure forthe years 2002-2003, 2003-2004,Revised Estimates for 2004-2005 andBudget Estimates for the year 2005-2006 and Service/ Department-wiseexpenditure as a percentage of totalDefence expenditure.

Page 23: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

22

Service/Department-Wise Break-Up of Defence Expenditure

(Rs. in crores)

Service/Deptt 2002-2003 2003-2004 R.E. B.E.2004-2005 2005-2006

Army 32127.78 33199.98 35888.52 40288.32Navy 8155.32 10109.35 13327.50 15253.00Air Force 12385.26 13187.02 23783.82 21808.76DDP DGOF (-)388.89 (-)210.58 (-)158.78 (-)127.94

DGQA 374.25 336.85 411.82 421.52Total (-)14.64 126.27 253.04 293.58

DR&D 3008.11 3443.18 3747.12 5356.34Total 55661.83 60065.80 77000.00 83000.00

Page 24: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

23

Page 25: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

24

2.15 Observations of C&AG on theworking of Ministry of Defence:Summary of latest Comptroller &

Auditor General (C&AG) on theworking of the Ministry of Defence isgiven in Appendix-III to this report.

Page 26: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

25

INDIAN ARMY

3

T-90 Tank on Display

Page 27: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

26

3.1 The primary responsibility of theArmy is to defend the country againstexternal aggression and to safeguardits territorial integrity. The enormityof the task can be gauged from theprevalent geo-political, social andstrategic environment. Since incep-tion, the Indian Army has been ex-tremely vigilant at all times to meetthe challenges not only arising alongthe country�s long borders encom-passing different geographical andclimatic conditions but also at thetime of natural calamities and internal

disturbances. Result oriented effortsare being made to make the Armysuitably structured, equipped,modernised and trained to meetthese enormous challenges.

MODERNISATION OF WEAPONSAND EQUIPMENT

3.2 During the year, continuedefforts were made to modernize andupgrade the weapons and weaponsystems of the Army, to prepare it toaddress the requirements of modernday warfare and enhance its combat

INDIAN ARMY

Mounted ZU 23 MM Twin Gun on display

Page 28: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

27

efficiency. The notable efforts madeare indicated in the succeedingparagraphs:

(i) Mechanised Forces: Thedifficulties faced by ourMechanised forces to operateby night has been addressedon priority by procurement ofThermal Imaging/Image Intensi-fication based Sights. Thearmoured thrusts have beenmade more effective by induc-tion of T-90 tanks. For enhanc-ing the navigational capabilitiesof tanks and infantry combatvehicles, steps have been takenfor procurement of AdvancedLand Navigation Systems. Toenhance communication capa-bilities of the armoured forma-tions, action has been taken forprocurement of Combat NetRadio Sets.

(ii) Artillery: Various surveillancesystems like Radars and NightVision Devices are being pro-cured to enhance the surveil-lance capability of the Army.Also, steps have been initiatedfor procurement of a number ofself propelled and towed ver-sions of Artillery Guns, Rocketsand Rocket Launchers to en-hance the fire power of theArtillery. Unmanned AerialVehicles, proposed for procure-ment, will enhance early warn-ing and surveillance in high

altitude areas and remotelocations.

(iii) Infantry: The combat potential,surveillance and counter-insur-gency capabilities of Infantryare being comprehensivelytransformed through a quantumenhancement of their surveil-lance, fire power, protection,night vision capability, commu-nication and mobility require-ments. Steps are being takenfor procurement of state-of-the-art weapon systems of greatlethality, range and precision;thermal imaging devices; bulletand mine-proof vehicles andsecure radio sets for the Infan-try.

(iv) Signals: Communication prob-lems of Indian Army were ad-dressed in a very big way, post-Kargil. Relentless efforts haveresulted in procurement of largenumber of communicationequipment and systems, inte-grated into function networks,which have brought us closertowards fighting Network Cen-tric Warfare. AVAN is beingestablished to enhance thecommunication abilities. Theelectronic warfare capabilitiesare also proposed to be up-graded by procurement ofvarious electronic warfaresystems.

(v) Engineers: The deminingcapabilities of the Engineers

Page 29: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

28

have been enhanced throughprocurement of deminingequipments. The induction ofvarious equipments for defenceagainst nuclear, biological andchemical warfare has improvedthe capability for disaster man-agement during a nuclear,chemical and biological warfarescenario. The protectionagainst Improvised ExplosiveDevices (IED) is being en-hanced through procurement ofa sophisticated range ofCounter Improvised ExplosiveDevices Equipment (IEDE).

(vi) Air Defence Artillery: Air De-fence Artillery is in the processof improving its capability byinducting new radars. Neces-sary steps have been initiatedfor procurement of upgradedguns and missiles.

(vii) Army Aviation: In order toenhance the lift capability, theAdvanced Light Helicopters arebeing inducted into the Army.For enhancing the reconnais-sance capabilities, necessarysteps are being taken to pro-cure light helicopters for replac-ing the existing Cheetah/Chetakmodels.

ORGANISATIONALRESTRUCTURING

3.3 Reorganisation of Commandand Control Structure of Army:The Government has approved thereorganization of Command and

Control Structure of Army in theWestern sector, albeit without anyaccretion in posts. The restructuringhas been effected to address thechanges in operational scenario andto rationalize the extent and span ofcontrol of Northern Headquarters inorder to facilitate effective deploy-ment of Army HQ�s (Headquarters)reserves, allocated to army duringwar. The restructuring entails carvingout an additional Corps HQ and HQSouth Western Command from theexisting resources. This would facili-tate better control and coordinationof areas of operational responsibili-ties of various formations. Whileaddressing the existing structuralanomalies, the Government of Indiaremains committed to the mainte-nance of peace and tranquility alongits western borders. The existingconfidence building measures initi-ated by the Government includingde-induction of troops from J&Kwould consolidate the peace processbetween India and Pakistan.

3.4 Implementation of AV SinghCommittee recommendations:Government of India had consti-tuted a committee under the chair-manship of Shri Ajai Vikram Singhin May 2001, to examine certainshortcomings and imbalances inthe organisational structure of theofficers� cadre of Army. The Com-mittee submitted its report in themonth of January 2003. The Com-mittee in its report recommended a

Page 30: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

29

comprehensive plan for restructur-ing the officers� cadre, reduction inqualifying service for promotion innon-select ranks and a package ofpeel off measures to mitigate stag-nation and a plan for broad � bas-ing the select ranks. The mainpurpose of the report has been inachieving optimum combat effec-tiveness by bringing down the ageprofile of battalion/brigade com-manders and to make the organiza-tion more effective in fulfilling indi-vidual career aspirations of theofficers. Phase I of the report per-taining to non � select ranks hassince been approved and imple-mented in respect of Army Officersalong with their counterparts in Navy& Air Force.

MODERNISATION OF CENTRALORDNANCE DEPOTS (CODs)

3.5 There are seven Central Ord-nance Depots located at Delhi Can-tonment, Dehu Road, Cheokki,Kanpur, Agra, Mumbai and Jabalpur.These Depots were set-up in the pre-independence period and havetemporary/semi-permanent struc-tures, which have now becomedilapidated and lack modern materialhandling and storage facilities.Therefore, it has been decided tomodernize all the seven CentralOrdnance Depots in a phased man-ner. To begin with the modernizationof Central Ordnance Depot, Kanpurat an estimated cost of Rs. 187

crores was started in April 2001 andthe project is likely to be completedat the end of year 2005. The modern-ization of COD Kanpur covers state-of-the-art warehousing facilities withhigher vertical space utilization andautomated material handling equip-ments like forklift trucks, mobile beltconveyors, hydraulic elevating cableetc., for loading/unloading andretrieval/stacking of stores. It alsoincludes computerised inventorymanagement system and installationof state-of-the-art fire prevention andfire fighting systems.

3.6 The detailed project reports inrespect of Ordnance Depots at Agraand Jabalpur are also under theadvanced stage of finalization and it isexpected that the modernization ofCOD Agra and COD Jabalpur at anestimated cost of Rs. 350 crores eachis likely to start in the year 2005.

MODERNISATION OFAMMUNITION DEPOTS

3.7 There is one Central AmmunitionDepot at Pulgaon and fourteen Ammu-nition Depots located in different partsof the country. It is proposed to mod-ernize security and safety infrastructurein these depots by providing devicessuch as Powered Fencing, EarlyWarning System, Electronic AlarmingSystem, Close Circuit TV, Sensors,Electronic Surveillance Devices andEquipment for frisking of personneland vehicles at entry points.

Page 31: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

30

COUNTER INSURGENCYOPERATIONS

Jammu and Kashmir

3.8 The Line of Control fence andan integrated surveillance, multi-tiered grid has contributed im-mensely towards controlling infil-tration. The number of infiltratorsin 2004 had dropped. Due to effec-tive and relentless counter terroristoperations, the strength of terror-ists in the hinterland has comedown and the terrorists are conse-quently suffering from low moraleand inter-group rivalries, with adiscernible divide between theterrorists of local and foreign ori-gin. The Prime Minister�s peacepronouncements and initiativeshave raised the expectations of

people manifold. There appears agenuine yearning for normalcy,peace and rejection of violenceamongst the people with success-ful J&K Elections in 2004. The�healing touch� policy of the StateGovernment has also been wellreceived by the civil population. Arecord number of yatris (3.82 lakhs)visited the Holy Cave of Amarnaththis year. Tourist influx to the Valleyis also expected to reach an all timehigh during this season. As part ofthe ongoing peace process andConfidence Building Measures(CBMs), a reduction in troops de-ployed in J&K has been effected.This decision is likely to give animpetus to the peace process andfurther improve the prevailing envi-ronment.

Army Patrol Team Searching IED in snow covered area in J & K

Page 32: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

31

3.9 Winning hearts and mindsof people through �OperationSadbhavana�: In �OperationSadbhavana� civic action, i.e., smallscale developmental and commu-nity projects have been undertakenby the armed forces, for the benefitof civilians in areas where troopsare deployed to win hearts andminds of people. The programmesinclude:-

(a) Infrastructure Development:Infrastructure development likeconstruction of bridges, roadsand electrification of remoteareas.

(b) Education: Scholarship tostudents, computer training,construction and renovation ofschools, etc.

(c) Health: Free health care toinsurgency victims, lady doc-tors for medical camps in re-mote areas, assistance inconstruction and running ofprimary health centres, potablewater supply schemes in re-mote areas, provision of artifi-cial limbs, etc.

(d) Miscellaneous: Constructionand running of communitydevelopment centres, adoptionof villages for development,women empowerment, cleanup of Wular Lake / Dal lake,reception of Hajis and construc-tion of mini hydel projects. Upto March 31st, 2004, Rs 46crores have been allocated for�Operation Sadbhavana�. The

Medical assistance to stranded civilians by Army in snow covered areas

Page 33: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

32

budget outlay for 2004-05 is Rs.41 crores and the projectedoutlay for 2005-06 is Rs. 55.92crores.

North East

3.10 The Security Forces have main-tained relentless pressure on themilitants and have established as-cendancy over them in the entireNorth-East. The peace initiatives withvarious groups have progressed welland there is a general ground swellfor peace.

(a) Assam: Consequent to Bhutanoperations in December 2003,the pressure has been main-tained on the militants, whichhas forced them to go on theback foot. The militants effortson resorting to desperate actsof attacking soft targets/ inno-cent population has resulted inalienating them from the popu-lation and studentorganisations. The NationalDemocratic Front of Bodoland(NDFB) offer of ceasefire au-gurs well for Assam. At thesame time, implementation ofBodoland Territorial Council(Autonomous District) (BTC AD)Accord and rehabilitation ofsurrendered Bodoland Libera-tion Tiger (BLT) cadres is pro-gressing well.

(b) Nagaland: Nagaland haswitnessed relative peace sinceAugust 1997. The ceasefire

with National Socialist Councilof Nagaland (Issac & Muviah)[NSCN (IM)] has been furtherextended and the group wasinvited for talks to Delhi. How-ever, the increased attempts byNSCN (IM) to consolidate andincrease its area of influence,thereby, becoming the mothergroup in the region, is of con-cern. Notwithstanding thesame, there is a considerableincrease in general awarenessand ground swell for peace,which has not onlyemboldened the masses buthas infused in them greateractivism to check the illegalactivities of militant groups.

(c) Manipur: The newly estab-lished Unified Headquarters ishelping in imparting synergy tothe efforts of the security forces.Additional Army and AssamRifles units have been inductedand it has already started show-ing good results towardsachieving normalcy.

(d) Tripura: Though the porosity ofthe border is being exploited bythe militants based in campsacross the internationalborder, the situation in Tripura iswell under control. The pres-sure of security forces hasresulted in National LiberationFront of Tripura (NLFT) (NB)signing a tripartite agreementwith the Government of India,

Page 34: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

33

bringing into effect �Suspensionof Operations� with effect from15 April 2004. A turf war be-tween two major militant groupshas been continuing, which hasresulted in killing of each otherscadres, immigrants and civil-ians.

(e) Arunachal Pradesh: The Stateis peaceful except for the dis-tricts of Tirap and Changlang,which stand declared as dis-turbed. Security forces areensuring maintenance of lawand order, which is evident fromthe peaceful conduct of theAssembly Elections held inOctober 2004.

(f) Meghalaya: Clash of interestsbetween the Garos and Khasitribes and exploitation of GaroHills by Assam militant groups[United Liberation Front ofAssam (ULFA) and NationalDemocratic Front of Bodoland(NDFB)] has continuedthroughout the year. Signing ofthe accord with Achik NationalVolunteer Council (ANVC),which is a Garo Group, on July23rd, 2004 augurs well for peacein the State.

DIRECTORATE GENERALRASHTRIYA RIFLES

3.11 (a) During the year, forma-tions and units have remainedfully committed in fighting the

proxy war in Jammu and Kash-mir (J&K). The performance ofRashtriya Rifles (RR) in itsassigned role has been verycommendable. Rashtriya Riflestroops ensured safe and suc-cessful conduct of AmarnathYatra despite threats fromterrorists. With its proactiveoffensive stance, RashtriyaRifles have dealt a severe blowto the terrorist outfits. Such hasbeen the intensity of operations,and so relentless has been thepressure that the terroristorganisations have lost theircohesion resulting in infightingamongst various groups. Be-sides performing creditably inits assigned role, the troops ofRashtriya Rifles have alsoplayed an excellent role inwinning the hearts and minds ofpeople by undertaking a num-ber of goodwill missions.

(b) New Raisings: The securityenvironment in the state of J&Kis dynamic and is reviewedconstantly based on threatperceptions. To reduce thecommitment of Army on internalsecurity duties, the Governmenthad given �in principle� approvalin 2000, to raise 30 moreRashtriya Rifles battalions, tobring up the total strength ofRashtriya Rifles troops to fiveForce Headquarters, 17 Sector

Page 35: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

34

Headquarters and 66 RashtriyaRifles Battalions by the year2005. Rashtriya Rifles battalions(1 to 57) have been raised andinducted in the Northern Sector.Rashtriya Rifles Battalions (58 to63) are under raising.

(c) Modernisation: A comprehen-

sive case to modernise RR

battalions, in terms of its fire-

power, surveillance capabilities,

communications and mobility is

under active consideration. In

the interim, considering the

intensity of ongoing militancy in

J & K, Rashtriya Rifles battal-

ions have been allotted sub-

stantial quantities of equip-

ments as Sector Stores under

the modernisation programme.

(d) Performance of RashtriyaRifles: Operational perfor-

mance of Rashtriya Rifles has

been exemplary. This has been

possible due to high motiva-

tional levels of troops, a good

intelligence network developed

over the years, and an excellent

rapport with local population

and civil administration. How-

ever, success in this proxy war

has not been without a cost.

Many gallant officers and men

of Rashtriya Rifles have made

the supreme sacrifice in the

relentless pursuit of our objec-

tive.

(e) Goodwill Missions: RashtriyaRifles troops have undertaken anumber of goodwill missions intheir respective areas to projectthe humane face of the armyand to win the hearts andminds of locals. These includerunning of schools, organisingfriendly matches between Armyand locals and prize distribu-tion. There has been over-whelming response from thepeople for such programmes,which has generated tremen-dous goodwill towardsRashtriya Rifles troops.

(f) Development Works:Rashtriya Rifles troops haveundertaken a number of devel-opment works including con-structions of roads, water sup-ply, education, model village,dispensary, children park,community hall, shoppingcomplex etc under �OperationSadbhawana� in Jammu andKashmir.

(g) Medical Camps: As part ofpeople friendly civic actionprojects, medical and veterinarycamps for general public ofremote villages were organisedevery month. A team of spe-cialist doctors including Physi-cians, Ophthalmologists,Gynaecologists, Dentists andVeterinary doctors worked inclose cooperation with Armydoctors to make the medical

Page 36: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

35

camps a big success. Thecamp provided services of theArmy and civilians medicalofficers for immunization andfamily planning programmes.

(h) The various formations andunits of Rashtriya Rifles havebeen providing selfless servicein the state of Jammu andKashmir in combating terrorism,providing aid to civil authoritiesand conducting numerousmeaningful civic actionprogrammes. Rashtriya Riflestroops maintained law andorder, provided safety to gen-eral public and created condi-tions conducive to the localpopulace participating in elec-tions. Such laudable achieve-ments and sacrifices of all rankswill go a long way towardsmarginalisation of militancy inJ&K and in further enhancingthe image of the RashtriyaRifles and the Indian Army as awhole in the years to come.

DIRECTORATE GENERALINFORMATION SYSTEMS (DGIS)

3.12 Director General InformationSystems has been created on May15th, 2004, to meet the challenges ofmodern battlefield. The followingProject Management Organisationswere created to synergise the Infor-mation System functions in theArmy.

(a) Project ManagementOrganisation CommandInformation and DecisionSupport System (PMOCIDSS): Centre for ArtificialIntelligence and Robotics(CAIR), Bangalore is the devel-oping agency of the ProjectSAMVAHAK and PMO CIDSSis the technical co-coordinatingauthority for the Project, whichis to be completed in threephases. Phase-I covers devel-opment of test bed in a CorpsZone comprising of one CorpsHeadquarters, one DivisionHeadquarters, three BrigadeHeadquarters and nine battal-ion modules by DRDO andsubsequent equipping andintegrating remaining forma-tions/units of Corps by theArmy. The probable date ofcompletion of 1st Phase isDecember 2005. The systemonce successfully tested andfielded will enable collecting,collating, filtering, processing,formating all levels in a fieldforce. The system wouldpresent multiple operationaloptions to commanders andsupport dissemination of deci-sions, plans, tasking and or-ders. The capability of staff andcommanders will be greatlyenhanced. CIDSS will have thecapability to function both fromKey Lay out Plan as well asoperational locations. CIDSS

Page 37: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

36

will be carried to operationallocations in specially modifiedshelters and fabricated to caterfor various tactical headquar-ters.

(b) Project ManagementOrganisation Battlefield Sur-veillance System (PMO BSS):The Automated Battlefield Sur-veillance system will be one ofthe major force multipliers avail-able to the commanders on thebattlefield. It will enable com-manders to take decision within atime frame, which will eventuallyprovide the decisive edge be-tween victory and defeat. ProjectSANJAY for the development ofAutomated Battlefield Surveil-lance System, is being devel-oped under aegis of PMO BSS.The developing agency is BharatElectronic Ltd (BEL), Ghaziabadwith security solutions beingprovided by Centre for ArtificialIntelligence and Robotics (CAIR),Bangalore. Under this projectvarious methods for automatictransfer of data from the surveil-lance devices to the communica-tion terminals have been inno-vated. Data enabled broadbandradio sets and fibre optic cableshave been identified for thesmooth transmission of video,images, data and voice. MultiSensor Data Fusion and Situa-tion Assessment Tools have beendeveloped and integrated with

Customised Global InformationSystem (GIS) software. Theshelters for housing the Surveil-lance Centre Terminal, GeneratorSets and Communication ControlUnits have been fabricated.

(c) Project ManagementOrganistion Artillery CombatCommand and Control Sys-tem (PMO ACCCS): TheACCCS has been visualised asa network of military gradetactical computers, extendingfrom Corps Fire Control Centre(FCC) down to individual gunplatforms. The ACCCS systemwill automate and providedecision support for all opera-tional aspect of Artillery func-tions from Corps down to thebattery. ACCCS terminals aresuitably inter-connected usingCombat Net Radio (CNR) bothVHF/HF, line and AREN/ASCONGrid communication. The mainstay of communication will bedata transmission in spurts ofsuitably sized packets and theACCCS System works onGeographical InformationSystem (GIS) background.

(d) Project Situation Awarenessand Tactical Handheld Infor-mation (SATHI): Project BETAwas a project for developmentof a handheld computing plat-form combining several tech-nologies such as Geographical

Page 38: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

37

Information System, GlobalPositioning System and Wire-less Networking, customized foruse by Infantry troops deployedin Counter Insurgency Opera-tions. The project is aimed atdeveloping a single low-costhardware platform to meet theInfantry requirements of naviga-tion, map reading, radio com-munications and informationmanagement, so that situationawareness and command andcontrol in close combat situa-tions are immensely facilitated.The project has been namedSATHI i.e., Situation Awarenessand Tactical Handheld Informa-tion, which is first R&D projectinitiated by the Army with noprecedence or parallel. Thisproject would take informationtechnology to the most neededplaces. Using this technologyinstead of firepower, we couldposition our men in meeting ourchallenges in Counter Insur-gency operations. Today whatthe Infantry finds the mostdifficult in successful executionof an operation is maintenanceof Command and Control afterthe mission is launched. If thesoldier knew where he is andwhere his other team-mates areand what his mission is, thenthe task becomes more simple.All these requirements havebeen made available on a

simple device to enable fightingcohesively and with minimalcasualties.

UNITED NATIONSPEACEKEEPING OPERATIONS

3.13 India remains firmly committedto the peacekeeping endeavours ofthe United Nations. Our contributionto UN peacekeeping operationssince 1950 crossed the 70,000troops mark, which is the highest byany country in the world. The profes-sional élan of the Indian soldier isevident from the fact that for everynew mission established by the UN,the first offer to contribute troops wasmade by the UN to India. Govern-ment has approved deployment ofIndian contingents in the UN Missionin Democratic Republic of Congo(MONUC) and the proposed UNMission in Sudan (UNMISUD). As ondate, over 4000 Indian Army Troopsare deployed in UN Missions.

(a) United Nations Interim Forcein Lebanon (UNIFIL): Indiahas been contributing an Infan-try Battalion Group and a num-ber of Staff Officers to UNIFILsince 1998. The mission wasestablished in 1978 with an aimto oversee the withdrawal ofIsraeli forces from South Leba-non and establishment ofLebanese authority in the re-gion. Located in the perpetuallyvolatile region of the MiddleEast, the success of UNIFIL is

Page 39: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

38

extremely important to theregion as a whole. To this end,the professionalism and tacticalacumen of the Indian Peace-keepers has ensured thatpeace in the region is not dis-turbed and the mandate of theUN Mission is effectivelyachieved. Deployed in some ofthe most difficult areas alongthe �Blue Line�, Indian Peace-keepers have also endearedthemselves to the local popu-lace by undertaking a numberof humanitarian projects whichhave provided much neededsuccor to the locals.

(b) United Nations Mission inEthiopia � Eritrea (UNMEE):Established in 2000, at the endof a bitter three years war be-tween Ethiopia and Eritrea,UNMEE had the task of ensur-ing separation of the two forcesby creating a de-militarisedzone between the two andensuring security in the regionto enable the InternationalBoundary Commission todemarcate the border overwhich the two neighbours hadgone to war. India has beencontributing an Infantry Battal-ion Group, a Force ReserveCompany, a ConstructionEngineer Company and anumber of Military Observersand Staff Officers to the missionsince its inception. Current

Indian contribution to the mis-sion stands at 1554. The Indiantroops have been efficientlycarrying out their mandatedtasks in their Area of Responsi-bility of the de-militarised zoneand have effectively preventedsituations from getting out ofcontrol. To alleviate the lot ofthe local population, most ofwhom were displaced due tothe war; the Indian Contingenthas instituted a number of reliefand rehabilitation projectswhich include construction ofschool buildings, hospitals,digging of wells, repair andconstruction of roads andtracks and conduct of medicalcamps, computer trainingclasses etc.

(c) United Nations OrganizationMission in Democratic Re-public of Congo (MONUC):The mission was established inFebruary 2000 and India hasbeen contributing a sizeablenumber of Military Observers tothe mission ever since. IndianAviation contingent, comprising343 personnel both from theArmy and the Air Force, wasinducted into the mission inJuly 2003. Recent events,especially in Eastern Congo,have necessitated induction ofadditional troops into Congo aspart of the UN Force in themission. The UN, under a fresh

Page 40: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

39

UN Security Council Resolutionon November 1st, 2004, hasauthorized induction of 5900additional military personnelinto the mission. Once again,responding to the call of theUN, India is inducting an Infan-try Brigade Group comprisingthree Infantry Battalions, aRecce and Observation Flight,a Level III Hospital and a Com-munication Company apartfrom an Aviation Contingent ofthe Air Force, in Eastern Congoas part of the UN mission. Thislarge sized contingent com-menced induction into themission area in end November2004.

(d) United Nations Mission inSudan (UNMISUD): After 21years civil war between theGovernment of Sudan in theNorth and the Sudan PeopleLiberation Army/Movement(SPLA/M) in the South, boththe parties are in the process ofreconciliation in which the UNhas played a major role. Toensure that the provisions of theAgreement to be signed be-tween the warring parties areimplemented in totality, the UNhas planned to establish aPeacekeeping Mission underChapter VI of the UN Charter inSudan. India has pledged toprovide a contingent compris-ing an Infantry Battalion, twoConstruction Engineer Compa-

nies, a Force CommunicationCompany, a Sector TransportCompany and a Level II Hospi-tal.

(e) Participation in Other UNMissions: Apart from the abovemissions, India is also contribut-ing Staff Officers and MilitaryObservers to the UN Missionsin Burundi, Ivory Coast as wellas at the UN Department ofPeacekeeping Operations,United Nations Headquarters,New York.

(f) In recognition of India�s contri-butions, an officer of IndianArmy Lt. Gen R.K.Mehta, hasbeen selected to theprestigeous assignment ofMilitary Adviser (MILAD) toUNO.

ADVENTURE AND SPORTSACTIVITIES

3.14 The Indian Army has a traditionof encouraging the spirit of adven-ture. It has played a pioneer role inadventure sports on land, air andwater. The Army organised multifac-eted adventure activities during theyear as given in succeeding para-graphs.

Land Based Adventure

3.15 (a) Indian Army (DograRegiment) Expedition toKanchenjunga (8586Metres): The Expedition con-sisted of 22 climbers from the

Page 41: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

40

Dogra Regiment and was ledby Lt Col. SC Sharma, SC,VSM. On October 10th, 2004, 6climbers led by Major MSChauhan reached the summit.Unique achievements of theKanchenjunga Expedition areas follows:-

(i) After Japan, India, hasbecome the second coun-try to scale Kanchenjungafrom the East as well asthe West. First IndianArmy climb ofKanchenjunga wasachieved in June 1997.

(ii) Naib Subedar CN Bodh isthe only Indian to scalefour 8000m peaks out of atotal of 14 such peaks inthe world and NaibSubedar Neel Chandbecame the second Indianto scale three 8000mpeaks.

(b) Indo Nepalese Army Expedi-tion to Saser Kangri � I(7672m): A joint Indo-Nepalese Army expedition,organised by the Army Adven-ture Wing, climbed the SaserKangri-I peak (7672m) alongthe West ridge route. The teamled by Lieutenant Colonel SPMalik repeated the route fol-lowed by the Indo-UK SaserKangri 1987 expedition led byBrigadier (Retd) DK Khullar.Seven climbers (including one

Royal Nepal Army personnel)led by Captain SS Negi madethe ascent of the Peak on June17th, 2004.

(c) Paratroopers expedition toNun (7140m): A paratroopersexpedition led by Major SSShekhawat, SC achieved a verycreditable ascent of Nun Peakin Zanskar region of Ladakh byplacing 31 members on thesummit on September 6th , 8th ,10th and 11th, 2004.

(d) Rajputana Rifles expeditionto Trishul (7120m): A moun-taineering team from theRajputana Rifles comprising ofseasoned mountaineers andnew recruits successfullyclimbed Trishul Peak fromoutside the Nanda Devi Sanctu-ary. Fourteen members led byLieutenant Colonel RS Tokasscaled the summit on October5th and 6th, 2004.

(e) Army Women Expedition toAbi Gamin(7355m): Armylaunched a mountaineeringexpedition comprising ArmyWomen Officers, Special Fron-tier Force (SFF) Women andNational Cadet Corps girl ca-dets during the year. Thewomen were trained in basicand advance mountaineeringcourses in May-June 2004.Seven women members suc-cessfully scaled Mt Abi Gamin

Page 42: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

41

(7355m) on October 7th, 2004,which was organised as a pre-Everest Expedition training.

(f) Raid-de-Himalaya Car Rally:For the first time ever, nineteams from the Indian Armyparticipated in the Raid-de-Himalaya Car Rally. The carrally which was conducted inthe first week of October 2004commenced from Shimla andafter traversing through regionsof Ladakh terminated at Manali.Army teams bagged the overalltrophy in the four wheelercategory.

(g) India-ASEAN Motor CarRally: India-ASEAN car rallywas organised by the Ministryof External Affairs and Confed-eration of Indian Industries (CII)from November 22nd to Decem-ber 12th, 2004. The route of therally was Guwahati � Thailand-Laos � Vietnam � Cambodia �Malaysia � Singapore � Indone-sia. The rally was flagged off bythe Prime Minister on Novem-ber 22nd, 2004 at Guwahati. Oneteam from the Army alongwithtwo other Indian teams partici-pated in the car rally.

Aero Adventure Activities

3.16 (a) First Army Hang GlidingChampionship: First ArmyHang Gliding Championshipwas conducted at the ArmyAdventure Aero Nodal Centre

for Hang Gliding, Deolali fromJanuary 27th to 29th, 2004.Havaldar Paramjit Singh of AeroNodal Centre (ANC), Deolalisecured first position amongthe Army pilots.

(b) First Inter CommandParagliding Competition:First Inter Command ParaglidingCompetition was held fromOctober 4th to 10th, 2004 atPune. Southern Commandstood first followed by EasternCommand. Mechanised InfantryRegimental Centre (MIRC) wonthe flying trophy. This competi-tion was the first of its kind in thecountry.

(c) Participation of Army Team inParagliding Pre-World Cup atBir-Billing: For the first timeArmy Adventure Paraglidingteam of three pilots participatedin the competition which fea-tured pilots from more than 17countries. This was the begin-ning of a new era for adventureparagliding in the country.Indian Army pilots are expectedto reach international stan-dards in this sport within thenext few years.

(d) Hot Air Ballooning Expedi-tion by Mechanised InfantryRegimental Centre (MIRC): Ahot air ballooning expeditionwas conducted by MIRC,

Page 43: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

42

Ahmednagar from Nasik toAhmednagar from November5th to 7th, 2004. Team com-prised of two Officers and fourOther Ranks (ORs).

(e) Hot Air Ballooning Expeditionby 3 Electrical MechanicalEngineer Centre: A hot airballooning expedition wasconducted by 3 ElectricalMechanical Engineer Centre,Bhopal from Vadodara toBhopal from November 8th to12th, 2004.

Aqua Adventure Activities.

3.17 (a) Army Adventure Chal-lenge Cup: Army Adventure

Challenge Cup was held from

April 27th to May 6th, 2004 at

Raiwala. 21 teams from all

Commands, except Northern

Command, and 3 teams from

Para Military Forces and Indian

Navy participated in the event.

(b) White Water Rafting Expedi-tion by Electrical MechanicalEngineer Directorate: A white

water rafting expedition was

conducted by Electrical Me-

chanical Engineer Directorate

from Karanprayag to Rishikesh

from October 6th to 10th, 2004.

(c) White Water Rafting Expedi-tion by 1/11 Grenadier (GR):A white water rafting expeditionwas conducted by 1/11 GR

from Karnprayag to Rishikeshfrom October 6th to 10th, 2004.

(d) White Water Rafting Expedi-tion by 90 Armd Regiment: Awhite water rafting expeditionwas conducted by 90 ArmouredRegiment from Rudraprayag toRishikesh from October 6th to10th, 2004.

(e) White Water Rafting Expedi-tion by 11 Mechanical Infan-try: A white water rafting expe-dition was conducted by 11Mechanical Infantry fromRudraprayag to Rishikesh fromNovember 10th to 14th, 2004.

(f) White Water Rafting Expedi-tion by 20 Jat Regiment: Awhite water rafting expeditionwas conducted by 20 Jat Regi-ment from Rudraprayag toRishikesh from November 10th

to 14th, 2004.

(g) White Water Rafting Expedi-tion by 20 Kumaon Regi-ment: A white water raftingexpedition was conducted by20 Kumaon Regiment fromRudraprayag to Rishikesh fromNovember 10th to 14th, 2004.

3.18 Miscellaneous Activities:Photographs of adventure activitiesconducted by the Army AdventureWing and original adventure equip-ment were put on display during theIndia International Trade Fair 2004

Page 44: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

43

(IITF 2004) from November 14th to27th, 2004 at the Defence Pavilion.

OTHER IMPORTANT EVENTSDURING THE YEAR

3.19 Pacific Armies ManagementSeminar XXVIII: Pacific ArmiesManagement Seminar (PAMS) XXVIIIwas co-hosted by the Indian Armyalong with the US Army, Pacific inNew Delhi recently. Over 102 Secu-rity Forces Officers from thirty onecountries participated in the event.The theme for PAMS XXVIII was�Regional Cooperation in a Chang-ing Security Environment�. In hisopening address, Chief of Army Staffmentioned that terrorism did notappreciate any boundaries or bor-ders and there was a need to under-stand each other�s concern to fightthe menace.

WELFARE

3.20 Army Central Welfare Fund(ACWF) grant to next of kin of fatalbattle casualties and war disabledsoldiers: As part of welfare mea-sures, next of kin of all battle casual-ties and war disabled soldiers whowere boarded out during the periodfrom August 15th, 1947 to April 30th,1999 are given Rs.50,000/- eachfrom National Defence Fund andArmy Central Welfare Fund.

3.21 ACWF Grant For DisabledSoldiers (Battle Casualties) otherthan Operation Vijay (Kargil):

Disabled soldiers (battle casualties)who are boarded/invalided out ofservice w.e.f. May 1st, 1999, otherthan OP Vijay (Kargil), are eligible forone-time grant of Rs. 1 lakh out ofACWF.

3.22 ACWF Grant to DisabledSoldiers (Battle Casualties) (Re-tained in Service): The disabled

soldiers (battle casualties) who

sustained injuries in various military

operations w.e.f. May 1st, 1999, and

are retained in service, get a grant

out of ACWF based on their percent-

age of disability as under:-

(a) Above 75% : Rs. 30,000/-

disability

(b) Between 50% : Rs. 20,000/-

to 74%

(c) Less than 50% : Rs. 10,000/-

3.23 ACWF Grant to Next of Kin ofall fatal casualties other thanBattle Casualties: Next of kin of all

personnel who die in harness after

April 30th, 2001 are paid a one time

grant of Rs. 30,000/- from ACWF.

3.24 Vijay Veer Awas Yojna: TheDelhi Development Authority hadoffered a housing scheme named�Vijayee Veer Awas Yojna� forrehabilitation of battle casualties.Under the Scheme 312 flats forPBOR and 102 flats for officershave been constructed. Thescheme was open till September30th, 2003 for next of kin of battle

Page 45: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

44

casualties and disabled boardedout soldiers of all operations witheffect from May 1st, 1999. The costlaid down is Rs. 5.93 lakhs for flatsfor officers and Rs. 3.98 lakhs forJCOs/ORs.

3.25 Education Scholarship: Edu-cation scholarships are being pro-vided to wards of all physical casual-ties who die in harness from thevarious Defence Welfare corpuses.The wards of battle casualties aregiven scholarships by the CentralGovernment w.e.f. August 6th, 2003onwards.

3.26 Concession in Second Class/Sleeper Class Fare for all warwidows: Ministry of Railways hasannounced 75% concession in 2nd

Class/Sleeper Class fares for all warwidows including widows of soldierswho lay down their lives fightingagainst terrorists.

3.27 Medical Welfare Team: Sixmedical teams have been identified to

visit and treat the ex-servicemen and

dependents of service personnel of

Indian Army domiciled in Nepal dur-

ing the year. One medical team has

already visited Nepal from Septem-

ber 23rd, 2004 to October 18th, 2004.

3.28 Vocational Training: A number

of ESM/widows/wives/wards of ESM

have been trained so far. Various

courses are conducted in the twelve

Vocational Training Centres located

at Bhartiya Gorkha Sainik Nivas,

Pension Paying Offices and Zila

Sainik Boards to enhance technical

efficiency of ESM and their families

so as to enable them to get suitable

jobs.

3.29 Financial assistance to needyex-servicemen: During the period

many needy ex-servicemen were

granted financial assistance by the

General Officers during their visit to

Nepal.

Page 46: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

45

INDIAN NAVY

4

A US Naval Helicopter landing on INS Mysore during Indo-US Joint Naval Exercise

Page 47: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

46

INDIAN NAVY

4.1 During the year, The IndianNavy maintained its personnel andequipment in a high state of combatpreparedness due to continuedpresence of multinational maritimeforces in the Indian Ocean Region(IOR) resulting in a fast pace ofactivities in the area.

4.2 Indian Navy(IN) continues to layspecial emphasis in the fields oftraining, exercises and operationswith foreign navies, which has furtherstrengthened our relations withlittoral countries. Indian Navy wasalso called upon to provide assis-tance to foreign countries in the formof coastal security for the WorldEconomic Forum Summit and Afro-Pacific-Caribbean (APC) Heads ofState Summit at Mozambique, Exclu-sive Economic Zone (EEZ) surveil-lance off Mauritius, surveillance offRas-al-Hadd etc.

4.3 The induction of Tabar, a 1135.6class frigate and one Extra Fast AttackCraft (XFAC) in April 2004 and Betwain July, 2004 has added the much-needed punch to the Indian Navy.Induction of platforms in accordancewith the Long Term Perspective Planis being progressed in a systematic

manner. Towards this end, the indig-enously designed amphibious shipShardul was launched in April 2004.

MAJOR OPERATIONS ANDEXERCISES

4.4 Surveillance: Surveillance ofareas of strategic interest is one ofthe vital tasks of the Navy. All thekey areas of interest for the Navywere kept under constant surveil-lance during the year. Naval shipsand aircraft continued their vigil inthe Palk Bay and off the coasts ofGujarat and Maharashtra for preven-tion of smuggling of arms and illegalmovement of undesirable elements.Naval ships and aircraft were alsodeployed on extensive surveillance,and anti-poaching operations in theAndaman, Nicobar andLakshadweep Islands.

4.5 SPRINGEX 04: Indian Navy�sannual exercise, SPRINGEX-2004was conducted on the westernseaboard from February 1 to 25,2004, wherein 41 Indian Naval ships,three Coast Guard ships, five subma-rines and 38 aircraft, including twoJaguars from the Indian Air Forceparticipated.

4.6 Security Patrols off Maputo �Op FARISHTA 04: IN Ships Savitri

INDIAN NAVY

Page 48: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

47

and Sujata were deployed offMaputo in Mozambique from May 23to July 13, 2004, for providingcoastal security as requested for bythe Government of Mozambique,during the World Economic ForumSummit held at Maputo and Afro-Pacific-Caribbean (APC) Heads ofState Summit from June 21 to 24,2004. In addition to this IN shipsprovided training to over 100 person-nel of the Mozambique Navy. Be-sides, medical officers of IN shipsconducted two medical camps andtreated more than 450 patients.

SURVEILLANCE-CUM-PRESENCEMISSION

4.7 North Bay of Bengal: IN ShipsKhanjar and Kirpan were deployed onthe eastern seaboard (North Bay of

Bengal and Preparis Channel inAndaman Sea) from March 24 to April2, 2004 to maintain surveillance in ourareas of interest. During the deploy-ment, the ships carried out an opera-tional turn around (OTR) at Yangon(Myanmar) from March 29 to 30, 2004.

4.8 South China Sea: The shipsof the Eastern Fleet comprising INShips Rana, Khukri, Ranvir, Kora andUdaygiri were deployed for �Pres-ence-cum-Surveillance Missions� inMalacca Strait, Sunda Strait andSouth China Sea during May 2003.During the deployment, the shipsmade a port call for Operational TurnAround (OTR) at Jakarta andSingapore as follows:-

(a) Jakarta - May 12 to 13, 2004;Rana and Khukri.

Surface to Air Missile (SAM) being fired from Indian Naval Ship

Page 49: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

48

(b) Singapore - May 17 to18, 2004;Ranvir, Kora and Udaygiri.

4.9 Op SIRIUS: Naval ships wereregularly deployed on patrol, off theSouthern and Eastern coast of SriLanka, during the year.

OVERSEAS DEPLOYMENT

4.10 Return Passage � INS Tabar:INS Tabar upon her commissioningat Baltiysk, Russia, on April 30, 2004,commenced her maiden voyage toIndia and arrived at Mumbai viaCape Town (South Africa) on July31, 2003. The ship visited variousports en-route.

4.11 Mediterranean Sea: Fourships of the Western Fleet namely,Mysore, Godavari, Ganga and Shaktiwere deployed to the Gulf of Adenand Mediterranean Sea on OverseasDeployment. During the deploy-ment, the ships visited ports in Israel,Cyprus, Egypt and Turkey.

4.12 South Indian Ocean: IN ShipsTir and Sharda from First TrainingSquadron were deployed in theSouth Indian Ocean on OverseasDeployment from September 12 toOctober 14, 2003. During the de-ployment, the ships made port callsat Port Victoria (Seychelles),Mombassa (Kenya) and Male(Maldives).

4.13 Persian Gulf: IN Ships Mumbai,Talwar, Delhi, Kulish, Aditya, Pralayaand Sindhuraj were deployed on

Overseas Deployment to the PersianGulf from September 7 to October 1,2003. IN Ships Delhi, Mumbai, Adityaand Kulish participated in a PassageExercise (PASSEX) with Islamic Re-public of Iran Navy (IRIN) shipsBandar Abbas and Sabalan offBandar Abbas. During the deploy-ment, the ships undertook �Presence-cum-Surveillance Mission� in thePersian Gulf and made port calls atMuscat, Bandar Abbas, Abu Dhabiand Bahrain.

4.14 Gulf of Thailand: IN ShipsLCU-33 and Tillanchang were de-ployed on overseas deployment inthe Gulf of Thailand from October 3to 13, 2003. During the deploymentthe ships made a port call at Phuketfrom October 6 to 10, 2003.

4.15 South China Sea/West Pa-cific Ocean: IN ships Ranvijay,Ranjit, Godavari, Kirch, Sukanya andJyoti were deployed in South ChinaSea and West Pacific Ocean fromOctober 1 to November 20, 2003.During the deployment, the shipsvisited Pusan (South Korea), Tokyo(Japan), Jakarta (Indonesia), Manila(Philippines) and Ho Chi Minh City(Vietnam).

4.16 2nd Western Pacific MCMXand DIVEX: INS Karwar was de-ployed at Singapore from April 21 toMay 7, 2004, to participate in the 2nd

Western Pacific Mine Counter Mea-sures Exercise (MCMX) and Diving

Page 50: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

49

Exercise (DIVEX). This exercise wasattended by 18 countries of the AsiaPacific region.

4.17 Navy to Navy Staff Talks: The3rd Indo-French Navy to Navy Stafftalks were held from January 17�21 ,2005.

EXERCISES AND JOINTOPERATIONS WITH FOREIGNNAVIES

4.18 The Indian Navy hasinstitutionalised joint exercises withUSA, France and Singapore and jointpatrols with Indonesia. The details ofsuch exercises are as mentioned insucceeding paragraphs.

4.19 Singapore : IN-RSN Exercise:The 6th Indian Navy - Republic ofSingapore Navy (RSN) bilateralexercise was conducted from March7 to 19, 2004, off Kochi. The RSNships visited Port Blair from March 1to 3, 2004, prior to their port call atKochi. The RSN had deployed fourships for the exercise and the INparticipation included three ships, asubmarine and four rotary and fixedwing aircrafts.

4.20 France : Exercise VARUNA04/1: The largest ever bilateralexercise with the French Navy washeld off Goa from April 6 to 15, 2004off the Western seaboard, in whichsix ships including the latest Frenchaircraft carrier Charles de Gaulle, anSSN (Nuclear submarine), and seven

aircrafts of the French Task forceparticipated. The Task Force alsoincluded a Royal Navy ship. The INhad fielded 6 ships, a submarine andfive aircraft during the exercise. Thework-up phase was conducted fromApril 6-8, 2004, followed by theexercise phase from April 10�14,2004.

4.21 VARUNA 2005: The focus forVaruna 2005 would be on MineCounter Measure Exercise (MCMX).Two FN Tripartite Mine Hunters ledby their support ship are likely toparticipate.

4.22 USA : Exercise MALABARCY-04:

(a) The joint Indo-US Navy bilateralexercise MALABAR CY-04 (Cal-endar Year 04) was held off Goafrom October 1st to 10th, 2003.

(b) IN ships Mysore, Brahmaputra,Shankul (SSK submarine) andAditya participated in the exer-cise from the Indian Navy side.From the US Navy side, USSCowpens (Ticonderoga ClassDestroyer), US Ships Gary(Oliver Hazard Perry ClassFrigate) and US Ships Alexan-dria (Los Angeles Class NuclearSubmarine) participated in theexercise. In addition, P3COrion, Maritime Patrol Aircraft(MPA), TU 142 M MaritimeReconnaissance Anti-Subma-rine Warfare Aircraft (MRASW),

Page 51: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

50

Dornier (MPA), Sea Harrierfighters and integral helicoptersalso participated.

(c) The thrust of the exercisesthis year was on Advanced Anti-Submarine Warfare (ASW), SeaControl Missions, Fleet AirDefence, Surface Firings, Mari-time Interdiction Operations(MIO) and Visit Board Searchand Seizure (VBSS) operations.

(d) In order to streamlineinteroperability and derive maxi-mum training value from suchexercises, Standard OperatingProcedures (SOPs) between thetwo navies have been finalised,

Special Forces Exercise, SANGAM04, was held at Ganpatipule, Indiafrom October 8 to 24, 2004. Thethrust of this exercise was on VBSSoperations.

4.24 MILAN 05: The annual multi-national exercise and interaction,involving navies of South Asia andSouth East Asia, generically named�MILAN 05�, is planned to be held atPort Blair. Warships/delegationsfrom Indonesia, Sri Lanka, Thailand,Australia, Malaysia, Myanmar andSingapore are expected to attend.

4.25 The details of other interactionwith foreign navies, during the year,are tabulated below: -

which were also tried out duringExercise MALABAR CY-03.

4.23 Special Forces ExerciseSANGAM 04: Two weeks naval

4.26 Transfer of INS Tarmugli toSeychelles: As a gesture of good-

will aimed at furthering our friendly

relations with Seychelles, the Gov-

S.No Dates Event Country Place

1. May 20th, 2004 Ninth International Maritime Sri Lanka Palk BayBoundary Line (IMBL) Meeting

2. June 10th-12th, 2004 Indo-French Navy-to-Navy France ReunionOperational Staff Talks Island

3. June 07th-11th, 2004 WPNS Workshop 2004 WPNS Singapore

4. August 16th-19th, 2004 Indo-South Africa Navy to Navy South Africa PretoriaStaff Talks

5. September 01st-04th, IN/SLN Ninth Operational Review Sri Lanka Colombo2004 Meeting (ORM)

6. September 28th-30th, Indo-UK Navy to Navy Staff Talks UK New Delhi2004

7. November 14th-15th, IN/US Eighth Executive Steering USA Guam2004 Group (ESG) Meeting

8. November 30th , 2004 Tenth International Maritime Sri Lanka Palk BayBoundary Line (IMBL) Meeting

9. November 17th-20th, 9th Western Pacific Naval WPNS Singapore2004 Symposium (WPNS)

Page 52: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

51

ernment of India has approved thetransfer of INS Tarmugli a FastAttack Craft (FAC) to the SeychellesCoast Guard (SCG). The ship islikely to be handed over to the SCGshortly.

TRAINING

4.27 Training of Foreign Personnel:Training of foreign naval personnel is

undertaken to enhance our defence

co-operation, especially with the

littoral nations. A majority of alloca-

tions are made under Indian Technical

and Economic Cooperation/Special

Aid Programmes. During the training

year 2004 - 2005, sanction has been

accorded for 210 Officers and 199

Sailors from friendly foreign countries

to be trained in India. Details are as

follows:-

4.28 Deputation of IN Personnelfor Courses Abroad: 23 personnelhave been deputed abroad for train-ing courses till end October 2004including 12 personnel under United

Indo-US Joint Naval Exercise ‘Malabar CY 2004’

Sl No Country Officers Sailors

(a) Sri Lanka 158 152

(b) Nigeria 04 -

(c) Bangladesh 09 09

(d) Malaysia 03 -

(e) Myanmar 03 -

(f) Mauritius 02 06

(g) Kenya 03 -

(h) Vietnam 04 -

(j) Tanzania 02 -

(k) Cambodia 01 01

(l) Indonesia 03 -

(m) Singapore 01 -

(n) Maldives 12 18

(p) South Africa 04 07

(q) Ghana 01 01

(r) Seychelles - 05

Total 210 199

Page 53: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

52

States International Military Educa-tion and Training programme.

4.29 First Training Squadron: Atotal of 141 cadets were trained

onboard INS Tir and Krishna of First

Training Squadron. During the

course of sea training, besides visit-

ing all major ports of India, the ca-

dets also visited ports of Suez,

Palermo, Alexandria, Port Said,

Bandar Abbas, Al Fujaira and Muscat

during the overseas deployment.

4.30 Implementation of Ajai VikramSingh Committee (AVSC) Report:The recommendation of AVSC

(Phase-I) in respect of non-select

ranks of Naval Officers was approved

by the Government along with their

counterparts in Army and Air Force.

4.31 Civilian Personnel: Indian

Navy continues to focus on the

training and development of civilian

personnel, in line with the National

Training Policy. This is particularly

relevant, as civilians comprise ap-

proximately 50% of the Naval

strength and unlike the sister Ser-

vices, are involved in operational,

maintenance and logistic support

functions. A number of courses have

been scheduled at the induction and

mid-career phases, as stipulated in

Cadre Training Plans. These courses

have made the man in uniform and

his civilian counterpart appreciate

each other better.

ADVANCEMENT ININFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

4.32 The Navy has identified two keythrust areas in the field of IT - Net-working and e-enabled solutions. Alarge number of IT applications havebeen initiated during the year. Theseinitiatives aim at enhancing efficiencyin the fields of maintenance, healthcare management and human re-source and material management,which have a direct bearing on ourresource planning and war fightingcapability.

ADVENTURE AND SPORTS

4.33 Adventure and sports activitiesplay an important role in the integraldevelopment of Naval personnel.These activities are not only neces-sary to develop technical, managerialand administrative skills, but also todevelop higher levels of physicalfitness, stamina, determination, agility,team work and esprit de corps. Spe-cial emphasis is given to participationin water based sports, viz. yatching,rowing, kayaking, canoeing, swim-ming and water polo.

4.34 Mountaineering: The Navyundertook major mountaineeringexpeditions during 2004 creatingseveral records in the process. Anexpedition to Mt Everest from theNorthern side (Tibet) was undertakenduring March-June 2004 and thefollowing records were set: -

(a) First all Navy team in the worldto climb Mt Everest.

Page 54: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

53

(b) First Indian Armed Forces teamon Everest from North.

(c) Most successful Indian Teamfrom North (11 summiteers).

(d) First Indian leader and doctor tosummit Everest.

4.35 Soon after summitting Mount

Everest, a virgin and un-named peak

(21,648 ft) in Eastern Ladakh was

scaled by the IN team. The peak

was extremely difficult, which was the

primary reason for it being

unclimbed till date. Six Naval moun-

taineers, braving hazards and techni-

cal difficulties, summitted the peak

on October 9, 2004. The Navy, in

order to mark the first ascent of the

peak and as a tribute to the moun-

tain, has named the peak as

�Konchuk Tsoo� which in Ladakhi

language means �God of water�.

4.36 White Water Rafting:White Water Rafting camps are

organized regularly at Shivpuri

(Uttranchal) and Godavari rivers for

developing basic skills in this sport.

Progressively more challenging

camps and expeditions have been

planned in the NE region and

Himalayas.

4.37 Aero Adventure Sports: The

Navy has created its own �Sky Diving

Team� which undertook demonstra-

tion jumps during the Navy Week in

December 2004 at Vizag and Kochi.

This team would also participate in

the forthcoming National Sky Diving

Championship and various other

international events being organised

subsequently.

4.38 38th Military Sailing Champi-onship at Marin (Spain): This

Championship was conducted from

May 27 to June 5, 2004, wherein a

total of 18 countries participated.

The races were conducted in SNIPE

class of boats that are not sailed in

India. The Navy team comprising Lt

Cdr AS Patankar and Lt SS Korti

represented India and were placed

8th on completion of the

champioinship.

4.39 Enterprise World Champion-ship 2004: This Championship was

conducted from August 16 to 21,

2004 in Cork (Ireland). There were a

total of 77 boats. Eight races in all

were held in varying wind and sea

conditions (wind upto 25 knots and

swell upto 2.5 mtrs was experi-

enced). The overall results of the

four teams fielded by the Navy were

as follows:-

(a) A Mongia/Lt Amit - Third

Arvind

(b) SS Chauhan PO/N - Fourth

Sharma LMA

(c) NK Yadav MCPO I/ - Eighth

GL Yadav MCPO II

Page 55: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

54

(d) Lt Cdr AS Patankar/ - Ninth

Lt SS Korti

4.40 Achievements of NavalSportsmen:

4.41 National Shooting Champion-ship 2004-05: National ShootingChampionship 2004-05 was held atIndore from October 5 to 15, 2004where Naval personnel won three gold,five silver and three bronze medals.

S. No Name Rank Event Achievement

1. M Surajoy Singh PO World Junior Boxing championship Bronzeheld at South Korea from June11th to 20th, 2003.

2. CPR Sudhir Kumar CPO PTI Commonwealth weight lifting 1 Gold andChampionship held at Malta from 2 SilverJune 25th to 28th, 2004

3. AL Lakra PO PTI 35th Grand Prix Boxing champion- Silver Medalship held at Czech Republic duringJune 7th to 14th, 2003.

4. AL Lakra AG. PO National Boxing championship held Gold Medalat Hissar from August 3rd to 8th, 2003. in 57 Kg

5. Jonathan NAH-II National Boxing championship held Silver Medalat Hissar from August 3rd to 8th, 2003. in 48 Kg

Page 56: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

55

INDIAN AIR FORCE

5

Airmen with their Aircraft

Page 57: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

56

5.1 The Indian Air Force (IAF) istoday, a modern, technology-inten-sive force, with a proven record ofexcellence and professionalism. It ispoised at the threshold of a newparadigm of modernization in keep-ing with the new security challengesfaced by the nation which the IAFmay need to attend to.

5.2 With the ever-escalating costsof operations, great emphasis isbeing placed on cost-effective train-ing, optimising output andminimising wastage. The IAF hasimplemented a number of measuresto enhance the quality of life of itspersonnel in key welfare areas ofhousing, education and hostelfacilities.

5.3 In addition to peacetime train-ing for traditional wartime roles, theIAF has provided significant aid tocivil authorities during the flood reliefoperations in Assam, ArunachalPradesh and Bihar during the year.The IAF was also the first to reactafter the Tsunami struck in December2004. Over and above the extensiverelief operations in Andaman &Nicobar Islands, aid was also ex-tended to Sri Lanka and Maldives.The Siachen Glacier lifeline contin-ues to be maintained by the IndianAir Force, alongwith the additionalareas along the Line of Control(LoC), fully supporting the opera-tions/exercises of the Indian Army inthe world�s highest battlefield.

INDIAN AIR FORCE

Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) of Sarang Team in flight

Page 58: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

57

CEREMONY

5.4 Defence InvestitureCeremony: Defence InvestitureCeremony was held at RashtrapatiBhawan on July 5, and July 8,2004, at which the President ofIndia decorated the recipients ofhigher distinguished serviceawards announced on the eve ofRepublic Day 2004. 6 PVSM and 11AVSM awards were conferred onAir Force officers.

5.5 Independence Day FlagHoisting Ceremony: Flag hoistingceremony was conducted on August15, 2004 at Red Fort, Delhi on theoccasion of 57th year of India�s inde-pendence. The flag was hoisted bythe Hon�ble Prime Minister. Theceremony was attended by cabinetministers, service Chiefs and a hostof dignitaries besides school chil-dren. Air Force being the coordinat-ing service this year, a combinedinter-services and police guard ofhonour was presented to the PrimeMinister by the contingent compris-ing 132 personnel including fourofficers of the rank of SquadronLeader and their equivalents fromthree services and Delhi Police.

5.6 72nd Anniversary of Air ForceDay:The Air Force Day-cum-Investi-ture Parade was held at Air ForceStation, Palam on October 8, 2004,at which Air Chief Marshal SKrishnaswamy, PVSM AVSM VM &Bar, ADC, Chief of the Air Staff (CAS)received the salute. Prior to the

parade, the three Service Chiefs laidwreaths at Amar Jawan Jyoti at IndiaGate and Air Force War Memorial atAF Station Palam. The parade waswitnessed by the Marshal of the AirForce, COAS, CNS and AOC-in-C,WAC amongst other senior servicedignitaries and MN & AAs of foreignmissions. During the Investitureceremony, a total of 46 awardeeswere invested with the awards whichincluded VM(G), VM, Bar to VSM,VSM and Jeevan Raksha PadakAward. The parade was followed bya fly past and a first time �SarangDisplay� by Advanced Light Helicop-ters (ALHs), besides an aerobaticsshow by Surya Kiran Aerobatic Team(SKAT). In the evening on October 8,2004, the CAS hosted a reception atAir House which was attended by thePresident, Vice President, DefenceMinister, Leader of Opposition, Mar-shal of the Air Force, other serviceChiefs and the distinguished invitees.

ALH ‘Dhruv’ helicopter airlifting a Jeep

Page 59: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

58

5.7 AWSO Concert at Bangkok -February 13, 2004 : A historicalevent was achieved when Air War-rior Symphony Orchestra (AWSO)presented a concert at Bangkok onFebruary 13, 2004. The chief guestfor the occasion was the DeputyCommander in Chief, Royal Thai AirForce, Air Chief Marshal ChlernChum Cherin Suk. The distin-guished audience consisted ofIndian Ambassador Smt. LKPonappa, Ambassadors and De-fence Attaches of various countries,local civilian dignitaries and RoyalThailand Army and Air Force Per-sonnel. The performance of AWSOwas so enthralling that the IndianAmbassador desired to have AWSOconcert again in July 2004.

5.8 IAF AWSO Concert at Fin-land: It has been a great honour forAWSO to represent as the sole Asianmilitary band at Hamina Tattoo 2004,a biennial event held at Finland. TheAWSO had participated alongsidemilitary bands from Great Britain,Germany, Russia, Estonia and Fin-land. The melodies played by the AFband, particularly the original scoresand the popular western pop, jazzand western classical were highlyappreciated by the audience and themusicians of the other bands. Indianclassical scores presented by theAWSO were specially appreciated bythe Finnish people.

5.9 Standard/Colour Presenta-tion Ceremony: Standard/ Colour

Presentation Ceremony was held onNovember 1, 2004 at AF StationKanpur. During the ceremony, thePresident of India presented Stan-dard/Colour to Air Crew ExaminationBoard (AEB) and 1 Base RepairDepot (BRD) respectively. The cer-emony was attended by variousother dignitaries like Chief Ministerand Governor of UP.

FLIGHT SAFETY

5.10 A concerted effort has resultedin an improvement in the overall flyingenvironment and a reduction in acci-dent/incidents. The accident rate inthe current year is lower as comparedto last year. This has been achievedby identifying problem areas in tech-nology and design. Modificationshave been carried out to overcometechnological problems related toMiG-21 engines. This has vastlyreduced accidents in the currentfinancial year. In addition, weak areasin training of aircrew have been ad-dressed by constant review of opera-tional syllabus and close supervision.Units involved in training flying havebeen relocated to areas with betterweather conditions. Combating birdmenace in the vicinity of airfields andadjoining areas have resulted in abetter flying environment and therehas been no accident in the last twoyears due to bird hit. Additional thrusthas been given to provisioning ofmodern navigation and recovery aidsleading to a safer flying environment.To further improve the Flight Safety

Page 60: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

59

record of IAF, the Government of Indiahas also constituted an Expert Com-mittee on December 30, 2004 toidentify the causes of aircraft acci-dents and recommend remedialmeasures. This Committee is in theprocess of identifying high accidentprone technology not conducive tosafe operations, rationalising theselection and placement policies ofpersonnel, reviewing the existingtraining system and flying environ-ment so as to build operational effi-ciency. The Expert Committee willalso provide a comprehensive actionplan so as to minimise losses due toaircraft accidents. This Committeewould also follow up the implementa-tion of the recommendations made bythe earlier committees, the LaFontaine Committee and the Commit-tee on fighter Aircraft Accidents(COFAA), and their impact on flightsafety. The Expert Committee isexpected to submit its report by May2005.

COMMUNICATION

5.11 IAF Wide Area Network(WAN) Project: Existing Air Force AirDefence Ground EnvironmentalSystems (ADGES) and other Com-munication networks need to bestrengthened so that practically anyforeseeable eventuality should behandled in time. A study teamformed at Air HQ analysed variouscommunication needs of Air Forceand proposed a solution which isscalable, reliable and secure. The

team interacted with user director-ates and Command HQs to assesstheir bandwidth requirements. Basedon these interactions the team pro-posed an architecture for IAF WANwhich is scalable and highly reliableto meet both peace and wartimeneeds of IAF.

5.12 Unmanned Aerial Vehicle(UAV) Communication: UAVSquadrons have already been in-ducted in IAF. A communicationnetwork of mobile Satcom Very SmallAperture Satellite (VSAT) terminalshas been planned to provide livevideo streaming data from a GroundControl Station (GCS) to Squadronbase and Command HQ. The datawill be uitilised by the field/theatrecommander to plan for further actionin case of war scenario. In peacetime, this would provide strategicdata.

5.13 Digital Voice and Data Re-corder: Air Force has procured stateof the art digital voice and datarecorder of 32 channels for recordingground to Air R/T and Ops communi-cation. This will be replacing the oldAirfield Tape Recorder (AFTR) ofMeltron make, which has alreadybeen declared obsolescent.

5.14 Procurement of INMARSATfor Search and Rescue (SAR)Helicopter: Indian Air Force is acquir-ing state of the art satellite telephonesfor the helicopter employed in SARduties. This will be able to meet longoutstanding need of the Aircrew

Page 61: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

60

involved in SAR activities. The systemwill be capable of providing reliableand quick communication to theaircrew from any SAR location to thedesired authorities/subscribers anywhere in the world, for quick SARoperation as well as faster effectiveliasioning and thereby providingtimely help to the affected parties.

5.15 Upgradation of airfields:Upgradation of airfields is an ongoingprocess: Nav-aids such as InstrumentLanding system (ILS)/Distance Mea-suring Equipment (DME), VisualOptical Range (VOR)/Distance Mea-suring Equipment (DME), SurveillanceRadar Equipment (SRE)/PrecisionApproach Radar (PAR), CombinedAutomatic Direction Finder (CADF),Arrester Barrier etc. are being pro-cured to cater for the replacement ofold/obsolete equipment.

RECRUITMENT OF AIRMEN

5.16 Central Airmen Selection Board(CASB) under Air HQ is the agencyresponsible for recruitment ofPBORs. The endeavour is to providequality human resources to mansophisticated weapon systems in theinventory of IAF. Thirteen AirmenSelection Centres (ASCs) across thecountry in association with CASB areresponsible for selection of PBORs.

5.17 On an Average, the IAF inductsabout 7000 trainees in a year. CASBconducts scheduled tests at All Indialevel by inviting applications throughadvertisements published in Employ-ment News/Rozgar Samachar. Addi-

tionally, in order to give opportunitiesto candidates from remote, far flungand border areas, recruitment ralliesare conducted by CASB in associationwith ASCs and concerned state Govts.Recruitment of Airmen in IAF is purelybased on Merit. Candidates are testedat the ASCs/rallies and results areannounced on the same day. Thereaf-ter, results are compiled at CASB andAll India Select List is prepared.

5.18 Implementation of AjaiVikram Singh Committee (AVSC):The recommendation of AVSCPhase-I in respect of IAF Officerswas approved by the Government onMarch 12, 2005 along with theircounterparts in Army and Navy. Theimplementation was with retrospec-tive effect, with effect from December16, 2004, the date on which recom-mendations pertaining to Army(AVSC-1) were implemented tomaintain parity with other services.This resulted in a total of 4445 pro-motions in various ranks from FlyingOfficer to Wing Commander.

5.19 The proposal of IAF for man-power requirement and restructuringis under consideration of the Govern-ment.

An IL-78 Aircraft refuelling Mirage 2000Fighter Aircraft

Page 62: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

61

COAST GUARD

6

Coast Guard : Lean, Visible and Efficient Force

Page 63: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

62

6.1 The Indian Coast Guard (ICG)was set up on August 19, 1978 withthe enactment of the Coast GuardAct 1978. The Act provided for theconstitution of the Coast Guard asan Armed Force of the Union forensuring the security of the maritimezones of India with a view to protect-ing maritime and other nationalinterests. The Coast Guard is re-sponsible for keeping India�s Exclu-sive Economic Zone (EEZ) measur-ing over 2.02 million sq. kms. underregular surveillance to preventpoaching/smuggling and otherillegal activities. Besides, CoastGuard�s charter of duties include

search and rescue (SAR) efforts/operations and protection of marineenvironment (anti-pollution mea-sures at sea).

ORGANIZATION

6.2 The Command and Control ofthe Coast Guard is exercised by theDirector General, from the CoastGuard Headquarters at New Delhi.The entire coastline of India and themaritime zones are divided intothree Regions with Regional Head-quarters situated at Mumbai,Chennai and Port Blair. The Re-gions are further divided into CoastGuard Districts, each representing a

COAST GUARD

A Coast Guard helicopter demonstrating the Oil Pollution Control Unit

Page 64: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

63

coastal state, under a District Com-mander. There are two Air Stationsat Daman and Chennai and four AirEnclaves at Goa, Mumbai, Kolkataand Port Blair.

FORCE LEVEL

6.3 From a small beginning in1978, the Coast Guard has madesteady progress in developing itsforce levels with regular induction ofships and aircraft. Presently, CoastGuard has a force level of 38 ships,20 interceptor boats/craft, 6hovercraft, 24 Dornier aircraft, 17Chetak helicopters and 3 AdvancedLight Helicopters.

DUTIES AND FUNCTIONS

6.4 As specified in Section 14 of theCoast Guard Act 1978, the duties and

functions of Coast Guard are asunder:-

l Safety and protection of artifi-cial islands, offshore oil termi-nals, and devices,

l Protection of Indian fishermen,

l Assistance to fishermen indistress at sea,

l Preservation and protection ofthe marine environment,

l Prevention and control of ma-rine pollution,

l Assisting the Customs andother authorities in anti- smug-gling operations,

l Enforcement of maritime laws inforce,

Pollution Response Operations

Page 65: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

64

l Safety of life and property at sea,

l Collection of scientific data,

l Other duties as and when pre-scribed by the Government ofIndia.

AREAS OF MARITIME INTERESTTO INDIA

6.5 India�s maritime interests arewide-ranging. India has 7,517 kms.coastline and 2.02 million sq. kms. ofExclusive Economic Zone (EEZ).The maritime perimeter of India islikely to expand by another millionsq. kms. approximately with the legalcontinental shelf (LCS) regime,expected to be in place by the end of2005. The maritime zone has 598islands near the shore, 572 islands inthe Andaman & Nicobar group and27 islands in the Lakshadweep.Additionally, under the SeabedTreaty, India has been allocated anarea of 1,50,000 sq. miles seabedmining block in the Indian Oceanaround 13 degrees south latitude.These are besides its scientific inter-ests in the Antarctica.

6.6 India has seven maritimeneighbours. The eighth will be theSultanate of Oman, once the legalcontinental shelf is accepted andbrought into force. India has demar-cated its boundaries among its mari-time neighbours except for Pakistanand Bangladesh where economic andhistoric interests are at play.

ACTIVATION OF NEW COASTGUARD STATION

6.7 Coast Guard station at Jakhaunear Sir Creek was activated onNovember 24, 2004. Two hovercraftshave been based at Jakhau foroperations in the shallow water andcreeks of the area.

SEARCH AND RESCUE (SAR)EFFORTS

6.8 Distress situations at seademand rapid response: CoastGuard ships and aircrafts undertookvarious search and rescue missionsand were instrumental in saving 125lives, 4 ships and 12 boats during theyear. The major search and rescueoperations are as given below.

6.9 Sri Lankan Fishermen: OnJune 30, 2004, Maritime RescueCoordination Centre (MRCC),Chennai received a message from amerchant vessel (MV) SBS Nimbusoperating in Kaveri Basin off thecoast of Andhra Pradesh. A fishingboat FV Ayosa Baby with five SriLankan crew was adrift 115 miles

Investigation of suspect Vessel during Search andRescue Operation

Page 66: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

65

southwest of Kakinada. The crewwas reported to be in a dehydratedstate as the fishing boat was adrift for20 days due to a defect on its mainpropulsion machinery and there wasno food onboard. MRCC, Chennaiassumed coordination for SAR anddirected the ship to provide food andwater to the fatigued crew. MV, SBSNimbus was directed to tow thefishing boat to Kakinada. The fishingvessel arrived at Kakinada port undertow. All five crew members wereprovided first aid on arrival. TheMaritime Rescue Sub Centre(MRSC), Vizag of the Coast Guardcoordinated the operation.

6.10 Assistance to MaldivianCoast Guard: On July 10, 2004, theMRCC, Mumbai received a distressmessage from the Maldivian CoastGuard regarding a missing fishingboat with four persons onboard. Thefishing boat �Mush Tharee� was onpassage from Naifaru Island toKaashidhoo Island in the Maldiviangroup of islands and was last sightedon July 9, 2004. The Coast Guardinitiated a safety net message onINMARSAT. The concerted efforts ofthe Coast Guard resulted in sightingof the boat by a merchant vessel MVBonthi on July 12, 2004 about 270nautical miles southwest ofTrivandrum.

6.11 SAR in Sri Lankan Search &Rescue Region (SRR): On July 23,2004 MRCC, Chennai received

information that the crew members ofMV Setia Jaya had abandoned thevessel consequent to a fire on board.The tanker was on passage fromMale to Singapore. MRCC, Chennaiwas requested to assume responsi-bility for coordination of the SARoperations by the owners on accountof the inability expressed by the SriLankan authorities. Accordingly, anINMARSAT safety net message wasactivated for attention of the ships invicinity of 300 nautical miles(NM)from the datum. Thereafter, on July24, 2004, the master of MV BritishPride contacted MRCC, Chennai andintimated that nine crew memberswere rescued and the dead bodies ofsix others were recovered. MV BritishPride was on passage from Oman toLong Beach, USA when she wasalerted by the Coast Guard activatedsafety net message.

6.12 SAR off Agatti Island: An

information regarding missing of two

tourists (British nationals) along with

an Indian diving instructor was re-

ceived at MRSC, Kochi from Agatti

Port Officer on September 15, 2004.

A search operation was launched by

the local administration by utilising

available fishing boats in the area.

Both the British nationals were found

floating in water and were rescued

successfully. However, the missing

diving instructor could not be located.

6.13 MV Prabhu Parvati: CoastGuard MRCC, Mumbai received a

Page 67: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

66

distress alert from the Master of MVPrabhu Parvati on October 17, 2004regarding an engine room cadet;reportedly fallen overboard from thevessel. Accordingly, a SAR missionwas launched immediately by de-ploying two dedicated Dornier sortiesfrom Daman on October 17 and 18,2004, which carried out search in themost probable area in coordinationwith Coast Guard surface units. Toaugment the search, two interceptorboats ex Porbandar also participatedin the operation. In the meantime,MRSC, Porbandar received an infor-mation regarding rescue of themissing person by a fishing boatIshwar VRL-10812 and brought toVeraval harbour on October 22,2004.

6.14 Sri Lankan Vessel ChaturaPutha: On November 3, 2004 adistress message was received bythe MRCC, Mumbai regarding cap-sizing of a Sri Lankan vessel,Chatura Putha. There were fivepersons on-board. The MRCC,Mumbai immediately assumed coor-dination for SAR. An InternationalSafety Net (ISN) message was acti-vated on November 3, 2004 by theMRCC, Mumbai requesting merchantvessels in the vicinity to render assis-tance. On receipt of ISN message,out of the five persons onboard, fourwere rescued by a merchant ship MTAlcamar on November 4, 2004 andbrought to Galle, Sri Lanka.

6.15 Assistance to MV FreshMarket: On November 6, 2004,MRCC, Mumbai received a distressalert from MV Fresh Market. Therewere ten crew onboard. The MRCC,Mumbai coordinated the operationand a merchant ship in the vicinityMV Kodaijisan (HPLL) rescued thecrew of the distressed vessel. Thevessel was thereafter directed to-wards Kochi, where the crew wasdisembarked to a Coast Guardvessel and brought safely to harbour.

MEDICAL EVACUATION(MEDEVAC)

6.16 MV Teign Bank: On July 13,2004, the MRCC, Mumbai received arequest from the MRCC, Falmouth(UK) for medical evacuation of aninjured crew onboard MV TeignBank. The MRCC, Mumbai assumedcoordination immediately. Thevessel was directed to approachKochi so as to effect an evacuationusing a Coast Guard helicopter.Continuous communication wasmaintained with the Master of thevessel and medical advice wasprovided over phone. The patientwas evacuated safely on July 14,2004 and admitted to a civil hospitalat Kochi for treatment.

6.17 MV Iran Deyant: The MRCC,Mumbai received an information onJuly 5, 2004 about a patient sufferingfrom acute abdominal pain, onboardMV Iran Deyant. The vessel was

Page 68: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

67

about 15 NM south west of Mumbai.Reacting to the urgent nature ofdistress, a helicopter was immedi-ately launched from Mumbai and thepatient was evacuated and admittedin Messina Hospital, Mumbai.

6.18 MV Anatoly Kolesni Chenko:On August 18, 2004, MRCC, Mumbaireceived a message from MV AnatolyKolesni Chenko, a Russian vesselrequesting medical evacuation of acrew who had severed his left handin an accident onboard. MRSC, NewMangalore assumed coordinationand C-131 was sailed for medicalevacuation. The ship entered theinner harbour on August 19, 2004and the patient was evacuated andtaken to AJ Hospital at Mangalore ona Coast Guard ambulance.

6.19 MT German Sun: A requestwas received from a German oiltanker MT German Sun for medicalevacuation of a crew onboard whohad met with an accident. A CoastGuard interceptor boat was sailed onSeptember 23, 2004 from NewMangalore and the crew was evacu-ated and taken to the hospital.

FIFTH INDO-JAPAN COASTGUARD JOINT EXERCISE

6.20 The Fifth Indo-Japan CoastGuard combined exercise was con-ducted at/off Mumbai from November1 to 6, 2004. Japanese Coast Guardship Mizuho with two integral helicop-ters participated in the exercise. Theaim of the exercise was to promote co-

operation and coordination betweenIndian Coast Guard and JapaneseCoast Guard with a view to enhancemutual capabilities and practice jointworking procedures for SAR opera-tions and combating piracy at sea.

OVERSEAS DEPLOYMENT

6.21 Two Indian Coast Guard shipsviz., CGS Sarang with integral heli-copter and CGS DurgabaiDeshmukh and one CG Dornier weredeployed to Colombo, Sri Lanka fora joint exercise conducted with theSri Lankan Navy between December14 to 18, 2004.

MANPOWER RECRUITMENTAND TRAINING

6.22 During the financial year 2004-

05, the Coast Guard recruited 16

officers and 79 enrolled personnel.

Coast Guard officers were also de-

puted for the courses under United

States International Military Education

Training Programme. Under this

programme, the vacancies in the

following courses were availed in

addition to one vacancy under counter

terrorism funding programme.

(a) Naval Staff Course

(b) Boarding Officers Course

(c) Port Operations Course

(d) Prospective Commanding

Officer Course

(e) Maritime Search Planning

Page 69: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

68

(f) Seaport Security and Anti-Terrorism

(g) International Maritime OfficerCourse

6.23 The Coast Guard has also beendeputing its officers for courses atDefence Service Staff College(DSSC) Wellington, College of De-fence Management (CDM)Secunderabad and Naval HighCommand Course, Mumbai. Thisyear two new courses namely SDMC

at Hyderabad and NDC (NationalDefence College) have also beenallotted to the Coast Guard. Govern-ment has also approved the intro-duction of short service scheme forCommercial Pilot License (CPL)holders to make up the shortfall inthe pilot cadre. Besides thesecourses, pre-release courses forenrolled personnel are also beingavailed from institutes sponsored byDirectorate General, Resettlementfrom this year onwards.

Page 70: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

69

DEFENCE PRODUCTION

7

Visitors at the ‘Aero India 2005’

Page 71: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

70

7.1 The Department of DefenceProduction (DDP) has a substantialinfrastructure developed over theyears, consisting of 39 OrdnanceFactories and 8 Defence PublicSector Undertakings. It also drawsupon supplies from the Indian civil/private sector wherever feasibleand forms the backbone of thecountry�s defence production. Foradministrative and functional rea-sons, the Directorate General ofQuality Assurance and AeronauticalQuality Assurance and the Director-ate of Standardisation have alsobeen placed under the Departmentof Defence Production. The genesisof having this intensive infrastruc-ture under the government controlwas to achieve self-reliance indefence production by independentIndia.

7.2 Department of Defence Produc-tion, by the very nature of the workassigned to it, is the interface be-tween the user services, i.e. theArmed Forces at the one end and theDefence Research DevelopmentEstablishments (DRDEs) at the other.Accordingly, the vision of the usersand the DRDEs would be dove-tailed with this role of DDP by takingcomplete steps for:

(a) Synergy amongst the DefenceProduction Units, DRDEs,Services and Private Industryfor mutual sharing of infrastruc-ture and technologies to har-ness the best out of the existingcapacities and also to shortenthe time period for the develop-ment of new products andinduction thereof in the DefenceForces.

(b) Modernisation of the existinginfrastructure with the objectiveof improvement in productivityand developing versatility fordiverse product profile; en-hanced utilization of IT basedmanagement tools.

(c) Redefine the role of QualityAssurance, graduate towardsself-certification by the produc-tion agencies and strengthentest laboratories and proofranges.

(d) Standardisation: - Graduate toJoint Services Specifications,increased use of commerciallyavailable off-the-shelf (COTS)products.

(e) Increased role of private enter-prise in defence production.

DEFENCE PRODUCTION

Page 72: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

71

(f) Initiatives for enhancingexports of products andservices: Emphasize buy-

backs in defence imports,

pursue joint design and devel-

opment, co-production, joint

ventures for producing world

class products and joint market-

ing.

(g) Restructuring of Ordnance

Factories and Defence PSUs to

be able to respond faster to the

emerging needs.

7.3 To achieve these objectives, the

Department of Defence Production

oversees the following:

i. Thirty nine Ordnance Factories

� one more Ordnance Factory

is being set up at Nalanda

(Bihar) � under the Ordnance

Factory Board (OFB);

ii. Eight Defence Public Sector

Undertakings (DPSUs):

q Hindustan Aeronautics

Limited (HAL);

q Bharat Electronics Limited

(BEL);

q Bharat Earth Movers

Limited (BEML);

q Mazagon Dock Limited

(MDL);

q Goa Shipyard Limited

(GSL);

q Garden Reach Shipbuild-ers & Engineers Ltd.(GRSE);

q Bharat Dynamics Limited(BDL);

q Mishra Dhatu NigamLimited (MIDHANI);

iii. Quality Assurance (exceptnaval armament):

q Directorate General ofQuality Assurance(DGQA);

q Directorate General ofAeronautical QualityAssurance (DGAQA);

iv. Directorate of Standardisation;

v. Directorate of Planning andCoordination;

vi. Defence ExhibitionOrganisation (DEO);

vii. Indigenisation;

viii. Private Sector Participation inDefence Production; and

ix. Defence Production Board.

ORDNANCE FACTORIES

7.4 Ordnance Factories are anintegrated base for indigenous pro-duction of defence hardware andequipment. Defence production ishighly specialized, complex andposes unique challenges. Productshave to be safe, reliable, consistentand capable of operating under

Page 73: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

72

varying terrains as well as climatesand in extreme conditions. Accord-ingly, the technologies applied,which cover a wide spectrum ofengineering, metallurgy, chemical,textile, leather and optical technolo-gies, should ensure high quality andproductivity, apart from meeting theprimary objective of self-reliance.Ordnance Factories also fulfil certainrequirements of Paramilitary andPolice Forces for arms, ammunition,clothing and equipment. OrdnanceFactories endeavour to enhance theircapacity utilization not only by secur-ing work load from the defenceforces but also through sustainedefforts in diversification to non-de-fence customers and exports.

7.5 Indian Ordnance FactoriesOrganisation has completed 200years of its existence. The OrdnanceFactories Organisation is a fine blendof old and state-of-the-art factories,with the first Ordnance Factory es-tablished in 1801 at Cossipore, nearKolkata, and the 40th factory beingset up with modern technology atNalanda, Bihar for production of Bi-modular Charges. The 40 OrdnanceFactories are geographically distrib-uted all over the country at 25 differ-ent locations. The pre-independencefactories had capacities not only forproduction of finished stores but alsofor supply of basic and intermediatematerials, for which indigenousindustrial infrastructure in the civilsector were then inadequate. With

the gradual development of civilindustrial infrastructure in public andprivate sectors, the factories set upafter independence have progres-sively given up the concept of back-ward integration. The emphasisshifted from production of basic,intermediate inputs to production offinished stores by outsourcing inter-mediate sub-assemblies from theprivate sector.

7.6 Organisation: Ordnance Fac-tories are divided into 5 operatingdivisions, based on the main prod-ucts/technologies employed:

(a) Ammunition & Explosives (A&E)

(b) Weapons, Vehicles and Equip-ment (WV&E)

(c) Materials and Components(M&C)

(d) Armoured Vehicles (AV)

(e) Ordnance Equipment Group ofFactories. (OEF)

7.7 The Ordnance Factory Boardcomprises of DGOF & Chairman andnine other members. Five Membersof the Board in the rank of AdditionalDGOF, head five of the above groupof factories. The four remainingMembers are responsible for stafffunctions, viz. Personnel, Finance,Planning & Material Management,Projects & Engineering and Techni-cal Services. An extended board hasbeen constituted by the Government,with representation from the Army,

Page 74: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

73

Defence Research and DevelopmentOrganisation and Ministry of De-fence. The extended board meetingsare held periodically to provideappropriate inputs and perspectivefor planning resources, upgradingtechnology of products and processand on various other critical issues,necessary for the efficient functioningof Ordnance Factory Board (OFB).

7.8 Product Profile and Techno-logy: Ordnance Factories continu-ously upgrade their products and themanufacturing technologies, to meetthe emerging needs of DefenceForces. They produce a wide range ofarms and ammunitions for the Infan-try, Artillery, Air Defence Artillery andArmoured Corps of the Army. Ord-nance Factories produce ammunitionfor Navy and Air Force and havetaken up indigenous development ofnaval armaments. The factories pro-duce military transport vehicles,infantry combat vehicles, armoured

vehicles, optical and opto-electronicinstruments, summer and winteruniforms, parachutes, miscellaneousleather goods and general stores.

7.9 Growth: The sales of OrdnanceFactories have grown steadily overthe years and have reached a recordsale of Rs 6150.29 crore during2004-05, representing an increase ofabout 100% over a span of last sixyears (Rs.3071 crore in 1997-98). In2005-06, the sales of OrdnanceFactories are expected to touchabout Rs. 7200 crore. OrdnanceFactories have endeavoured to keeppace with the recent developments inarms, ammunition and other equip-ment by updating/upgrading techno-logy.

7.10 As a policy, major thrust isbeing given in Ordnance Factories toachieve optimum capacity utilizationnot only by securing additionalworkload from the Defence Forces

Rifle 5.56 MM INSAS Excalibur

Page 75: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

74

but also through sustained efforts in

diversification to non-defence cus-

tomers and exports. Equal thrust is

also being given to strengthening �in-

house� R&D capability aimed at

product and process development

within the OFB.

7.11 Ordnance Factories are gradu-

ally increasing their sales to non-

defence customers, including ex-

ports. During 2004-2005, 15.5%

(Rs.953.65 crore) of the total sales

was to non-defence customers. In

2005-2006, the sales to non-defence

customers is expected to be much

higher at Rs.1325 crore.

7.12 Highlights: Some of the signifi-

cant achievements of Ordnance

Factories in last year have been as

follows:

(i) All 39 Ordnance Factories haveswitched over to Quality Man-agement Systems compliant toISO- 9001:2000. The upgradedversion gives special emphasison customer satisfaction andcontinuous quality improve-ment.

(ii) Ordnance Factory, Bhandarahas successfully produced forthe first time, a trial propellantbatch of 470 kg. for 23 mm airdefence gun �Schilka�.

(iii) Ordnance Factory ProjectMedak (OFPM) has success-fully developed Aluminium PodAssembly, required for storingPINAKA rockets, along withLock Assembly. OFPM is alsomanufacturing Mine ProtectedVehicles with �state-of-the-art�

Mine Protected Vehicle with RCWS

Page 76: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

75

equipment Remote ControlledWeapon Station (RCWS) forArmy and for exports.

(iv) Gun Carriage Factory, Jabalpurhas developed the first proto-type �Kavach� (Chaff launcher)for use of Navy and test firedsuccessfully.

(v) Small Arms Factory, Kanpur hasmanufactured a prototypeCarbine.

(vi) Demonstration firing of artilleryammunition was conductedsuccessfully at Pokhran in June2004. The ammunition hasbeen manufactured under MoUwith IMI, Israel, at OrdnanceFactory Chandrapur (OFCH),Ordnance Factory Ambajhari(OFAJ), and Ordnance FactoryKanpur (OFC). The ammunitiondeveloped through co-produc-tion route will be cheaper.

(vii) Significant improvements havebeen achieved by the Ord-nance Factory, Itarsi in stabilityof Nitroglycerine (NG) on qual-ity front. With persistent effortsthe �Heat Test Value� has in-creased to 15 minutes (avg.)from earlier level of 10 to 12minutes.

(viii) Ordnance Cable Factory,Chandigarh has developed 48/0.2 strands twin twisted firingcable for Mine produced by

Ammunition Factory, Khadki(AFK).

(ix) Ordnance Parachute Factory,Kanpur will be supplying 5000numbers of Light Bullet ProofJackets in near future.

(x) Field Gun Factory, Kanpur(FGK) has successfully devel-oped Super Rapid Gun Mount(SRGM) ordnance required toprove the ammunition, underdevelopment at OrdnanceFactory, Kanpur. FGK hassuccessfully developed thebarrel and breech mechanism,which was proof-fired success-fully at PXE Balasore. OFBplans to supply this ordnanceto Navy and BHEL, as an im-port substitute.

7.13 Self-Certification in OrdnanceFactories: Ordnance Factories havestarted the process of self-certifica-tion since April 1, 2002, thereby,standing guarantee to its productssupplied to the Defence Forces.Presently, self-certification extends toseven fast moving clothing andgeneral store items accounting forabout 20% of the overall turnover ofthe Ordnance Equipment Group offactories. Further, twelve clothingitems and four types of ammunitionboxes are also being supplied underRevised Inspection Procedure whereinput material and inter-stage inspec-tion is being carried out by OrdnanceFactories. Many more items are

Page 77: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

76

being planned to be covered underself-certification in due course oftime.

7.14 �In-house� Research & Devel-opment Activities towards Product& Process improvements are receiv-ing great thrust in Ordnance Facto-ries. Techniques of solid modelingand sensitivity analysis are beingused to meet the design needs ofdefence stores. Some of the notableproducts developed during currentyear through �in-house� R&D are:

l Armoured Ambulance

l Mine Protected Vehicle (MPV)

l Recoil System for Field Howitzer

l Integration of Global PositioningSystem in CMT.

l Driver�s Sight for tanks.

7.15 A host of new products andupgrades have also been identifiedbased on interaction with the poten-tial users. Off the shelf availability oftechnology required to develop theseproducts/ upgrades is explored forhaving synergy with advance tech-nology provider for co-development/co-production.

7.16 The computerized CAD/ CAMcenters (Design centers) are beingset up in factories to modernizedrawing/ design offices at the facto-ries so as to enhance the design anddevelopment capabilities and toincrease the efficiency in the area ofproduct design and development.

7.17 Diversification in Civil Tradeand Exports: Ordnance Factoriesproduce a large variety of chemicalsfor commercial use by industries inthe civil sector. They also manufac-ture a wide range of textiles, leathergoods and sporting arms and ammu-nition for the civil sector. During theyear 2004-05, a target of Rs. 268crores has been set for civil trade.OFB has opened outlets in six facto-ries for sale of .32� revolvers andpistols. A new sporting weapon.3006" Rifle has been developed,which will be released in the marketafter getting clearance from Ministryof Home Affairs.

7.18 Ordnance Factories are makingvigorous marketing efforts to boostexports by participating in Interna-tional Exhibitions, product promotionthrough advertisements in the inter-national media, interaction withvisiting delegations from targetcountries, agents and the customer�srepresentatives, both in India andabroad. Product catalogue CompactDiscs (CDs) that are e-mail-able andprintable, have been developed toenable customers immediate accessto the desired information. OnlineInternet site has been set up to cutdown response time to a few hours.

7.19 Safety: The safety policy,reviewed during 1996, was struc-tured to make safety standardsmore stringent, safety conscious-ness in the Ordnance Factorieswith special emphasis on accident

Page 78: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

77

prone and hazardous areas. Thesafety manuals and standing in-structions were updated to supple-ment safety policies. A disastermanagement plan is in existencefor contingent measures and safetycommittees (central and shop level)have been constituted. A three-tiersafety audit and monitoring systemensures strict implementation of thelaid down safety norms. Safetyaudits are carried out at level-I bythe factory on monthly basis, atlevel-II by a team of Safety Officersfrom other Factories on half yearlybasis and at Level-III by RegionalController of Safety (RCS). Rectifi-cation of the deviations reported inthe audit is closely monitored bythe respective RCS and at Corpo-rate level by the Controller of Safety(COS)/OFB.

7.20 Energy Conservation: Effortsaimed at energy conservation are acontinuous process in OrdnanceFactories. The conservation mea-sures encompass all spheres ofactivities. Economizing energy con-sumption is pursued through in-creased efficiency utilization, techno-logical upgradation and use of re-newable sources of energy in appro-priate areas. Consequent to theenergy conservation measuresadopted by Ordnance Factories, totalenergy consumption in the year2003-04, as a percentage of cost ofproduction, reduced to 3.99% asagainst 4.22% in 2002-03.

7.21 Quality Management: Imple-mentation of Total Quality Manage-ment (TQM) concepts has beengiven a major thrust in all OrdnanceFactories. All the 39 OrdnanceFactories have switched over toQuality Management System con-forming to ISO-9001: 2000. 52laboratories in 29 Ordnance Facto-ries are accredited to National Ac-creditation Board for Laboratories(NABL) and conform to ISO/IEC17025 new standards. The quality ofproduct in Ordnance Factories ismonitored through various mecha-nisms, such as, working to pre-determined process schedule andquality plans, introduction of Statisti-cal Process Control - StatisticalQuality Control techniques for con-trolling the process/ products to-wards improving the products andminimizing the rejection in pro-cesses, testing in Ordnance FactoryLaboratories, Internal Quality Auditsand monthly interaction meetings atunit level with Quality AssuranceEstablishments.

7.22 Customer Satisfaction: To getfeedback from customers, teamsfrom Ordnance Factories regularlyvisit depots and forward areas toattend to customer complaints,understand the problems faced bythe users and also understand theirexpectations from the products. Jointteams comprising officers from OFBand DGQA also visit forward areas to

Page 79: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

78

get user feedback with a view toimprove quality of products.

DEFENCE PUBLIC SECTORUNDERTAKINGS

Hindustan Aeronautics Ltd.(HAL)

7.23 Hindustan Aeronautics Limitedwas formed in October, 1964 bymerger of Hindustan Aircraft Limitedand Aeronautics India Limited. TheCompany has 16 divisions located insix states. All the divisions of HALhave ISO 9001-2000 accreditationsand 12 divisions have also obtainedISO 14001-1996 Environment Man-agement System certification. HAL isa MoU signing company and isdeclared as Mini Ratna (Category I)Company.

7.24 Since its inception, HindustanAeronautics Limited has evolved intoa large multi-disciplinary AeronauticsComplex. It has built up comprehen-sive skills in design, manufactureand overhaul of Fighters, Trainers,Helicopters, Transport Aircraft, En-gines, Avionics and System Equip-ment. Over the years HAL has pro-duced 10 types of aircraft and Ad-vanced Light Helicopter (ALH) Dhruvfrom �in-house� R&D and 13 typesunder licenced production, inclusiveof 8 types of Aero Engines, and over1000 items of Aircraft System Equip-ment (Avionics, Mechanical andElectrical).

7.25 HAL�s major supplies/ servicesare to the IAF, the Navy, the Army, the

Coast Guard and the BSF. As a spin-off, Transport aircraft and helicoptershave been supplied to Airlines aswell as State Governments. Thecompany also supports fully theSpace Vehicle programme of Indian

Space Research Organisation (ISRO)and participates in the missile devel-opment and manufactureprogramme.

7.26 In order to meet the challengesof the 21st Century, HAL�s mission is�To become a global player in the

aerospace industry�. The Companyis aiming at expanding its customerbase through exports of its indig-enously developed Advanced LightHelicopter (ALH), overhaul andmaintenance of military and civilaircraft, aero-structure & engine

components and IT based services.It also has plans of business co-operation and strategic alliances withmajor aerospace companies.

7.27 Significant achievements ofHAL during the year are highlightedbelow:

(i) The company recorded an all

time high turnover and profitbefore tax (PBT) of Rs. 4425crore and Rs. 630 crore respec-tively during the year 2004-05.

(ii) Two SU-30MKI were producedfor the first time at HAL for IAF.

Page 80: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

79

(iii) Upgraded Cheetah Helicopter,fitted with TM-333-2M2 engine,landed at Sasser Kangri(Ladhakh) at altitude of 25150ft, setting a record.

(iv) ALH (Dhruv) set the record foran intermediate weight classhelicopter flying at an altitude of25000 ft.

(v) Facilities for repair/ overhaul ofSea King Transmission assem-bly components set up atBangalore.

(vi) A contract for supply of 1000sets of Airbus A-320 forwardpassenger doors, worth US$ 80millions, was signed with AirbusIndustries.

(vii) The company received theGolden Peacock award for�Innovation 2004� from Instituteof Directors, New Delhi for re-engining Chetak helicopters.

(viii) HAL bagged the �World QualityCommitment InternationalPlatinum Star Award � Paris2004�. The award was pre-sented to HAL in recognition ofthe corporate commitment toquality, leadership and innova-tion in technology.

7.28 The indigenous developmentprogrammes � namely the Intermedi-ate Jet Training (IJT), the Light Com-bat Aircraft (LCA) and the severalupgrade programmes progressed

well during the year. The indigenousAdvanced Light Helicopter underseries production and licencedproduction programmes, the SU 30MKI and HAWK AJT, also progressedas per schedule.

Bharat Electronics Limited(BEL)

7.29 Having celebrated its GoldenJubilee in April 2004, Bharat Elec-tronics Limited is the leading profes-sional electronics company in thecountry. Engaged in the design,development and manufacture ofsophisticated state-of-the-art elec-tronics equipment/ components forthe use of defence services, para-military organizations and otherinfrastructure providers in thetelecom sector; BEL secured topranking amongst aerospace/ de-fence companies in the prestigiousTop Performing Companies Study for2004, carried out by Aviation Week &Space Technology (AWST), aMcGraw-Hill publication.

7.30 With its 9 production units and31 manufacturing divisions spreadacross 7 states, the company�s focuson Research and Development togenerate business using the �state-of-the-art� manufacturing and testingfacilities, has been recognized. Thecompany�s subsidiary BEL OptronicsDevice Limited (BELOP), whichmanufactures Image IntensifierTubes, has also turned around and it

Page 81: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

80

is expected to improve its perfor-mance in the coming years.

7.31 Significant achievements ofBEL during the year are highlightedbelow:

(i) BEL has developed IntegratedFire Control Systems (IFCS)with sub-systems like Gunner�sMain Sight, Fire control com-puters and servers for the MBTArjun.

(ii) BEL has supplied 275 Nos. ofBattlefield Surveillance Radars -Short Range (BFSR-SR) duringthe year. BEL has also gotorder of 1171 Nos. of BFSR-SRfrom the Indian Army. Thisradar has high potential forexports.

(iii) The company�s contributiontowards society has beenrecognized by the GreentechEnvironment Excellence GoldAward by Greentech Founda-tion and ELCINA Award byElectronic and Industries Asso-ciation of India.

(iv) Director General of QualityAssurance (DGQA) conferredthe self-certification status tothree products of BEL viz.STARS �V� 25W VHF Equipment(manufactured at Ghaziabad &Panchkula Units), LithiumSulphur Dioxide Batteries(manufactured at Pune Unit)

and RRF VHF Radio RelayEquipment (manufactured atBangalore unit).

(v) Two joint ventures with GeneralElectric, USA, viz., GE-BE Pvt.Ltd and M/s Multitone PLC, UK,viz., BEL Multitone Ltd. add tocompany�s reach in the market.

(vi) Kotdwara and Panchkula Unitsof Bharat Electronics Limitedwere awarded ExcellenceAward - �Commendation forStrong Commitment to Excel�.Kotdwara Unit is getting thisaward for the second consecu-tive year.

(vii) BEL paid an all time high divi-dend of 100% for the year 2003-04, amounting to Rs. 60.68crores to Government of India.A maiden Interim Dividend of40% was paid to the sharehold-ers for the year 2004-05.

(viii) BEL Software TechnologyCentre in Bangalore, whichdevelops Radars, ElectronicWarfare System, Control Sys-tem, Global Positioning Systemetc., has been assessed atLevel 4 of the Software Engi-neering Institute�s CapabilityMaturity Model Framework.

(ix) During the last six years, BELhas been achieving �Excellent�rating on MoU score. The MoUAward for 2002-2003 was re-

Page 82: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

81

ceived from the Hon�ble PrimeMinister of India.

Bharat Earth Movers Limited(BEML)

7.32 Bharat Earth Movers Limitedwas established in May 1964 andcommenced operations from Janu-ary 1965. Presently, Government ofIndia holds 61.23% of equity capitalof the company and the rest is heldby financial institutions, employeesand public. BEML is primarily en-gaged in the design, manufacture,marketing and after-sales-support inthe earthmoving and constructionequipments, defence and railwaysectors.

7.33 The company has six fullyintegrated manufacturing divisionslocated at Bangalore, Kolar GoldFields (KGF) and Mysore, including asubsidiary steel foundry � M/sVignyan Industries Limited - atTarikere. All the production units ofBEML are equipped with necessarygeneral-purpose machines as well asspecial purpose machines, fabrica-tion equipment, handling and stor-age facilities required for the manu-facture of an entire range of prod-ucts. The company has a strongR&D set up that draws its strengthfrom a pool of qualified and experi-enced personnel. It has facilities forproduct design and development,testing and evaluation laboratoriesfor materials, structural engineering,hydraulics, engine and transmission

laboratories and a computer aideddesign centre. BEML�s productshave been exported to more than 30countries including Syria, Tunisia,South Africa, Jordan, Sri Lanka,Surinam, Bangladesh and UAE.BEML is adopting new strategies topromote its brand image in theinternational market for its productsand is poised to increase its exportturnover significantly in the comingyears.

7.34 Significant achievementsof BEML during the year are high-lighted below:

(i) The Bangalore Complex ofBEML has crossed a major landmark this year by successfullymanufacturing and supplying tothe Delhi Metro Rail Corporation(DMRC), the first batch of metrocoaches with state-of-the-artfeatures, under technical col-laboration with M/s. Rotem,Korea. Regular production ofDMRC coaches is under way.

(ii) Development of the Sky BusSystem � an innovative conceptof light rail cars suspendedfrom overhead via-ducts wasanother challenging achieve-ment for the company. The firstproto type conceived andmanufactured by BEML wassupplied to the Konkan RailwayCorporation, and is underextensive user trials at Goa.

Page 83: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

82

This innovative system has thepotential to develop into amodern, efficient and costeffective alternative for urbanmass transportation in thecoming years.

(iii) BEML received the secondbatch of orders for 160 railcoaches from the Indian Rail-ways valued at Rs.42 crore, inaddition to the supply order for200, already received duringthe last quarter of 2003-04.

(iv) Defence product, PontoonBridge System developed by thecompany, has successfullycompleted rigorous Army trialsand batch production of furthersets is under way.

(v) The products developed byBEML include Dump Truck(BH100), Pipe Layer (BP100),Side Discharge Loader(BL10C), Back Hoe Loader(BL9H) and Hydraulic Excavator(BE71). These were success-fully launched in market duringthe current year.

(vi) The Company received 2nd

Fastest Growing ConstructionEquipment Company awardinstitutes by Construction World� NICMAR. The Government ofIndia awarded National SafetyAward to Equipment DivisionMysore Complex for achievingthe lowest average frequencyrate of accidents.

Dump Truck

Page 84: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

83

Mazagon Dock Limited (MDL)

7.35 The leading Warship buildingyard in the country, Mazagon DockLimited was taken over by Govern-ment of India in May 1960. Over theyears, it has developed indigenousdesign capabilities and expanded itsproduct range to include destroyers,frigates, missile boats, corvettes,submarines and patrol vessels forthe defence sector and merchantvessels and dredgers for the civilsector. It is the only shipyard in thecountry to have built submarines, afeat achieved by very few companiesworldwide. MDL has to its creditcrucial contributions towards infra-structure in the oil exploration sector.

7.36 Significant achievements ofMDL during the year are highlightedbelow:

(i) The Second frigate of Project 17was launched on June 4, 2004.

(ii) 9th Border Out Post Vessel�Seema Prahari Trishul� wascommissioned on June 21,2004.

(iii) Repairs were carried out to 2Naval Ships, 1 Coast GuardShip and 1 merchant ship.

(iv) The company has orders forconstruction of 3 Frigates and 3Destroyers.

Goa Shi pyard Limited (GSL)

7.37 The youngest and smallest ofthe Defence shipyards, Goa Ship-

yard Limited, has the privilege of

having implemented the first suc-

cessful enterprises planning system

amongst the Defence Public Sector

Undertakings. The company has

grown from strength to strength

while setting up new standards in

project management. Its delivery of

two Extra Fast Attack Craft to the

Indian Navy, six months ahead of the

contracted 24 month�s period, is an

indication of what can be achieved.

7.38 Significant achievements of

GSL during the year are highlighted

below:

(i) One Survival at Sea Training

Facility delivered to ONGC.

(ii) Keels were laid for 1 Advance

Offshore Patrol Vessel and 2

Extra Fast Patrol Vessel be-

tween June and August 2004.

(iii) GSL have entered into collabo-

ration agreements with four

foreign companies for securing

orders/ manufacturing in ship-

building projects.

(iv) The Company has embarked

upon an export promotion drive

through bidding for global

tenders and participating in

exhibitions abroad, seminars

and presentations relating to

shipbuilding capacities of the

company.

Page 85: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

84

Garden Reach Shipbuildersand Engineers Limited (GRSE)

7.39 After being taken over by theGovernment of India on April 1, 1960,Garden Reach Shipbuilders andEngineers Limited has graduallyextended and modernized to im-prove its growing maritime needs �particularly those of the Navy and theCoast Guard. GRSE is among theleading shipyards in the country andthe premium yard in the East. Tomeet the emerging needs, GRSEbuilds a wide range of ships, fromsophisticated warships to ultra mod-ern commercial vessels, from smallharbour craft to fast and powerfulpatrol vessels. India�s first ever fleettanker too was built at GRSE. The

latest on the list is new generationhovercraft.

7.40 Range of products alone, ofcourse, does not show GRSE�sversatility. Today, it is among the fewshipyards in the world with its ownengineering and engine manufactur-ing divisions.

7.41 Significant achievements ofGRSE during the year are high-lighted below:

(i) The Company has paid dividendof Rs.10.28 crore being 35% ofthe Profit after tax (8.30% onequity paid up capital ofRs.123.84 crore) for 2003-04.

(ii) The second Frigate of theseries in Project 16A (INS

Off-shore Patrol Vessel manufactured by GRSE

Page 86: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

85

Betwa - Yard No. 3010) wascommissioned on July 7, 2004.

(iii) The first two Fast Attack Crafts(Yard No. 2051 & 2052) werelaunched on December 11,2004 and December 14, 2004,respectively.

(iv) The first of the three LST(L)(Yard No. 3014) was launchedon April 3, 2004.

(v) The keels of the 3rd and 4th FastAttack Crafts (FACs) (Yards2053 & 2054) were laid onSeptember 28, 2004.

(vi) The Company has got ordersfor construction of three Land-ing Ship Tank (Large) [LST(L)],four Fast Attack Crafts (FACs)and four Anti-Submarine War-fare (ASW) Corvettes, sched-uled for delivery during 2005-2011.

Bharat Dynamics Limited (BDL)

7.42 BDL was set up in 1970 tomanufacture Guided missiles. It isamongst a few strategic industries inthe public sector and possesses thecapability to produce advancedGuided Missile systems. The Com-pany has two units, one atKanchanbagh, Hyderabad and theother at Bhanur, Medak District.Besides the indigenous Prithvi mis-sile, it produces Konkurs, Konkurs-Mand Invar (3UBK-20) missiles andother �in-house� developed productslike FLAME launchers and simula-

tors. The Company is working inclose association with DRDO fortechnology absorption of othermissiles under Integrated MissileDevelopment Programme.

7.43 Significant achievements ofBDL during the year are highlightedbelow:

(i) The Milan, Konkurs, Prithvi andInformation Technology Divi-sions of the company have ISO9001: 2000 certification. BDLattaches utmost importance tocustomer satisfaction. Thecompany regularly participatedin field firings conducted by theusers. BDL regularly imple-ments various improvements inmanufacturing process, inspec-tion procedures regards. Effi-ciency in the process hasincreased by way of computer-ization. These have resulted inincreasing value addition, peremployee, steadily.

(ii) As part of its efforts to increaseexports, BDL has exported sub-assemblies worth Rs.13.76crore in 2003-2004.

(iii) It has signed an MoU withMBDA for formation of jointventures for development andproduction of Milan ER/Indian.

Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited(MIDHANI)

7.44 Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limitedwas incorporated as a Public Sector

Page 87: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

86

Undertaking in 1973 to achieve self-reliance in areas of Super-alloys,Titanium alloys and Special PurposeSteels required for strategic sectorslike Aeronautics, Space, Armamentsand Atomic Energy as well as forspecial products like Molybdenumwires and plates, Titanium and Stain-less Steel tubes, alloys for electricaland electronic application like SoftMagnetic alloys, Controlled expan-sion alloys and Resistance alloys.

7.46 Significant achievements ofBDL during the year are highlightedbelow:

(i) Based on the provisional fig-

ures, the company has

achieved an �Excellent� MoU

rating for its overall perfor-

mance in 2003-04.

(ii) The Purchase Policy and Proce-

dures that have been in vogue

since 1983 have been thor-

oughly examined and revised

keeping in view guidelines

issued by Chief Vigilance Com-

mission from time to time and

has been promulgated with

effect from April 1, 2004.

(iii) The company, jointly with ISRO,

has developed NIOBHAT-101, a

Niobium Hafnium alloy, for the

space sector.

(iv) The Company bagged a presti-

gious high value order from

Vikram Sarabhai Space Centre

(VSSC) to the tune of Rs. 71

crore during the year for the

manufacture of MDN 250 plates

and rings, Superco sheets and

Ti-31 plates.

(v) Production and supply, for thefirst time, of low alloy electrodeof 5 dia. x 450 m length meet-ing all the specification require-ments and quality parametersof the Indian Navy.

(vi) Production of 48XN4 gradeelectrodes, meeting all therequirements of Directorate ofNavel Architecture (DNA) forwelding of ABA class steels.

(vii) Successful establishment/development of �in-house�facility for proof testing of AirBottles for supply to DRDL forAkash Project, with provision forstrain gauging.

(viii) MIDHANI has obtained qualitycertification for its productsfrom DGCA, DGAQA, DGQAand customers.

7.47 Operational Efficiency: Fol-lowing measures were taken toimprove the operational efficiency:

(i) Indigenous development,installation and commissioningof dynamic vacuum seal forVacuum Arc Refining-I furnacein Titanium shop.

Page 88: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

87

(ii) Replacement of mechanicalvariable speed drive in �Amada�band saw cutting machine atHot Rolling Mill, with indigenouselectronic variable speed drive.

(iii) Indigenous development ofelectronic controls for 2 Hi-finishing mills at Hot Rolling Millentry and exit.

(iv) Indigenous development ofcutting and clamping hydraulicdrive cylinders for hydraulicsheet shear machine at HotRolling Mill.

(v) The total import content in thevalue of production was 25% ascompared to 30% in the previ-ous year thereby increasing the

(ii) Stainless Steel 15-5 PH for LCA

Program

(iii) Ultra High Strength and High

Toughness Steel for armour

applications

(iv) Grade 91 SMAW electrodes for

critical welding applications

(v) High toughness Ferritic Stain-

less Steel for Nuclear applica-

tions.

Sales Of Ordnance FactoriesAnd Defence PSUs

7.49 The total value of sales/ issues

by Ordnance Factories and Defence

Public Sector Undertakings during

the last three years is as follows:-

indigenous content in the valueof production.

(vi) Recycling of scrap obviating thepurchase of virgin raw materialsvalued at Rs 13.76 crore ascompared to Rs 10.78 crore inthe previous year.

7.48 Following are new products/grades taken up for developmentduring the year 2004-05:

(i) Nitriding Steel 38xMUAW forMIG engine Program

7.50 Defence Public Sector Under-takings and Ordnance Factorieshave exported items worth US $68.342 million for the year 2004-05.

INDIGENISATION

7.51 In the quest for self-reliance inthe crucial sector of Defence, continu-ous efforts are being made toindigenise defence equipment wher-ever technologically feasible andeconomically viable. It has been apart of our indigenisation effort tolocate and develop broad-based

Year Ordnance Factories Public Sector Undertakings (Rupees in crore)Total Sales Total Sales Grand Total

2002-2003 6508.05 8788.31 15296.36

2003-2004 6523.87 9892.73 16416.60

2004-2005 6150.30 11120.38 17270.68(Prov)

Page 89: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

88

indigenous supply sources both inthe public sector as well as in the civiltrade for many complicated andintricate equipment. There has been acomplete paradigm shift in the role ofprivate sector/ civil trade in the field ofindigenisation, i.e., from the role ofsupplier of raw-materials, compo-nents, sub-systems, to a partner inthe manufacture of complete defenceequipment/ system. The defenceindustry sector, which was hithertoreserved for the public sector, hasnow been opened for participation bythe Indian Private sector. The Indiancompanies are now eligible to applyfor licence to set up defence industryfor manufacturing all types of defenceequipment under licence. Suchcompanies could also have foreigndirect investment, upto 26% of theequity. Detailed guidelines havealready been issued by the Depart-ment of Industrial Policy & Promo-tion (DIPP) in consultation withMinistry of Defence regarding themodalities for consideration ofapplications for grant of licence.Today, the private sector can manu-facture any defence item underlicence from DIPP.

7.52 For indigenisation of the sparesof the Defence Equipment, an institu-tional framework has been in exist-ence in the form of 8 Technical Com-mittees, consisting of officers fromthe Directorate General of QualityAssurance. Each Committee isheaded by a Technical Officer of the

rank of Major General/Brigadier orequivalent. These committees main-tain a compendium of civil industriescapable of undertaking the task ofindigenisation of defence equipment/stores after conducting surveys andassessing their capabilities. Afteridentifying items in consultation withthe user services for indigenisationand keeping in view the commercialviability and the strategic needs,these Committees undertakeindigenisation and ensure timelysupply of defence equipment/ stores.During the year 2003-2004, supplyorders of Rs. 210.81 crore for ab-initio development and indigenisationof 1101 items were placed. During2004-2005, 709 items have beentaken up for development valuing Rs.6.94 crore. Since February 2002,production agencies like OrdnanceFactories, Defence PSUs, have takenover responsibility of indigenisationof equipment under their manufactur-ing range.

7.53 For ensuring enhanced andmeaningful interaction, conferences/exhibitions are held from time to timewith civil industry. During the year2003-2004, 16 exhibitions-cum-Vendor Awareness Programmes,with DGQA participation were held atvarious locations all over the country.During 2004-2005, 9 suchprogrammes have been held.

7.54 In order to encourage civilindustry for indigenous developmentof Defence stores, a scheme of

Page 90: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

89

National Awards for excellence inindigenisation was introduced in theyear 1993-94. The efforts made bythe industry in substituting the inputsof defence equipment and stores areduly recognized and deserving unitsare presented with suitable awards.

7.55 After the opening up of theDefence Industry Sector for privateparticipation, 22 Letters of Intent/Industrial Licences have been issuedupto 31.3.2005 to the private compa-nies for manufacturing various typesof Defence Equipment. Companiessuch as Larsen and Toubro Ltd.,Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd., TIL Ltdand Automotive Coaches & Compo-nents Ltd. have obtained Letters ofIntent to enter the Defence IndustrySector as full fledged manufacturersand suppliers of Defence equipment.

7.56 A Committee under the Chair-manship of Dr. Vijay Kelkar has alsobeen constituted in the Departmentof Defence Production to examineand make recommendations onchanges required in the procedure ofacquisition/ procurement of Defenceequipment. The Committee wouldsuggest an approach based on�Product Strategy� and suggestmodalities for integration of userservices, Ministry of Defence and theIndian Industry (including PrivateSector). The Committee would fur-ther suggest measures to increaseDefence exports, incorporation ofoffsets in Defence acquisition and

changes required to facilitate Ord-nance Factories and Defence PSUsto assume the role of designer andintegrator of large defence equip-ment and platforms.

OTHER ORGANISATIONS INDEPARTMENT OF DEFENCEPRODUCTION

Directorate General Aeronau-tical Quality Assurance(DGAQA)

7.57 The DGAQA has its Headquar-ters at New Delhi with ResidentInspection Establishments at variousproduction centers in the country,viz. Hindustan Aeronautics Limited,Bharat Electronics Limited, IndianTelephone Industries, MIDHANI,ECIL, Bangalore and also at variousOrdnance Factories engaged in theproduction of Air Armament storesand Airfield Lighting equipment.

7.58 Missile System Quality Assur-ance Agency (MSQAA), comprisingof officers from DGAQA, DGQA &Directorate of Naval ArmamentInspection (DNAI), set up during1991-92 to provide quality assurancecoverage during development andproduction, and functions under theadministrative control of DirectorGeneral Aeronautical Quality Assur-ance (DGAQA). Apart from beingthe nodal agency, DGAQA is provid-ing quality coverage for all primarysystems of IGMDP projects. The roleof MSQAA has been extended toprovide quality assurance coverage

Page 91: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

90

for non-IGMDP Missiles projects likeSF&D and PJ-01 Brahmos.

7.59 During the year 2004-05 suc-

cessful flight trials were carried out in

respect of Prithvi, Trishul, Nag,

Akash, Agni, Brahmos, AD and Astra

Missile system.

7.60 Major activities, for the period

April 2004 to Oct 2004 are:

(a) Value of Aeronautical Stores

inspected - Rs.4230 crore.

(b) Technical Committee is pro-

cessing the indents for indig-

enous development of stores,

details are as under:

(iii) Intermediate Jet Trainer(IJT-36)

(iv) Advanced Light Helicopter(ALH)

7.61 Organisation ImprovementProgrammes are:

(a) Specifications/ drawings are

being updated to include addi-

tional essential features/ re-

quirements of users, based on

their feedback reports. A Com-

puter-aided Design & Drafting

(CADD) system has been in-

stalled and commissioned in

the Drawing Office at the Head-

quarters.

(c) Active participation in IGMDPprojects like Prithvi/ Akash/Trishul Missiles, both as theoverall Nodal Agency andQuality Assurance Agency formost major systems.

(d) DGAQA is actively associated inthe QA of the following sophisti-cated indigenous projects:-

(i) Light Combat Aircraft(LCA) TEJAS

(ii) Kaveri engine for TEJAS(LCA)

(b) Greater emphasis is being laid

on quality surveillance affected

through the periodic Quality

Audits conducted in the various

areas of production/ overhaul

facilities.

(c) DGAQA has actively partici-

pated in the Aero India-2005

Exhibition Show wherein aero-

nautical stores developed

under the guidance of DGAQA

were displayed.

Sl. No. Stores Qty on Order Unit Price (in Rs.) Value (Rs. in lakh)

1 Cover outer Main Wheel 400 5000 20

2 Nose Tyre 250 3000 10Outer Rigger 400 4000 12

3 Automatic Inflatable 200 16065 32.13life jacket

Page 92: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

91

Directorate General of QualityAssurance (DGQA)

7.62 Directorate General of QualityAssurance is an Inter-Service Organi-zation working under the Departmentof Defence. DGQA is responsible forQuality Assurance of all defencestores and equipment, both importedand indigenous, for the Army, Navy(excluding Naval Armaments) andcommon user items for the Air Forceprocured from all sources viz PrivateSector, Public Sector Undertakingsand Ordnance Factories. It has,therefore, a vital role to play in thedefence preparedness of the country.

7.63 Organisational Structure andFunctions: DGQA Organisation isdivided into seven Technical Director-ates, each of which is responsible fora distinct range of equipment. TheTechnical Directorates are verticallystructured in three-tiers for functionalpurposes, comprising their respec-tive Headquarters, Controllerates,Field Quality Assurances Establish-ments and Proof Establishments (incase of Armament Discipline only).The tasks performed by them arecomplementary and are integrated toachieve maximum efficiency.

7.64 The major achievements ofDGQA are as follow: -

(a) Inspection of Stores: DGQAensures that stores are ac-cepted strictly as per laid downspecifications and performanceparameters. The value of

stores inspected during the lastthree years is given below: -

Year Value of storesinspected

(Rs. in crore)2002-2003 160012003-2004 146922004-2005 13137

(Upto 31.1.2005)

(b) Quality Assurance of Im-ported Equipment: DGQA isperforming a vital role in in-spection of Imported Equip-ment and Weapon Systemsbeing acquired by the ArmedForces.

(c) Self-Certification: DGQAOrganisation has been award-ing Self-Certification status toquality conscious firms/ manu-facturers who have well estab-lished Quality ManagementSystem and demonstrateconsistent product qualityduring the execution of succes-sive Defence Supply Orders.52 firms have been awardedSelf-Certification status so far.

(d) Training Initiatives: The De-fence Institute of Quality Assur-ance, Bangalore, has beentraining DGQA personnel in thefield of Quality Assurance,Management/ Human ResourceDevelopment and InformationTechnology. Courses havebeen conducted for Services

Page 93: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

92

and personnel from OutsideOrganizations like DefencePSUs and OFB. Details ofOfficers trained in the last 2years are as follow:

Year DGQA OtherOrganisations

2003-2004 391 922004-2005 449 90

Directorate of Standardisation

7.65 Directorate of Standardisationwas constituted in 1962 with theobjective to control proliferation ofitems within Defence Services. NineStandardisation Cells and six De-tachments have been located atNodal Stations in the country to giveboost to the standardisation activity.The primary objective of the Director-ate of Standardisation is to establishcommonality in equipment andcomponents among the three Ser-vices so that the overall inventory ofthe Defence Services is reduced to aminimum. This objective is sought tobe achieved through: -

(i) Preparation of Standardisationdocuments such as Joint Ser-vices Specifications, JointServices Preferred Ranges,Joint Services RationalizedLists, Joint Services Guides,Joint Services Policy State-ments and Joint Services Quali-tative Requirements;

(ii) Codification and Cataloguing ofDefence Inventory

(iii) Entry Control.

7.66 Standardisation activities aredone through 13 StandardisationSub�Committees, Panels/ WorkingGroups under these Sub�Commit-tees, several Specialist TechnicalPanels (STP) and Defence Equip-ment Codification Committee(DECC).

7.67 Achievements: Directorate ofStandardisation has achieved thefollowing tasks during the year 2004-2005:

(i) The Five Year Roll-on-Plan(2004-09) was introduced.

(ii) The number of standard docu-ments prepared during the year2004-05 was 765 as against thetarget of 658.

7.68 Codification and Catalogu-ing: 13,527 items were codified and7810 items were updated during2004-05.

7.69 Entry Control: (i) 356 state-ment of cases for introductions,scaling and declaring the itemsobsolescent/ obsolete have beencleared upto March 31, 2005.

(ii) 323 Departmental Specifica-tions were uploaded on the websitethus a total of 2108 Departmentalspecifications have been loaded onwebsite upto March 31, 2005.

7.70 Information Technology: Theofficial website of the Directorate has

Page 94: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

93

been upgraded by the Centre forAdvanced Computing & SystemApplication (COCOSA) Group ofDirectorate of Standardisation withthe development of Web basedonline software in Oracle 9i for ac-cessing the information on codifica-tion by all the cells. In addition, sixleased line channels have beenestablished connecting all DefenceStandardisation Cells and Detach-ments across the country.

7.71 Training: The Institute of Stan-dards Training, Pune, conductscourses on Standardisation, Codifi-cation, Management Developmentprogramme, Total Quality Manage-ment and Database ManagementSystem. The Institute has conducted13 courses/ capsule during the year2004-05 in the following areas:

(i) Networking Metropolitan AreaNetwork (MAN) and LINUX.

(ii) Basics of e-Governance andInformation Security.

(iii) Orientation, foundation andcapsule course onStandardisation and Codifica-tion.

(iv) Database orientationcourse.

Directorate of Planning &Coordination

7.72 The Directorate of Planningand Coordination was set up in

1964 with the primary objective ofpreparing overall plans for the pro-duction of defence equipment in thecountry. The Directorate is respon-sible for monitoring and implemen-tation of major indigenisationprojects being pursued by theOrdnance Factories like the Arjunand T-90 Main Battle Tanks, productimprovement of various artilleryguns and armoured vehicles, aug-mentation of overhauling capacity oftanks and engines. Developmentprogramme of armaments for thearmy and navy are other key activi-ties of the Directorate. The Director-ate also monitors the criticalprojects in the electronics sector forthe three services.

7.73 The Directorate is the nodalpoint in the Department of DefenceProduction for international coopera-tion in defence production anddefence exports. The Directoratesupports the Export wing of theDepartment during its deliberationswith the various Bi-lateral DefencePolicy Groups and Joint WorkingGroups with other countries.

7.74 The Directorate coordinateswithin the Department of DefenceProduction the interaction with theIntegrated Defence Staff Headquar-ters, regarding classification of therespective capital acquisition plansof the three Services into �BUY�,�BUY� & �MAKE� and �MAKE�

Page 95: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

94

categories. The Directorate serves

as the secretariat for the Defence

Production Board, which is charged

with the function of monitoring

progress emanating out of all

�MAKE� decisions taken by the

Defence Acquisition Council (DAC).

It also assists the DAC to arrive at

optimum decisions regarding li-

cence production, transfer of tech-

nology (TOT) and ab-initio produc-

tion/ development.

7.75 The Directorate represents the

Department for Defence Production

in the General Staff Equipment Policy

Committee, Standardisation Commit-

tee, Task Forces and various moni-

toring committees.

Defence ExhibitionsOrganisation (DEO)

7.76 The Defence Exhibitions

Organisation, established in 1981,

is primarily responsible for

organising and coordinating De-

fence exhibitions in India and

abroad. It maintains the permanent

Defence Pavilion at the Pragati

Maidan, New Delhi, which peaks

out during India International Trade

Fair (IITF) held every year from

November 14 to 27. Products

manufactured/ developed by Ord-

nance Factories, Defence Public

Sector Undertakings (DPSUs) &

Defence Research and Develop-

ment Organisation (DRDO) are

displayed at the pavilion. In addi-

tion, the Armed Forces, Directorate

General of Quality Assurance

(DGQA), Coast Guard and the

National Cadet Corps (NCC) are

also represented in the exhibition.

7.77 As a part of export promotion

effort, DEO organises international

defence exhibitions in India and co-

ordinates participation of DPSUs in

exhibitions abroad. During the finan-

cial year, DEO coordinated participa-

tion of the DPSUs in the Africa Aero-

space & Defence (AAD-04) in

Pretoria, South Africa from Septem-

ber 21 to 23, 2004. For the first time,

two private sector companies also

participated as part of the India

Pavilion.

International AerospaceExposition - AERO INDIA

7.78 Conceived as an event to pro-vide an interface for exhibitors topromote and showcase their prod-ucts to leaders in the aerospaceindustry, Aero India is now one of thepremier expositions of the sector inthe region. It provides for its partici-pants, opportunities for meaningfulcollaborations and interactions withglobal players.

7.79 The fifth International Aero-space Exposition � AERO INDIA2005 was held at Yelahanka, nearBangalore, from February 9 to 13,2005. This time the show was spreadover a larger area and a more

Page 96: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

95

number of countries/ companiesparticipated in the show. 32 Delega-tions from 29 countries visited duringAero India-2005.

7.80 A new hangar with annexes has

been constructed at Air Force Sta-

tion, Yelahanka (AFSY) at a cost of

Rs. 1108.69 Lakh. The entire length

of the runway at AFSY has been

resurfaced at a total cost of

Rs.13,52,47,951.22. In addition, the

runway has been extended up to

8000 ft as part of overall long term

plan of extension of runway upto

9000 ft. The exposition registered a

significant increase in terms of par-

ticipation by the Indian companies

(100%), foreign companies (32%)

and the overall exhibition areas

(35%) as compared to Aero India

2003.

7.81 The International Seminar on�Aerospace Technology � Develop-ment and Strategies� was organizedby DRDO from February 7 to 9, 2005at Jnana Jyothi Auditorium, Banga-lore. The Aero India Civil AviationSeminar was organized by the CII onFebruary 10, 2005. This seminar inthe backdrop of better a perfor-mance by Indian aviation industryand covered issues like the Indianaviation scenario, Airports and routenetwork, co-relation of defence andcivil aviation sectors, impact of lowcost airlines on domestic aviationgrowth and lessons of internationalbest practices.

7.82 Following are the details ofinvestment, value of production &sales and profits after tax of eightDefence Public Sector Undertakings.

INVESTMENT(Rs in Crore)

Name of 2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-2005the PSUs Equity Govt. loans Equity Govt. loans Equity Govt. loans

HAL 120.50 - 120.50 - 120.50 -

BEL 80.00 - 80.00 - 80.00 -

BEML 36.87 - 36.87 - 36.87 -

MDL 199.20 - 199.20 - 199.20 -

GRSE 123.84 - 123.84 - 123.84 -

GSL 19.40 - 19.40 - 19.40 -

BDL 115.00 - 115.00 - 115.00 -

MIDHANI 137.34 - 137.34 - 137.34 -

TOTAL 832.15 - 832.15 - 832.15 -

Page 97: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

96

WORKING RESULTS

VALUE OF PRODUCTION AND SALES

(Rs in Crore)

Name of 2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-2005 (Prov)the PSUs Value of Value of Value of Value of Value of Value of

Production Sales Production Sales Production Sales

HAL 3477.84 3120.42 3756.14 3799.78 5332.42 4425.00

BEL 2536.39 2508.02 2807.83 2798.59 3305.00 3268.00

BEML 1740.16 1681.17 1691.86 1765.75 1860.04 1862.21

MDL 539.52 569.27 495.77 191.00 450.00 77.39

GRSE 523.09 153.69 486.90 390.76 460.21 868.74

GSL 232.14 386.50 200.83 296.92 152.00 24.00

BDL 330.38 277.72 522.47 524.80 489.37 463.75

MIDHANI 93.50 91.52 116.42 125.13 136.52 131.29

TOTAL 9473.02 8788.31 10078.22 9892.73 12185.56 11120.38

PROFIT AFTER TAX(Rs. in crore)

Name of the PSUs 2003-2004 2004-2005 (Prov.)

HAL 409.79 428.90

BEL 316.10 451.00

BEML 24.17 172.57

MDL 7.92 8.26

GRSE 29.30 24.67

GSL 31.88 8.20

BDL 47.61 22.50

MIDHANI 6.89 5.40

TOTAL 872.66 1120.50

Page 98: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

97

DEFENCE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

8

LCA Tejas in flying formation

Page 99: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

98

8.1 Defence Research and Devel-opment Organisation (DRDO) wasset up in 1958 by amalgamating thethen existing Technical DevelopmentEstablishments (TDEs) of the IndianArmy and the Directorate of Techni-cal Development and Production(DTDP) with the Defence ScienceOrganisation (DSO). The activities ofDRDO laboratories encompass R&Din high technology disciplines likeaeronautics, armaments, electronics,combat vehicles, engineering sys-tems, instrumentation, missiles,advanced computation and simula-tion, special materials, naval systemsand life sciences. Defence R&DOrganisation is dedicated to theformulation and execution ofprogrammes on design & develop-ment of the state-of-the-art weaponsystems and equipment for theArmed forces.

MISSION

8.2 A separate Department of De-fence Research and Development,was formed in 1980, within the Minis-try of Defence, dedicated to themission of progressive enhancementof self reliance in defence systemsand development of world classdefence technologies. To facilitatethe accomplishment of this mission,

there is a mission-mode structureheaded by the Scientific Adviser toRaksha Mantri, who is the Secretary,Department of Defence Researchand Development and also theDirector General, Research andDevelopment.

ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

8.3 Under the Department of De-fence R&D, DRDO headquarters isorganised into technical directoratesand corporate directorates. Thetechnical directorates address aspecific technology area. Thesedirectorates facilitate the laboratoriesworking in the specific technologyarea under a single window systemand help in obtaining approvals fornew programmes/projects andfacilitate monitoring and review of theon-going projects. The corporatedirectorates on the other hand ad-dress the well defined functions suchas personnel, human resource devel-opment, material management,planning & coordination, manage-ment services, Rajbhasha,Organisation and Methods (O&M),budget, finance & accounts, security& vigilance, civil works and estatesand extramural research. Recruit-ment & Assessment Centre andPersonnel Assessment Centre

DEFENCE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Page 100: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

99

undertake new inductions and as-sessment on periodic basis forpromotions of scientists and techni-cal staff for all laboratories and head-quarters of DRDO under DefenceResearch Development Servicecadre and Defence Research Techni-cal cadre respectively.

8.4 The programmes and projects,undertaken by DRDO, are executedthrough a network of fifty R&D labo-ratories/establishments. These labo-ratories are situated all over Indiafrom Tezpur in the East to Jodhpur inthe West and Leh in the North toKochi in the South.

MONITORING AND REVIEWMECHANISM

8.5 The mission modeprogrammes/ projects are executedin close partnership with user ser-vices. In order to harness the bestavailable resources in terms oftalent, expertise and resources,DRDO interacts with defence publicsector undertakings, academicinstitutions, research laboratoriesand private entrepreneurs, to ex-ecute its projects and programmes.The �concurrent engineering� ap-proach is followed in technology-intensive projects to reduce thetime-lag between development and�productionisation� of weapon sys-tems & platforms.

8.6 DRDO is monitoring and re-viewing programmes and projects on

a regular basis through aninstitutionalised mechanism. There isan in-house apex level body called�DRDO Research Council�, chairedby Scientific Adviser to RakshaMantri, to review progress of majorprojects of all the laboratories once ayear. In addition, a high level commit-tee also carries out corporate reviewscovering techno-managerial aspects.The staff projects for Army are re-viewed by the Vice Chief of ArmyStaff, twice a year. For all majorprogrammes/projects, there aremulti-tier �programme managementboards�, having representation fromthe Services, DRDO laboratories andin some cases, from academic insti-tutions and other national researchlaboratories. These ProgrammeManagement Boards periodicallymonitor and review the programmesand give mid-course correctivedirections.

8.7 DRDO is involving users inproject peer reviews, projectprogress reviews to cut short delaysand to know their views in advanceincluding General Staff QualitativeRequirements and also to continu-ously monitor the projects. Clustermeetings are arranged with repre-sentations of all concerned agencies.To bring in synergy between devel-oping agencies/laboratories, userservices and production agencies,interaction meetings with privateindustries through their apex bodies

Page 101: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

100

like FICCI, CII and ASSOCHAM arealso organised.

CONTRIBUTION OF DRDO TOSERVICES

8.8 The Organisation has madegreat strides since 1980 towardsmaking our Armed Forces self reliant.On the one hand this has enabledour Armed Forces to face the armsexport control regimes of advancedcountries, whereas on the otherhand, DRDO has progressivelyenhanced their combat effectivenessthrough development of state-of-the-art indigenous defence systems.During last few years, a number ofdefence systems and equipment hasbeen productionised. These include :

l Lakshya - Pilotless target air-craft (aerial target practicesystem)

l Nishant - Remotely pilotedvehicle (for aerial surveillance)

l Prithvi - Surface-to-surfacetactical battlefield missile

l Agni-I & Agni-II - Surface-to-surface missile

l BrahMos - Supersonic cruisemissile

l Arjun - Main Battle Tank

l Sangraha - Integrated EWsystem for Navy

l Samyukta- Integrated EWsystem for Army

l Mihir - Helicopter based dunk-ing sonar

l Nagan � Towed array sonar

l AERV - Armoured EngineerRecce Vehicle for crossingwater obstacles

l Bridge layer tank on T-72 chas-sis

l Ajeya - Combat improved T-72tank

l Sarvatra - Bridge assault me-chanically launched

l Mat ground surfacing, a track-way expedient for smoothmovement in marshy terrain,shallow water and soft soil

l Mobile decontamination systemfor decontaminating nuclear,biological and chemical agentsand personnel, equipment andterrain

l Safari [Mk-I] - Muting system fordeactivating remotely controlledexplosive device

l Pinaka - Multibarrel rocketsystem

l Armoured ambulance on BMP II

l Carrier mortar tracked on BMP II

l 105 mm and 81 mm illuminat-ing ammunition

l 125 mm ammunition, Finstabilised armour piercingdiscarding sabot Mk-I&II

Page 102: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

101

l INSAS - 5.56 mm Indian smallarms system

l Tranquil - Radar warning re-ceiver for MiG 23 aircraft

l Tempest - Radar warning re-ceiver and self protection jam-mer for MiG aircraft

l Catch - Airborne signal intelli-gence systems

l Command information decisionsupport system

l Combat net radio

l Sansar - Bulk secrecy equip-ment with high grade digitalsecrecy

l Samvahak - Artillery combatcommand and control system

l Mission computer for Jaguar

l Mission computer, displayprocessor and RWR for Sukhoiaircraft

l Aircraft arrester barrier

l Bheema - Aircraft weapontrolley

l Relocatable balloon baragesystem

l Parachutes for various types ofaircrafts

l Avalanche victim detector

l Meals-ready-to-eat etc.

l Data concentrator

l De-gaussing and acousticranges for measurement ofnoise and magnetic signatureof naval ships

l Humsa � Hull mounted sonarsystem

l Ushus sonar system

l Processor based moored mineand processor based exercisemine

l Advanced torpedos / Lightweight torpedo

l Sectel - Speech secrecy tele-phone

l 3D central acquisition & surveil-lance radar

l Weapon locating radar

l BFSR-SR : Battle field surveil-lance radar - short range.

PROGRESS MADE IN R&DPROGRAMMES/PROJECTSDURING THE YEAR

8.9 Maiden flight of technologydemonstrator (TD1) of Light CombatAircraft (LCA) �Tejas� took place onJanuary 4, 2001 at Bangalore. Sincethen, two technology demonstratorsand a prototype vehicle (PV1) of LCAare undergoing flight testing. Thesecond technology demonstrator(TD2), joined testing programmes onJune 6, 2002. The reduced weightstandard LCA prototype vehicle(PV1) joined the testing fleet on

Page 103: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

102

November 25, 2003. Till December2004, Tejas had completed 321 flighttests including supersonic flights.The equipping of the fourth Tejasaircraft (PV2) is under progress,which is the production standard andis likely to start flying shortly. Designactivities on trainer variant LCA(PV5), ensuring commonality withLCA (Navy) are being progressed.The production arrangements tosupport induction of aircraft are alsobeing planned in parallel, at HAL.Initial Operational Clearance of theTejas will be obtained by 2007.

8.10 Kaveri engine has undergonedevelopment test of more than1300 hours at Gas Turbine Re-search Establishment and hassuccessfully completed phase I andII of high altitude testing at M/sCIAM, Russia. First HAL manufac-tured engine K6 has run to maxi-mum capacity. The compressorsurge margin was also demon-strated in testing of core engine(C4) during June 2004. Conversionof current K9 series engines tointerim flight standard is presentlyunder progress at GTRE, so as tointegrate it with LCA by December2006. Government has furthersanctioned Rs 2800 crore for Kaveriengine programme for all the threevariants of LCA and efforts arebeing made to realise the configu-ration of Kaveri Engine for produc-tion release by 2007.

8.11 The spin-off project ��KaveriMarinisation� has been taken up anddetailed design of the sub-systemshad been completed. Kaveri MarineGas Generator Testing commencedon April 9, 2004 and achieved re-peatability in light up within 4-6seconds and acceleration to idlespeed. Performance at idle speedwas comparable with design intent. Ithas generated about 8 Mega-Wattpower. The engine has completed 7hours of testing in the first build andhas run upto 100% rpm on Novem-ber 10, 2004.

8.12 Lakshya � a pilotless targetaircraft, has an aerial target systemremotely operated from ground toprovide aerial target for training ofgun and missile crew to air defencepilots for training of all the threeservices. Five Lakshyas under thelimited series production (LSP)scheme, were handed over to IndianAir Force in 2001-02. They haveconducted more than 32 flights.Three Lakshya have also been deliv-ered to the Navy. Navy has con-ducted a total of fourteen flights.Lakshyas have also been handedover to Army and in-service cam-paigns are being assisted by DRDO.

8.13 Defence Avionics ResearchEstablishment (DARE), Bangalore, alaboratory of DRDO, has made rapidprogress in the areas of airborneelectronic warfare, airborne proces-sors and testing and evaluation of

Page 104: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

103

electronic warfare (EW) systems. Thelaboratory has designed and devel-oped radar warning and EW suitesfor various fighter aircraft of MiGvariants, Jaguar and Sea Harrier, toenhance their survivability and mis-sion accomplishment. These sys-tems are under manufacture atBharat Electronics Limited (BEL).DARE has also pioneered indig-enous development in the area ofmission avionics which includemission computer for LCA, SU-30and Jaguar aircraft which have beendeveloped and delivered in requiredquantities.

8.14 Centre for Military Airworthinessand Certification (CEMILAC) estab-lished in 1994, functions from Banga-lore, and is a nodal point for certifica-tion and airworthiness clearance ofmilitary aircraft and airborne sys-tems. There are fourteen regionalcentres for military airworthiness(RCMA) spread all over the countryand are located at various divisionsof HAL, R&D establishments andBase Repair Depots (BRDs) to en-sure concurrent airworthiness duringdesign, manufacture and overhaul ofaircraft and its systems. CEMILACcarries out the design evaluation andairworthiness certification at par withsimilar organisations world wide.

8.15 Airborne Early Warning andControl (AEW&C) Programme cost-ing Rs. 2000 crore has been sanc-tioned by Government to Centre for

Air Borne Systems (CABS), Banga-lore. Development of one laboratoryprototype and one engineeringprototype with operational AEW&Csystems capability is envisaged.Public Sector Undertakings (PSUs),academic institutions and privatefirms are participating in the develop-ment activities. Lightning test facilityhas also been established at CABS,where systems of indigenousprogrammes like Tejas, AdvancedLight Helicopter (ALH), IntermediateJet Trainer (IJT) and Saras havebeen successfully tested.

8.16 Aerial Delivery Research andDevelopment Establishment(ADRDE), a DRDO laboratory atAgra, has supplied and installed 4sets of aircraft arrester barriers (20ton class), as a part of an IAF indent.Pilot parachutes (for different typesof IAF aircraft), brake parachute forMiG-29 (high altitude version) andweapon delivery parachutes weredeveloped/delivered. A state-of-the-art combat free fall parachute systemhas been developed. For the firsttime, ADRDE, Agra, has developed aparachute recovery and floatationsystem for recovery of the re-entrycapsule for space recovery experi-ment programme of ISRO. Thesystem has proven itself duringvarious phases of trials, like dummydrops from AN-32 aircraft, highaltitude trials from helicopter withactual capsule weight. The final andcomplete system trial is planned inDecember 2005.

Page 105: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

104

8.17 Trishul is a low level quickreaction surface-to-air missile for allthe three Services. During 2003-04,seven consecutive successful flighttests were conducted, amply demon-strating the accuracy of the guidancesystem. The landmark achievementwas total destruction of a remotelypiloted aircraft target through detona-tion of warhead on March 25, 2004.The production version of launcherand radar vehicle �Trishul groundelectronics and radar vehicle�(TGERV) for Air Force has beenrealised. The TGERV has beenupgraded during the last few monthsand maiden flight using these pro-duction version of ground systemswas successfully conducted onSeptember 15, 2004. As per require-

ments of IAF, the range of Trishul hasbeen enhanced.

8.18 Flights of Akash, air-to-airweapon system with warheads inmissions against single targets,have been conducted successfully.Subsequently, simultaneous multi-target engagement capability ofAkash weapon system was alsodemonstrated against two live tar-gets. Consistent performance ofpropulsion, control and guidancesystems has been demonstrated inthe last ten consecutive flight trials.Group control centre has beenrealised. The missile and variousground systems have been sourcedfrom production work centres inpublic and private sector. The qual-

Akash missile system on Display at Aero India 2005

Page 106: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

105

ity requirements for these systemshave been finalised.

8.19 Nag, the third generation anti-

tank guided missile has undergone

five guided flight tests during the

year 2004. One flight test con-

ducted on October 11, 2004 was in

full operational configuration with

live warhead. Performance of the

target acquisition system was also

conclusively established during the

year. Development of prototype

ALH-Nag launcher has been com-

pleted.

8.20 Agni-I and Agni-II, medium

range missiles have been success-

fully flight tested in July-August 2004.

Both the missile systems have been

accepted for induction into the

Armed Forces.

8.21 BrahMos, the world�s best

supersonic cruise missile, has been

developed by the joint effort of Indian

and Russian scientists. This missile

is the leader in the family of cruise

missiles, and is unique to fly at a

speed of 2.8 times the speed of

sound. The missile can be launched

from multiple platforms � ship, sub-

marine, land mobile launchers and

aircraft against ship and land targets.

Land version of BrahMos was test

fired successfully in December 2004.

BrahMos is being inducted into the

Indian Navy and has entered serial

production phase.

8.22 Processor for AerodynamicComputation and Evaluation(PACE++), a 128-node parallelprocessing system has been de-signed by ANURAG, a laboratory ofDRDO, for Indian Institute of Science(IISc), Bangalore. It was dedicatedto the nation by the President ofIndia, in January 2004 at IISc, Ban-galore. An indigenous desktopcomputer has been realised basedon general-purpose microprocessor,called Abacus. A 16-node Abacusprocessor based prototype parallelprocessing system has also beendeveloped.

8.23 After the successful develop-ment and evaluation by users, theArtillery Combat Command andcontrol system (ACCCS) is undergo-ing in limited series production atBEL for 6 regimental systems for theArmy. The Army has placed an orderfor one test-bed corps-level mark IIsystem on BEL under project Shakti.

8.24 125 mm fin stabilised armourpiercing discarding sabot (soft core,Fsapds) ammunition Mk-I for usewith tank T-72 is under production.Development of Mk-II version of thisammunition with enhanced firepower (lethality) has been completedand user trial has been successfullyconducted.

8.25 Armament Research and Devel-opment Establishment (ARDE), Punehas also developed a under barrelgrenade launcher (UBGL) compat-

Page 107: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

106

ible with rifle 5.56 mm INSAS and AK-47. Based on the performance, theuser has recommended its introduc-tion into Service.

8.26 The present generation ofstrategic missiles require compositepropellant grain in case bondedmode for enhanced performance ofthe propulsion system. Technologyfor the processing of case bondedmotor has been developed withbetter burning characteristics.

8.27 In air-to-air missiles, low tem-perature properties of propellantbecome highly critical for reliableperformance of the missiles. To meetboth energetic and elongation pa-rameters solid propellant formula-tions have been developed.

8.28 Naval Science and Technologi-cal Laboratory, Visakhapatnam, hasdeveloped helicopter fire controlsystem and torpedo electronics forALH.

8.29 Design and development oftorpedo detection and decoy systemhas been taken up jointly by NavalPhysical Oceanographic Laboratory(NPOL) and Naval Scientific andTechnological Laboratory (NSTL).NPOL has completed the design ofthe towed decoy and array. Thesystem would be ready by December2005. Acoustic, radar cross-sectionand infra-red signature predictionand management facility have beenestablished. Design and develop-

ment of low frequency dunkingSonar has been taken up.

8.30 Heavy Vehicle Factory (HVF),Avadi, has produced and deliveredfive MBT Arjun tanks out of the 124ordered under the guidance ofCVRDE, which is the authority hold-ing sealed particulars (AHSP). Thesefive tanks have been handed over tothe Chief of Army Staff by the RakshaMantri on August 7, 2004. Transferof technology is at an advancedstage. Nine more Arjun tanks arelikely to be produced by mid 2005.

8.31 Production of combat improvedAjeya (CIA) tanks, with variousmodernisation schemes is in fullswing at HVF. About 40 CIA Ajeyatanks, fitted with explosive reactivearmour (ERA) for enhanced protec-tion and accurate GPS navigationsystem have rolled out from HVF.Sustained efforts are underway tointegrate other improvementschemes like integrated fire detectionand suppression system.

8.32 Ordnance Factory, Medak(OFMK), have produced 168 numberof carrier mortar tracked vehicle outof the 198 ordered. An indent forproduction of 50 number ofarmoured ambulance, developed byDRDO on BMP II chassis, has beenplaced on OFMK. All technicalassistance is being provided byCVRDE to production and inspectionagencies for production of pilotsample of armoured ambulance.

Page 108: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

107

8.33 Semi-active laser homing mis-siles have been successfully demon-strated from the main gun of MBTArjun. Mobile telemetry station, gen-erator vehicle, special target fixture andother test equipment required for thefiring demonstration of Lahat missilesin MBT Arjun were developed for thepurpose. Firing capabilities of theexperimental tank �Tank X� were con-firmed during its evaluation in summerof 2004. It is being integrated withhigher HP engine for improved auto-motive performance.

8.34 First prototype of futuristicinfantry combat vehicle (ICV)- Abhay,as a technology demonstrator, hasbeen realised with indigenous auto-motive systems including state-of-the-art hydro-pneumatic suspension

system. Indigenously developedcomposite, titanium and high hard-ened armour steel have been usedfor desired protection levels. Theturret incorporates a mix of weaponsystems backed up by indigenousfire control and gun control systemsto destroy potential targets.

8.35 First pilot vehicle of armouredamphibious engineer reccee vehicleon BMP-II, has been cleared by theArmy. Three vehicles are expectedto be ready for handing over to Armyby mid 2005, out of the ordered 16Recce vehicles. Order for six vehiclesof armoured amphibious dozer(AAD) on BMP-II has been placed byArmy. Vehicles will be offered toArmy for clearance by the middle of2005.

Futuristic Infantry Combat Vehicle ‘ABHAY’ (Armoured Prototype)

Page 109: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

108

8.36 Five sets of Sarvatra and fournumbers of BLT on T-72 tanks,ordered for limited series production,have been completed and handedover to the Army. Balance 6 numbersof BLT will be made ready afterreceipt of BLT Carrier Vehicles fromHVF, Avadi.

8.37 Snow and Avalanche StudyEstablishment (SASE) of DRDO hasupgraded conventional observato-ries to the state-of-the-art weatherstations. Fifteen new automaticweather stations have been installedin western Himalaya. Techniquesbased on neural network, fuzzylogic etc have helped in accuratemeteorology and avalanche fore-casting for the civilian populationand army troops deployed in snowbound regions. Issue of regularavalanche forecast and avalanchesafety/awareness programmes hashelped in saving precious lives.SASE has prepared avalanchehazard �Data Cards� using remotesensing and GIS techniques for theArmy. These cards are handy, easyto refer and contain track profileduly marked with avalanche sitesand salient information about thearea, including digital terrain model.

8.38 Samyukta is an electronicwarfare (EW) programme for Army.The first production series unit ofcontrol center (CC) block on thecommunication segment has beenfielded. The non-communication(non-com.) entities have been evalu-

ated and demonstrated. The unit isbeing shifted for field evaluation.

8.39 Sangraha is an indigenous EWprogramme for Navy. Various EWsystems have been productionisedby BEL and installed on variousplatforms. Ellora, electronic supportmeasure (ESM) system has alsobeen completed.

8.40 Samvahak is a Core to Battalionlevel decision support system tocollect, collate, process and dissemi-nate intelligence and logistic informa-tion to Army Commanders. Thesoftware has been ported at fieldstations and is under exploitation.

8.41 A new generation NuclearBiological and Chemical (NBC)permeable suit based on the state-of-the-art technology and having threetimes more absorption capacity thanthe MK-I version has been devel-oped. The suit is intended to be usedby the troops operating in chemicalwarfare agent contaminated environ-ment. Salient features include its lightweight and flame retardation andfluorocarbon treatment. Its trials havebeen completed successfully.

8.42 Defence Metallurgical ResearchLaboratory, Hyderabad, have estab-lished processing route for semi-finished products and alsostandardised the technologies forproduction of the finished compo-nents for Kaveri engine. The platinumalloy Ti-600 developed, is at anadvanced stage of type certification.

Page 110: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

109

The finished components are beingevaluated. Two indigenous types ofsteel for naval applications have alsobeen developed. The laboratory hasdeveloped an industrial processingcycle keeping SAIL�s existing facili-ties and perspective planning in view.The Indian Navy has placed an orderworth Rs. 200 crore for above steel.

8.43 The NBC recce vehicle basedon BMP-II has been developed byDRDO for conducting survey ofradiological and chemical contami-nated areas. This vehicle has nuclearsensors as roentzenometer, portabledose rate meter, pocket dosimeter,Radio Photo Lumiscence (RPL)locket etc. The chemical warfareagent detection is performed with M-90 and portable gas chromatograph.This vehicle has the provision tocollect samples from contaminatedarea for laboratory analysis purpose.

TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT /INNOVATION

8.44 The Photonics phase IIprogramme for development ofdevices and systems based onphotonics technologies has beentaken up by DRDO. The technologyup-gradation will include develop-ment of laser diode arrays, tunableinfra-red laser source, adaptive-optical imaging, pointing & trackingof targets and target recognition .

8.45 A maritime patrol radar forNaval use has been designed and

developed for detection of sea sur-face and airborne targets like boats,ships, frigates, sea skimming mis-siles, low flying aircrafts and subma-rines under sea clutter and rain.Qualification trials with calibratedtargets has been completed, and theradar met all qualitative requirementsin terms of target detection. Integra-tion of the radar on Dornier is underprogress.

8.46 Focal plane array (FPA) imagerat millimeter wave frequencies fordetection of targets in severe atmo-spheric conditions like fog/smoke/dust has been developed by DRDO.

8.47 Aqueous extracts from ash oftwo indigenous edible plant materi-als, Musa albasianaa and Phaseolusmungo (HK-1 & HK-2) has been usedby DRDE, a DRDO laboratory forremoval of fluoride content in groundwater. Results showed removal of60-62% fluoride content by theseextracts. A new system for Vibriocholerae strain type has been devel-oped which is extremely useful formolecular epidemiological investiga-tion of cholera outbreaks. Lep-tospirosis disease diagnostic kitswere successfully evaluated by WHOand orders were placed by WHO forprocurement of these kits. Poly-merase chain reaction (PCR) baseddetection system has been devel-oped for B.mallei, a causative agentof glanders disease in equines. Testkit developed for the detection of

Page 111: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

110

cold slaughtered meat and to test themicrobial quality of meat has beensupplied to different units for evalua-tion and found to be very useful atRemount Veterinary Corps (RVC)units.

BASIC RESEARCH

8.48 Four research boards are func-tioning in DRDO to provide thrust tobasic research in areas of strategicimportance. The boards are: Aero-nautics Research and DevelopmentBoard (AR&DB); Armament ResearchBoard (ARMREB); Naval ResearchBoard (NRB) and Life SciencesResearch Board (LSRB). Theseboards promote research in collabo-rative mode with academic institu-tions and other national R&D labora-tories, through approval, fundingand monitoring of grants-in-aidprojects.

8.49 The AR&DB started functioningin February 1971 and has fundedaround 1280 projects to 35 institu-tions since inception. It is currentlyfunding 100 projects at 25 academicand research institutions. It has afunding ceiling of Rs. 5 crores peryear in upstream areas of aeronau-tics R&D. Three centres of excellencehave been set up at Indian Instituteof Technology, Mumbai, NationalAerospace Limited, Bangalore, andIndian Institute of Science, Banga-lore, in the area of systems designand engineering, composite struc-

tures technology and ComputationalFluid Dynamics (CFD) with its associ-ate centres at the IITs at Kanpur,Mumbai and Kharagpur. AR&DBwebsite can be accessed throughdrdo.com.

8.50 Under Armament researchboard, 53 projects have been sanc-tioned, covering the field of highenergy materials, sensors, ballistics,combustion and detonics, modeling/simulation and other fields related toarmaments, to various academicinstitutions and other R&Dorganisations. Out of these, 26projects have been successfullycompleted and the remaining arebeing pursued.

8.51 Life sciences research board iscontinuing its policy of supporting,expanding and deepening the knowl-edge base of life sciences. A total of14 projects have been sanctioned toacademic institutions taking the totalnumber of sanctioned projects to 73.Some of the projects supported byLSRB are for rapid diagnosis ofinfectious diseases, engineeringresistance to pod borer inpigeonpea, mycorrhizal technologyfor tropical tuber crops, hospitalwaste, anti-fouling strategies ofmarine organisms etc.

8.52 Naval research board contin-ued its support of basic researchapplicable to naval technologies.Eight new grants-in-aid projects were

Page 112: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

111

sanctioned to academic institutionsat a cost of Rs.2.42 crore. Twentytwo out of forty eight projects havebeen completed.

EXTRAMURAL RESEARCH &INTELLECTUAL PROPERTYRIGHTS

8.53 To enhance availability of re-search opportunities to young sci-ence and technology researchers forwidening knowledge base, interac-tion of DRDO with academic commu-nity has been vastly strengthened.The enhanced extramural fundingcoupled with intellectual resourcesavailable in academic institutions willcatalyse the generation and growthof new ideas leading to innovativetechnologies. The increased flow offunds will galvanise research andscientific temper in the country.Imagination driven research projectsform the focus of extramural researchscheme and are supported under thescheme.

8.54 With the above in view, theextramural research scheme hasenlarged its academic reach and duecare has been taken to ensure avail-ability of intellectual andinfrastructural resources. During thecurrent year, 21 new projects with anaggregate value of Rs. 5 crore havebeen sanctioned. The projects arespread over 19 academic/researchinstitutions of repute in the country.During the remaining part of the

financial year, approximately 25 moreprojects are expected to be ap-proved at an estimated cost of Rs.11 crore. These projects are likely tobe spread over several academic/research institutions.

8.55 To accord selective protective

legal cover to intellectual property

generated through research activities

of DRDO, 85 IPR applications (includ-

ing 12 in foreign countries) were filed

on products/processes in the field of

materials, electronics, bio-medical

sciences and food technology.

8.56 During the last one year, 27

patents (including three in foreign

countries) were granted and 28 pat-

ents were accepted for grant. In

addition, one copyright was regis-

tered in India. To promote IPR aware-

ness, seven awareness programmes/

workshops/patent-clinics were held in

different laboratories.

SUPPORT TO SERVICES

8.57 DRDO has developed a smart

vest with the capability to monitor

ECG, EMG, GSR and body tempera-

ture with the integrated sensor and it

is under the process of demonstra-

tion in field conditions.

8.58 Combat Free Fall (CFF) protec-tive clothing and equipment consist-ing of jump suit, gloves, boots,goggles, helmet, jack knife and CFFoxygen system have been developed

Page 113: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

112

by DRDO for paratroopers. Thesehave undergone technical trials andare expected to be handed over tothe users by mid 2005.

8.59 The simulation trials of theintegrated life support system (ILSS)for Tejas (LCA) have been completedsuccessfully and the system is readyfor airworthiness tests. The accep-tance trials of the submarine escapeset (SES) have also been conducted.The indigenous test equipment forSES, developed for the first time inIndia has been successfully demon-strated to Naval Commands.

8.60 Bulk order for production ofCanister (6.68 Lakhs), Personaldecontamination kit (3.34 Lakhs) andTri Colour Detector Paper (TCD)(3.34 Lakhs) for the Army has beencompleted.

8.61 A multi-insect repellent sprayformulation developed by DRDO hasbeen accepted and recommendedby Director General Armed ForcesMedical Services for use in Defenceservices for personnel protectionfrom the painful bites of blood suck-ing insects.

8.62 DRDO has fabricated andsupplied temperature controlled bio-digesters and metal biodigesters tothe Services.

8.63 Different types of traditional ragifood products viz., sweetened milletmix, spice millet mix and nutra cereal

mix chapatis have been developedand tried at different units.

8.64 Different types of appetizers viz.,pepper munch, lemon munch andjeera munch have been developedby DRDO. Trials have been con-ducted at units located at high alti-tude. These appetizers have beenliked by the troops.

HUMAN RESOURCEDEVELOPMENT

8.65 DRDO has adopted a dynamicand systematic approach for man-power development. A human re-source consultative body has beenconstituted in DRDO to achieve anintegrated approach for the develop-ment of HRD related policies andstrategies for implementation inorganisational systems.

8.66 A manpower planning board isfunctioning to look after the manage-ment of scientific, technical, adminis-trative and allied cadres. Manpowerrequirement in all categories forvarious DRDO projects has beenreviewed through various mecha-nisms like rationalisation of cadrestructure, incentive schemes, trainingpolicies, enhanced promotionalopportunities, exit interviews. Theorganisation has endeavoured toensure optimum utilisation of humanresource, apart from attracting andretaining best talents.

8.67 To cater for the present andfuturistic scientific and technical

Page 114: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

113

knowhow requirements for itsprojects, various technical and non-technical programmes/courses havebeen organised. Under research andtraining scheme, a total of 42 person-nel were sponsored to undergo M.E/M.Tech courses in various disciplinesat IITs and other institutions of repute.

8.68 Similarly, under the continuingeducation programme, 152 courseshave been organised in differentdisciplines for various categories and19 more are to be conducted byMarch 2005. DRDO has two traininginstitutes namely, Institute of armamenttechnology which is now a deemeduniversity at Pune, to meet the ad-vanced technological training needs inthe area of armament, and the Instituteof Technology Management atMussoorie to meet the requirement ofadvanced managerial training forscientists. Currently, a centre at Jodh-pur is under development to meet thetraining needs for administration andallied cadre. To implement the policies,result oriented HRD cells have beenset up in all Laboratories/ Establish-ments of DRDO.

INTERACTION WITH INDUSTRYAND TRANSFER OFTECHNOLOGY

8.69 DRDO maintains close liaisonwith the industry by way of transfer of

technology. The problems faced byindustries in the processing andproduction of various products aresolved by giving proper advice/guidance. Analytical and test facilitiesavailable at the laboratories are alsobeing extended to industries toupgrade the industrial base in thecountry.

8.70 In its resolve to making the

defence technologies accessible to

common man in addition to their

use by defence services, DRDO,

during the year 2004-05 transferred

a large number of its state-of-the-art

technologies, in the fields of NBC -

canisters, gloves, overboots, auto-

injectors, filters; life sciences �

herbal products namely anti-leuco-

derma, anti-eczema, anti-tooth-

ache, herbal beverage from

seabuckthorn, herbal tea from

herbs; arsenic removal filters,

mosquito repellant spray and

cream, 2 deoxy-D-glucose 2DG,

field stretchers, critical care ventila-

tor, retort pouch process, nutri bar,

preserved and flavoured chapaties.

These dual use technologies have

been transferred to over 40 entities

in the private sector for

productionisation and

commercialisation.

Page 115: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

114

Page 116: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

115

INTER-SERVICE ORGANISATIONS

9

Lamp Lighting Ceremony of School of Nursing Army Hospital, Delhi Cantt.

Page 117: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

116

9.1 The following Inter-ServiceOrganisations function directly underthe Ministry of Defence :-

(i) Military Engineer Services

(ii) Armed Forces Medical Services

(iii) Directorate General of DefenceEstates

(iv) Office of the Chief Administra-tive Officer

(v) Directorate of Public Relations

(vi) Army Purchase Organisation

(vii) Services Sports Control Board

(viii) Armed Forces Films and PhotoDivision

(ix) School of Foreign Languages

(x) History Division

(xi) National Defence College

(xii) College of Defence Management

(xiii) Defence Services Staff College

(xiv) Ministry of Defence Library

MILITARY ENGINEER SERVICE(MES)

9.2 The largest constructionagency of the country, the MilitaryEngineer Services (MES) provides

works cover in 450 stations spreadacross the country in peace areas aswell as in forward areas. It is thePremier Engineering wing of theDefence Services which providesworks services to Army, Navy, AirForce, Defence Research and Devel-opment Organisation, DirectorateGeneral of Quality Assurance, Ord-nance Factories, Coast Guard,Kendriya Vidyalaya Sangathan andCentral and State Government un-dertakings. Today, it handles annualworkload, which exceeds Rs.3300crores.

9.3 MES functions under the overallcontrol of Engineer-in-Chief, who isthe adviser to the Ministry of Defenceand the three Services on construc-tion engineering. It is structured todesign works, which are executedunder the management of Director-ate General Of Works. It has anintegral multi-disciplinary team ofarchitects, civil, electrical and me-chanical engineers, structural de-signers, quantity surveyors andcontract specialists for planning,designing and supervision of works.

9.4 MES has specialized in thewide spectrum of civil works, rangingfrom conventional buildings andfactories to sophisticated complex

INTER-SERVICE ORGANISATIONS

Page 118: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

117

laboratories, marine works, jetties,dockyards, wharves, workshops,slipways, air fields, roads, blast pens,etc. It also provides sophisticatedinfrastructural services like air condi-tioning, cold storage, water supply,compressed air, sewage treatmentplants, lifts, cranes, etc. for theDefence Services.

9.5 Following important time boundprojects were executed by the MESduring the year:

(a) INHS ASHVINI: The modern-ization works of Hospital facili-ties in INHS ASHVINI wereexecuted in two phases at acost of Rs.93.27 Crores. Thehospital was handed over tousers on December 4, 2004.

(b) NAVAL ACADEMY,EZHIMALA: Naval AcademyEzhimala is one of the majorprojects currently being ex-ecuted by MES on the WesternCoast. The project envisagesconstruction of administrativebuildings, classrooms, laborato-ries, auditorium and library,cadets� mess and living / mar-ried accommodation and otherOTM buildings at a cost ofRs.503 Crores. Cadets� messand living accommodation havealready been completed andother works are in variousstages of progress.

(c) PROJECT EVE DAT: MES hasbeen entrusted with the work of

resurfacing and repairs of therunway alongwith allied ser-vices at Aini Airfield in Tajikistanat a cost of Rs.55.26 Crores.The work is to be completed intwo working seasons and isbeing executed satisfactorily.

9.6 Thrust Areas: The followinghave been the thrust areas duringthe year:-

(a) Replacement of Bulbs byFluorescent Tubes & CFL:Provision of fluorescent tubelights including Compact Fluo-rescent Lamps in lieu of incan-descent lamps has been takenup in residential accommoda-tion. This will result in substan-tial savings in electricity con-sumption.

(b) Rain water harvesting: Inorder to conserve water, rainwater harvesting has beenintroduced in MES and this willhelp in recharging groundwater and raising existing watertable.

9.7 Married AccommodationProject (MAP): Phase 1 of MarriedAccommodation Project sanctionedfor construction of 60302 dwellingunits for the three services, currentlyunder way, has entered the construc-tion phase in sixteen stations, with anestimated construction cost ofRs.637.89 Crores. Of the 60302houses scheduled for construction inPhase I, 50197 dwelling units will be

Page 119: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

118

for Army, 2808 for Navy and 7297 forAir Force.

ARMED FORCES MEDICALSERVICES (AFMS)

9.8 The primary aim of the ArmedForces Medical Services is to pre-serve and promote the health of theArmed Forces personnel and theirfamilies, by prevention of diseasesand care and treatment of the sickand wounded personnel.

9.9 The Armed Forces MedicalServices (AFMS), consisting of theArmy Medical Corps (AMC), theArmy Dental Corps (ADC) and theMilitary Nursing Services (MNS),provide comprehensive health careto the serving Armed Forces person-nel, their families and dependents,numbering approximately 6.6 million.

9.10 In addition, para military orga-nizations like Assam Rifles,Rashtriya Rifles, Coast Guard,DRDO and Border Road personnel,while posted in the field and othercentral police/intelligence forcesoperating in the disturbed areas ofthe country, are provided treatmentby the Armed Forces Medical Ser-vices. The Armed Forces MedicalServices are also providing medicalcare to the Ex-servicemen and theirdependents to the extent possible,especially during the transitionalperiod before the establishment ofthe Ex-Servicemen ContributoryHealth Scheme (EGHS).

9.11 The Armed Forces Medical

Services have an impressive record

of rendering aid to civil authorities,

whenever called upon, during epi-

demics, natural calamities especially

in inaccessible and difficult areas. In

addition to this, the well trained force

of medical, dental and paramedical

personnel provide first aid to the

civilians in emergency before refer-

ring them to the nearest civil medical

establishment.

Infrastructure of AFMS

9.12 The Armed Forces Medical

Services are the largest and amongst

the best organized health care deliv-

ery systems in the country. There is

a network of Regimental Aid Posts

manned by doctors, supported by 89

field ambulances. Apart from the

facilities made available in combat

zones, 127 hospitals of varying sizes

are spread over the length and

breadth of the country, with a highly

organized referral system. While the

peripheral hospitals have basic

specialized facilities, the eight Com-

mand/Army Hospitals are equipped

with super specialty facilities and

with state-of-the art equipment.

Medical Research

9.13 The Directorate General ArmedForces Medical Services looks afterthe research activities in the ArmedForces Medical Services (Army, Navyand Air Force). The Armed Forces

Page 120: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

119

Medical Research Committee meetsevery year at Armed Forces MedicalCollege, Pune in the month of Febru-ary, to discuss and select new re-search proposals and also to reviewprogress of on-going projects.

Conferences and ContinuedMedical EducationProgrammes

9.14 (i) The Asia Pacific MilitaryMedicine Conference-XIV washeld in Brisbane, Australia duringMay 9-14, 2004. Director Gen-eral, Armed Forces MedicalServices, along with two otherofficers, participated in the Con-ference and presented papers.

(ii) The Annual InternationalCommittee of Military MedicineConference was held at Wash-ington DC during September12-17, 2004. Director GeneralArmed Forces Medical Ser-vices, along with two otherofficers, attended the same.

(iii) 64 �in-house� ContinuousMedical Examinations, updates,workshops, seminars etc.,approved by this Directorate,were organized at variousArmed Forces Hospitals.

(iv) Armed Forces MedicalOfficers attended various con-ferences and Workshops of 127approved civil bodies all overthe country in their official

capacity and as member del-egates.

Publication of the DirectorateGeneral Armed Forces MedicalServices Memorandum/DGAFMS Publication

9.15 (i) One new DGAFMS medi-cal memorandum is underpublication.

(ii) Two new draft DGAFMSmedical memoranda have beenproposed.

(iii) Two revised draftDGAFMS medical memorandaare under publication

Interactive ReciprocalExchange of Medical JournalArmed Forces India (MJAFI)with AFMS of other Countries

9.16 Presently, Medical JournalArmed Forces India (MJAFI) broughtout by the Armed Forces MedicalCollege, Pune is dispatching themedical journal of Armed Forces inIndia to nine countries. Proposal formaking arrangements for reciprocalexchange of MJAFI with some morecountries has been initiated.

DIRECTORATE GENERAL OFDEFENCE ESTATES (DGDE)

9.17 The Directorate General De-fence Estates are the nodal executiveagency of the Ministry of Defence forprocurement of immovable proper-ties for defence purposes, by way of

Page 121: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

120

acquisition, transfer, requisitioningand hiring. Presently there is a largenumber of acquisition/transfer of landproposals at hand in different states.

9.18 There are 62 Cantonments inIndia, which are located in 19 statesand the National Capital Territory ofDelhi. The Cantonment Boards areautonomous bodies functioningunder the control of Ministry of De-fence as per the provisions con-tained in Cantonments Act, 1924.Cantonment Boards compriseelected representatives besides ex-officio and nominated members anda balance is maintained betweenelected and official members. TheStation Commander is the Presidentof the Cantonment Board. Supervi-sion and control over the working ofthese bodies is exercised throughthe General Officer-in-Chief of theCommands at the intermediate leveland by the Central Governmentthrough Director General DefenceEstates/ Ministry of Defence at theapex level.

9.19 The resources of the Canton-ment Boards are very limited as thebulk of the property in the Canton-ment is Government owned, onwhich no tax can be levied. Boards,however, receive service charges inrespect of Central Governmentproperties. Due to restrictions nei-ther industries can come up nor cantrade and business achieve anysignificant growth in cantonmentareas. The Central Government

provides financial assistance by wayof grant-in-aid to a certain extent toaugment its revenues.

9.20 To improve the overall perfor-mance and to inculcate a spirit ofunity, a cultural meet of all Canton-ment Board Schools was organizedduring the year. Children from differ-ent parts of the country studying inCantonment Board Schools partici-pated enthusiastically in the meet.

9.21 To improve the human develop-ment aspect, most of the Canton-ment Boards are maintaining hospi-tals or dispensaries. These hospitalscater to the needs of civil populationof the Cantonment as well as theadjoining areas. The total number ofhospitals / dispensaries maintainedare 69. Maintenance of PrimarySchools is also undertaken by theCantonment Boards according tolocal requirements. A number ofCantonment Boards are also main-taining Higher Secondary Schoolsand Intermediate/Junior colleges.Total schools and colleges main-tained by Cantonment Boards are189 in number.

9.22 The Director General, DefenceEstates functions as an adviser to theMinistry of Defence on land andCantonment Board matters. DGDE isan attached office of Ministry ofDefence, responsible for executivefunctions relating to hiring, requisi-tion or acquisition of land and build-ings to meet the defence require-

Page 122: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

121

ments. The defence land considered

temporarily/permanently surplus is

also disposed of by way of licence,

lease or transfer to other Central

Government Departments/State

Government / PSUs or to reputed

schools/institutions or to ex-service-

men. While the functions of the

Directorate General, Defence Estates

in regard to the Cantonment Boards

relate to the municipal administration

of the Cantonments through Princi-

pal Director/Directors, the Command

and Cantonment Executive Officers,

management of its land, custody of

land records, procurement of immov-

able property is carried out through

Defence Estates officers. Out of the

17.31 lakh acres of defence land,

0.68 lakh acres of land is under

direct management of DGDE.

OFFICE OF THE CHIEFADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER(CAO)

9.23 The office of Chief AdministrativeOfficer is responsible for providingcivilian manpower and infrastructuralsupport to the Services Headquartersand the Headquarter offices of Inter-Services Organisations (ISOs) underthe Ministry of Defence. Joint Secre-tary (Training) discharges the func-tions of the Chief AdministrativeOfficer (CAO) and Director (Security)as well. In relation to security, heoversees the work of the Chief Secu-rity Officer.

9.24 The functioning of CAO�s Officeis discharged by the following sixDivisions:

(i) Administration Division

(ii) Personnel Division

(iii) Manpower Planning and Re-cruitment Division

(iv) Training Coordination andWelfare Division

(v) Finance and Materials Division

(vi) Estates and Works Division

9.25 The Administration Divisionprovides administrative cover toabout 10,000 civilian employeesemployed in Armed Forces Head-quarters and 26 Inter-ServicesOrganisations. A Grievances Cell isfunctioning within the AdministrationDivision to examine the grievances ofserving/retired Armed Forces HQscivilian employees and to ensuretheir speedy redressal.

9.26 The Personnel Division providescivilian manpower to the ServiceHeadquarters and Inter-serviceOrganisations and deals with themanagement of their manpower.

9.27 Manpower Planning and Re-cruitment Division is responsible forframing policy on recruitment rules inconsultation with DOP&T and effect-ing direct recruitment against allvacant civilian posts in the ServiceHeadquarters and ISOs throughprescribed channels.

Page 123: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

122

9.28 Finance and Material Divisionprovides material support whichincludes procuring and provisioningof office equipment, stores, furnitureand stationery to all offices of ArmyHeadquarters and ISOs.

9.29 The Defence HQ Training Insti-tute functioning under the TrainingCoordination and Welfare Division ofCAO�s Office caters to the trainingneeds of the civilian personnelposted in Service Headquarters andin Inter-Service Organisations.

9.30 Estates & Works Division per-forms the Estate functions in respectof residential accommodation ofService Officers posted at ArmedForces Hqrs.

9.31 The welfare of Civilian employ-ees in Service Headquarters andMinistry of Defence is being lookedafter by CAO�s office. Armed ForcesHeadquarters/Inter-ServicesOrganisations Welfare Fund andDefence Civilian Medical Aid Fund(DCMAF) provide financial help tothe employees, during acute dis-tress.

9.32 The Chief Security Officer andthe personnel under his commandensure the physical security of theoffice buildings in the Defence Secu-rity Zone under the supervision ofJS(Trg) and CAO. Security of thebuildings has to be ensured to pre-clude breach of any physical securityin the Zone. Efforts are also made

through briefings to sensitize officersand personnel on guarding of secu-rity of information.

DIRECTORATE OF PUBLICRELATIONS (DPR)

9.33 The Directorate of Public Rela-tions is responsible for the dissemi-nation of information to the mediaabout the landmark events, achieve-ments and major policy decisions ofthe Ministry, Armed Forces and InterServices organizations under theMinistry of Defence. The Directoratewith its headquarters in New Delhiand 25 regional offices across thecountry is the nodal agency forproviding media support and ser-vices so as to ensure adequatepublicity in print as well as the elec-tronic media. It also facilitates mediainteraction with the leadership andsenior officials of the Ministry ofDefence and Armed Forces by con-ducting regular interviews, pressconferences and press tours.

9.34 The Directorate is responsiblefor bringing out a fortnightly journal,Sainik Samachar for the ArmedForces in 13 languages (Assamese,Bengali, English, Gorkhali, Hindi,Kannada, Malayalam, Marathi, Oriya,Punjabi, Tamil, Telegu and Urdu)and the Broadcasting section of theDirectorate coordinates �Sainikon KeLiye�, a 40 minute programme that isbroadcast daily on All India Radio forthe Armed Forces personnel. TheDirectorate�s Photo Section provides

Page 124: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

123

photographs of all defence-relatedevents in the print media.

9.35 Among the major events cov-ered by the Directorate in 2004-2005were the massive relief and rescueoperations carried out by the Army,Navy and Air Force in the wake of theTsunami disaster in December 2004.A number of aircraft, helicopters andsea vessels were pressed into ser-vice at short notice. Tonnes of reliefmaterial including food, clothing,medicines, tentage and drinkingwater were airlifted to bring succourto the affected populace. Visits ofmedia persons to Tsunami affectedareas in India and neighbouringcountries were also facilitated ensur-ing adequate publicity to the disastermanagement response of the ArmedForces and the efficiency displayedin monitoring all relief measures.

9.36 Wide publicity was given to theGovernment�s decision to reducetroops in Jammu & Kashmir as aconfidence building measure follow-ing some improvement in the secu-rity situation in the region as a resultof measures taken by the armedforces, and with particular referenceto relations with our neighbours.

9.37 Other important events thatwere publicized were the creation ofthe Department of Ex-ServicemenWelfare, induction of (Main BattleTank) MBT Arjun, rolling out of indig-enously assembled Sukhoi-30 MKIaircraft, Bhishma T-90S tanks and

the successful test flights of Agni-II,Prithvi-III and Brahmos missiles.

9.38 Major events that were coveredpertaining to the Army ranged fromde-induction of the troops in Jammu& Kashmir, Major R.S. Rathore�swinning feat at the Olympics, theparticipation of Indian troops inpeacekeeping operations in Eritreaand Ethiopia, joint exercises with UStroops and the expedition to Antarc-tic which were given adequatepublicity. Other events such as theArmy Commanders� Conferenceand the visit of women militaryobservers to Congo got satisfactorycoverage in the print media. Mediatours were organized to Thoise tocover the President�s visit there andalso to the Counter Insurgency &Jungle Warfare School at Vairangtein Mizoram.

9.39 The Indian Navy�s main eventswere duly publicized by the Director-ate. The circumnavigation voyage byINS Tarangini, Joint Exercises withthe navies of Singapore, France andUS and the commissioning of Talwarclass ships, INS Betwa werepublicised well. Another widelypublicized event was scaling ofMount Everest from the north side bythe all-navy team that set a worldrecord.

9.40 As far as the highlights of theIndian Air Force are concerned widecoverage was given to the IAF teams

Page 125: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

124

participating in Exercise Cope Thun-der in Alaska and the Asian Aero-space Air Show at Singapore, Exer-cise Golden Eagle in South Africaand UN Peacekeeping Mission toCongo. Wide publicity was alsoensured for other major events suchas the new world record set byCheetal helicopter, Fire Power Dis-play Vayu Shakti at Pokhran and therescue of stranded pilgrims due tolandslides between Joshimath &Badrinath and also the rescue of 400school children caught inBrahmaputra floods.

ARMY PURCHASEORGANISATION (APO)

9.41 Army Purchase Organization inthe Ministry of Defence is entrustedwith the responsibility of the procure-ment and timely supply of dry rationitems for the consumption of DefenceForces. APO procures rice andwheat through the Food Corporationof India; sugar is allotted by the Direc-torate of Sugar out of levy quotaallocated to various sugar mills.Other items like pulses, animal ra-tions, edible oils, vanaspati (hydroge-nated edible oil), tea and milk prod-ucts are purchased from the Centraland State Public Sector Undertakingsand various National/State LevelCooperative Consumer Federations,whole milk powder, skimmed milkpowder, butter and ghee are pur-chased through negotiated contractsfrom National Cooperative Dairy

Federation of India. Tinned items likevegetables, fruits, jams, tinned milk,meat and fish products, coffee, eggpowder, etc., are procured fromregistered suppliers including privateparties/dealers through open tenders.The indented quantities are procuredspecially during the flush seasonwhen availability is high and pricesare low. During the year 2004-05,Rs.772-48 crore was provided to theArmy Headquarters for procurementof above items.

9.42 Quality control of the con-tracted items is ensured by theComposite Food Laboratories underthe charge of the Army Headquar-ters, which, after inspection andacceptance of the tendered com-modities, supervises dispatch ofgoods to different Supply Depotsaccording to requirement.

SERVICES SPORTS CONTROLBOARD

Services Championshi ps

9.43 Services Sports Control Board(SSCB) conducts and co-ordinatesvarious sports activities in the threeServices. A total of four teams (ArmyRed, Army Green, Indian Navy andAir Force) participate in 19 Serviceschampionships conducted under theaegis of SSCB.

National Championshi p

9.44 SSCB is affiliated to 28 NationalSports Federations and participates

Page 126: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

125

in 38 national championships includ-

ing 10 in junior section. Services

stood first in athletics, junior hockey,

water and polo, triathlon. They were

runners-up in boxing and wrestling

(Grenadier), and stood third in swim-

ming/diving, kabaddi and

taekwondo.

International Championshi ps

9.45 Olympic Games 2004: Olympic

Games 2004 were held at Athens,

Greece from August 13 to 29, 2004.

Five Services� sportsmen and two

officials were deputed as part of the

Indian contingent. Major

Rajyavardhan Singh Rathore won a

silver medal in shooting double trap

competition.

International Military SportsCouncil (CISM)

9.46 Board of Directors Meeting:Board of Directors Meeting of Inter-national Military Sports Council(CISM) was held at Gaborone,Botswana from November 3 to 8,2004. During the meeting, prelimi-nary contract for staging 4th MilitaryWorld Games in India in 2007 atHyderabad was signed.

Best Services Sportsman

9.47 On the basis of performance inInter-Services, National and Interna-tional championships of the preced-ing year, Naib Subedar IgnanceTirkey of Madras Engineering Group& Centre, Bangalore was adjudged�Best Services Sportsman� for theyear 2003-04, and the AVM JaswantSingh Trophy was presented to himduring the Combined Commanders�Conference 2004.

Arjuna Awardees

9.48 Two Services sportsmennamely Major R.V.S. Rathore andCaptain Rajesh Pattu, were awardedArjuna Awards in August 2004 inshooting and equestrian disciplinesrespectively.

ARMED FORCES FILMS &PHOTO DIVISION (AFFPD)

9.49 The Armed Forces Films &Photo Division is primarily respon-sible for meeting the requirements ofService Headquarters and otherMajor Rajyavardhan Singh Rathore

Page 127: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

126

Defence Organisations with regard toproduction, procurement and distri-bution of training films, production ofphotographs, art work etc to meetthe needs of training, weapon trials,security, defence research, intelli-gence, records and photo & videocoverage of ceremonial functions ofthe Ministry of Defence.

9.50 FFPD has a very rich collectionof rare films and photographs datingback to pre-independence years.This material inherited from Britishersis of great historical value and ismaintained & preserved in the Cen-tral Defence Film Library of thisDivision. The photographs depictIndian forces in action in varioustheaters of Second World War, Pa-rades, Ceremonies, Festivals, Per-sonalities and training activities etc.Some important films like, Battle ofBritain, Battle of Russia, Battle ofChina, Desert Victory, JapaneseSurrender, Nazis Strikes, BurmaCampaign, Churchil the Man, Lon-don Victory Parade etc are also heldalong with many other importantfilms.

9.51 The Central Defence Film Li-brary (CDFL) of this Division is re-sponsible for distribution of trainingfilms to various units/formations/training establishments/commands,to meet their specific training require-ments. The Library holds 570 titles in35 mm format, 1010 in 16 mm formatand 310 in Video formats. During the

year, 4031 training Films/VideoCassettes have been distributed tothe troops. Till date, 18,429 Colour/Black & White negatives have beenexposed and 26,141 Colour/Black &White photographs have been made.This year Central Reserve PoliceForce (CRPF) has also made use of17 training films on various subjects,for training of their personnel. TheVertical Helical Scan (VHS) cassetteswere supplied to CRPF authorities onpayment basis.

9.52 Keeping the experiencesgained during Kargil Operation, threefilms have been specially made forHigh Altitude Warfare School thisyear, to train troops to engage en-emy occupying cliff tops in highaltitude mountain terrain, operationsin glaciated terrain with glacial haz-ards and skills of warfare in snowbound terrains. Currently, out ofelevan training films under produc-tion, six films are already completedand five films are at final stages ofcompletion.

9.53 The Mobile Cinema Unit of thisDivision also procures/distributesDocumentary films/ News Magazinesof information, cultural and familywelfare values to the troops in theforward areas.

SCHOOL OF FOREIGNLANGUAGES (SFL)

9.54 The School of Foreign Lan-guages is an Inter-Services

Page 128: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

127

Organisation under the aegis of theMinistry of Defence. It is a uniqueinstitution of our country as nowhereelse so many foreign languages aretaught under the same roof. It hasbeen the pioneer in foreign languageteaching in India since 1948. Atpresent, the School is engaged inimparting training in 18 foreign lan-guages to personnel of the threeServices of Indian Armed Forces. Italso caters to the needs of the otherministries and departments of theGovernment of India, such as theMinistry of External Affairs, the Cabi-net Secretariat, Central PoliceOrganisations, viz., Border SecurityForce, Central Reserve Police Force,Into-Tibetan Border Police etc. Be-sides, civilian students are alsoadmitted for Certificate of Proficiency,Advanced Diploma andInterpretership Courses as per thelaid down Government rules.

9.55 The languages taught on regu-lar basis at the SFL are: Arabic,Bahasa Indonesia, Burmese, Chi-nese, French, German, Persian,Pushto, Russian, Spanish, Sinhala,Tibetan, Japanese, Thai, Malay,Hebrew, Vietnamese and Pak Urdu(on request).

9.56 The courses offered by the SFLare as follows:

(a) Interpretership Course

(b) Certificate of Proficiency Course

(c) Short-term Course.

(d) Advanced Diploma Course

9.57 The Intepretership Course is afull time course. The students aresponsored by the Armed Forces,Ministry of Defence, the CabinetSecretariat and other GovernmentDepartments. School of ForeignLanguages is the only Institute in thecountry where courses in BahasaIndonesia, Pushto, Thai, Sinhala andBurmese are offered.

9.58 The duration of theInterpretership Course is as follows:

(a) Bahasa Indonesia 16 ½ months

(b) Burmese 16 ½ months

(c) French 16 ½ months

(d) German 16 ½ months

(e) Persian 16 ½ months

(f) Japanese 22 months

(g) Pushto 16 ½ months

(h) Sinhala 16 ½ months

(i) Spanish 16 ½ months

(j) Tibetan 16 ½ months

(k) Russian 20 months

(l) Arabic 20 months

(m) Chinese 23 ½ months

9.59 The Certificate of ProficiencyCourse is followed by the AdvancedDiploma Intensive Course. Both arepart-time courses and of one yearduration each. Together, this two year

Page 129: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

128

course is equivalent to the three yearDiploma Courses of the Universities.

9.60 Short-term courses are purelyneed-based programmes. They areconducted as and when necessary,especially for Military Attaches Desig-nates and officers being sent on UNMissions or as per specific needs ofuser directorates.

9.61 The SFL is the motherorganisation of foreign languageteaching wings of Defence Institu-tions where foreign languages aretaught. It conducts examinationsand issues diplomas to the success-ful candidates. For IFS probation-ers, it is obligatory for them to qualifyin the Advanced Diploma (IFS) ex-amination conducted by the Institute.The SFL conducts examination inRegimental languages, viz., Nepali atvarious service units all over thecountry. Examinations are also heldfor Dhivehi language. Special profi-ciency examinations in various for-eign languages are conducted forthe three services exclusively toassess the assimilation and retentionof the languages learnt.

9.62 During the year, the number ofpersonnel who qualified in variousexaminations conducted by SFL isas follows:

Certificate of Proficiency 88

Advanced Diploma Intensive 72Course

Interpretership 93

Special Proficiency 11

Indian Foreign Service (Prob) 9

HISTORY DIVISION

9.63 Combined Inter Services His-torical Section: A Combined InterServices Historical Section wascreated on July 13, 1945 to write adetailed official history of World WarII, with particular reference to theoperations conducted by the IndianArmed Forces. After partition, itserved as the Combined Inter Ser-vices Historical Section (India andPakistan). The official history of theIndian Armed Forces in World War II(1939-45) was brought out in 24volumes by the Combined InterServices Historical Section (India andPakistan). On completion of thework it was wound up in 1963.

9.64 Historical Section (India)/HistoryDivision: In the meanwhile, HistoricalSection (India) was established onOctober 26, 1953, to write and pub-lish the official accounts of the postindependence military operations ofthe Indian Armed Forces. The his-tory of the operations in Jammu andKashmir (1947-48) was its first as-signment. Till now, it has broughtout 19 volumes. The HistoricalSection was re-designated as HistoryDivision w.e.f. April 1, 1992.

9.65 Activities: The History Divisionfunctions as the record and refer-ence office of the Ministry of Defenceand the Indian Armed Forces. Dur-

Page 130: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

129

ing the year 2004-05, about 4000operational records were receivedfrom the Services Headquarters,Units and Formations for permanentretention in the History Division.About 325 service officers and schol-ars visited the record room to consultrecords and books in connectionwith research assignments pertainingto military history. The Division hasprovided information relating tomilitary history in respect of over 280queries received from various Unitsand Formations, and scholars fromIndia and abroad.

9.66 Special Task: During the year2004 History Division assisted thethree editorial teams constituted forupdating and editing the histories ofConflict with China 1962 and Indo-Pak Wars of 1965 and 1971.

9.67 Member, Battle Honors Com-mittees: A senior officer of the HistoryDivision serves as a member of theBattle Honors Committees of theIndian Army and Air Force.

9.68 Research Fellowships: TheDivision also provides two Researchfellowships for conducting researchin military history under the ResearchFellowship Scheme of the Ministry ofDefence.

9.69 Heraldic Cell: The Heraldic Cellof the History Division assists thethree Services Headquarters and theMinistry of Defence by suggestingnames for new establishments,

designing of crests and badges andcoining suitable mottoes for Units/Formations.

NATIONAL DEFENCE COLLEGE(NDC)

9.70 The National Defence College(NDC) was inaugurated on April 27,1960 by the first Indian Prime Minis-ter, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru. Lo-cated in the heart of Delhi, the Col-lege has grown from strength tostrength in the last 44 years and hasestablished a name for itself as acentre of excellence on matterspertaining to National Security andStrategic Studies. It has evolved intoan institution that seeks to compre-hend and interpret the dynamics ofIndia�s security strategy in a world oftransition. The institution endeavorsto provide an academic and profes-sional setting that is conducive tohigher learning and mental stimula-tion. As a pre-eminent joint militaryeducational institution of the DefenceForces, it explores every domain ofNational Security.

9.71 The NDC runs a 47-weekCourse every year for selected seniorDefence and Civil Services officersfrom India and Defence officers fromfriendly foreign countries. The en-deavor is to prepare the future policymakers for increased responsibilitythrough a programme of studies inStrategies and Structures for Na-tional Security. The Course is struc-

Page 131: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

130

tured to cover socio-political, eco-nomic, science, technology, interna-tional security environment, globalissues, India�s strategic/immediateneighbourhood and military dimen-sions of national security. It is amatter of great pride that, Alumni ofthe NDC have risen to high positionsin India as also in foreign countries.

COLLEGE OF DEFENCEMANAGEMENT (CDM)

9.72 Institute of Defence Manage-ment, Secunderabad, was establish-ment in 1970. It was renamed as theCollege of Defence Management(CDM) in 1980. The CDM conductstraining programmes oriented to-wards the application of manage-ment concepts and techniques todefence situations in all facets:operations, logistics, intelligence andtraining. The prominent programmesconducted by CDM are Long De-fence Management Course, SeniorDefence Management Course, De-fence Management Seminar andAssignment Oriented ManagementTraining Programme. The Collegealso undertakes managementconsultancy studies. The college isequipped with modern and state-of-the-art training aids.

DEFENCE SERVICES STAFFCOLLEGE

9.73 The Defence Services StaffCollege (DSSC) is one of the oldestmilitary institutions in India. It was

established in 1905 in Deolali and

has been functioning at Wellington

since 1950. The DSSC imparts

training to middle level officers of

the three Services besides a few

civilian officers and officers from

friendly foreign countries. The col-

lege conducts a 45-week training

programme from June to April every

year. The Staff Course at DSSC

aims at imparting training in opera-

tional and staff functions in an Inter-

Service as well as Joint Service

environment. The training enables

the officers to effectively perform

any staff/operational duties as Ma-

jor/Lieutenant Colonel and equiva-

lent ranks in other Services.

MINISTRY OF DEFENCE LIBRARY

9.74 The Ministry of Defence library

provides literature on subjects

relevant to planning and policy

formulation in the Ministry of De-

fence, three services headquarters,

inter service organisations and other

allied defence establishments lo-

cated in Delhi. It specializes in

defence and related subjects, be-

sides catering to the needs of gen-

eral readers. A Book Selection Sub-

Committee, headed by a Joint

Secretary, selects the reading mate-

rial for the library. During the year,

the library added 3050 books, sub-

scribed to 124 journals and 23

newspapers.

Page 132: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

131

RECRUITMENT AND tRAINING

Commissioning Ceremony at IMA

10

Page 133: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

132

10.1 The Armed Forces epitomize

the ideals of service, sacrifice, patrio-

tism and our country�s composite

culture. The recruitment to the Armed

Forces is voluntary and every citizen

of India, irrespective of his caste,

class, religion and community, is

eligible for recruitment to the Armed

Forces provided he meets the laid

down physical, medical and educa-

tional criteria.

RECRUITMENT BELOW OFFICERRANK

10.2 Every citizen irrespective of

caste, class, religion and domicile is

eligible for recruitment in the Army,

provided he meets the laid down

physical, age, medical and educa-

tional criteria. The recruitment of

Other Ranks in the Army is carried

out according to the percentage of

Recruitable Male Population (RMP)

of the State/Union Territories. The

Recruitable Male Population in-

cludes all males of the State/Union

Territories who meet the laid down

qualitative requirements and it is

reckoned as 10% of the total male

population. 11 Zonal Recruiting

Offices, one Gorkha Recruiting

Depot, Kunraghat and an Indepen-

dent Recruiting Office at Delhi Cantt

in addition to 47 Regimental Centres

carry out recruitment. During recruit-

ing year 2003-2004, recruiting orga-

nizations enrolled 1,04,169 recruits

for the Army.

RECRUITMENT OF SAILORS

10.3 Naval Recruitment

Organisation (NRO) of the Director-

ate of Manpower Planning and Re-

cruitment at Naval Headquarters is

responsible for recruitment of sailors

in the Indian Navy. Recruitment of

sailors is carried out for the following

entries:- (a) Direct entry artificers with

three years diploma (DEDH), (b)

Artificer apprentices (AA) � (10 + 2),

(c) Matric entry recruits (MER), (d)

Non-matric entry recruits (NMER), (e)

Direct entry petty officers (outstand-

ing Sportsmen).

10.4 Recruitment into the Navy is

carried out on All-India basis. The

recruitment tests are carried out at 30

centres located throughout the coun-

try. The number of personnel re-

cruited depends on the number of

eligible applicants who are able to

RECRUITMENT AND tRAINING

Page 134: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

133

qualify in the written examination,

physical fitness test and medical

examination. No preference is given

on the basis of caste, religion or area.

RECRUITMENT OF AIRMEN

10.5 Unmarried male Indian citizens

irrespective of caste, creed and

religion and domicile (subjects of

Nepal) are eligible for recruitment to

the Indian Air Force provided they

meet the laid down physical, age

and educational criteria. The selec-

tion of suitable candidates for enrol-

ment in the IAF is carried out through

a centralized selection system on All

India basis.

REVISION OF ELIGIBILITYSTANDARDS FOR RECRUITMENTOF PERSONNEL BELOWOFFICER RANKS (PBORs)

10.6 Revision of Entry Age Limit:The UN Protocol to the convention ofthe rights of the child stipulates thatpersonnel below the age of 18 yearswill not take part in hostilities. In viewof the aforesaid, the minimum agefor recruitment of PBOR has beenraised from 16 to 17 years and 6months.

10.7 Revised Physical Standards:An enhancement of Physical Stan-dards for Recruitment of PBOR fromAugust 1st, 2004 as per the followingprescribed minimum height hasbeen introduced:-

(a) Eastern Himalayan Regionfrom 157 Cms to 160 Cms.

(b) Western Himalayan Region from163 Cms to 166 Cms.

(c) Central Region from 167 Cmsto 168 Cms.

(d) Southern Region from 165Cms to 166 Cms.

(e) Gorkhas from 157 Cms to 160Cms.

(f) Present reduction in height of2 Cms for all regions fortradesmen removed.

10.8 Revision of EducationalStandards: To keep pace withthe progressive modernizationin the Army and the need toensure effective handling ofsophisticated weapon/equipmentsystems of the future there is aneed to regularly review theeducational standards. From April1st, 2002 Matriculates with seconddivision only (45% marks) arebeing enrolled into the Army forSoldier General Duty categoryexcept Soldier Clerk/StoreKeeper Technical/Technical/Nursing Assistant categorieswho are also upgraded to minimumeducation qualification of 10+2with 50% marks in aggregate.The details of educationalstandards for various categories inthe Army are given below:-

Page 135: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

134

Category Education Age

(a) Soldier SSLC/Matric with 45% marks in 17-1/2 to 21 Yrs

General Duty aggregate. No percentage required

if higher qualification then only pass

in Matric.

(b) Soldier/ Technical 10+2 Intermediate exam pass 17-1/2 to 23 Yrs

in Science with Physics, Chemistry,

Maths and English with minimum

50% marks in aggregate and

minimum 40% in each subject

specified for the trade. No weightage

for higher qualification.

(c) Soldier Clerk/ 10+2 Intermediate exam pass in 17-1/2 to 23 Yrs

Store Keeper any stream (Arts, Commerce,

Technical Science) with 50% marks in

aggregate and minimum 40% in

each subject. Weightage for

higher qualification.

(d) Soldier Nursing 10+2 Intermediate exam pass 17-1/2 to 23 Yrs

Assistant in Science with Physics, Chemistry,

Biology and English with minimum

50% marks in aggregate and

minimum 40% in each subject.

No weightage for higher qualification.

(e) Soldier Tradesmen Non Matric 17-1/2 to 23 Yrs

(f) Soldier (General Non Matric 17-1/2 to 23 Yrs

Duty) Non Matric

(g) Surveyor Auto BA/BSc with Maths having passed 20-25 Yrs

Cartographer Matric and 10+2 with Maths and

Science

(h) JCO Religious Graduate in any discipline. In 27-34 Yrs

Teacher addition qualification in his own

religious denomination

(i) JCO Catering 10+2, Diploma/Certificate Course of 21-27 Yrs

a duration of one year or more in

Cookery/Hotel Management and

Catering Tech Recognized by AICTE

(j) Havildar Education Graduate with B Ed/Post 20-25 Yrs

Graduate with B Ed

Dispensation in education for enrolment as Soldier (GD) is permissible to some Selected

States/Region/Class and Community.

Page 136: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

135

10.9 Dispensation in EducationalStandards for Soldier GeneralDuty Category: The qualifying

education standards for various

trades in the Army are laid down.

Dispensations in education stan-

dards for recruitment in Soldier

General Duty category for certain

regions/communities are granted

keeping in view the socio-economic

conditions and remoteness of the

regions. The present review is effec-

tive from April 1st, 2004 to March

31st, 2007.

COMMISSIONING OF OFFICERS

10.10 Recruitment of CommissionedOfficers in the Armed Forces ismainly done through the UnionPublic Service Commission (UPSC),

where there is a written examinationconducted by the UPSC followed bya Services Selection Board (SSB)interview and a Medical Board.Recruitment is made directly throughthe respective Recruiting Directoratesfor the Army, the Navy and the AirForce for Technical Branches,Women Special Entry Scheme, NCCSpecial Entry Scheme and ServiceEntries. These are called Non UPSCentries. Recruitment through SSB isdone for induction of candidates asofficers in all Arms and Servicesexcept Army Medical Corps (AMC)and Army Dental Corps (ADC).

10.11 Intake: During the year 2004,intake of candidates for pre commis-sioning training as officers was asunder:-

(a) NDA 607 (Army-392)

(b) IMA 626

(i) IMA (DE) 444

(ii) ACC 108

(iii) SCO 27

(iv) PC (SL) 47

Total 626

(c) OTA 409

(i) OTA 305

(ii) NCC 104

Total 409

(d) Technical Entries 455

(i) UES 61

(ii) SSC (T) 100

(iii) 10+2 TES 169

(iv) TGC 125

Total 455

Page 137: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

136

RECRUITMENT THROUGH THEUPSC

10.12 The UPSC holds an all-Indiacompetitive written examination,known as the Combined DefenceServices Examination (CDSE), twicea year. University graduates includ-ing those studying in the final year,are eligible to appear in the examina-tion. Successful candidates are putthrough the Service Selection Board(SSB) interviews followed by MedicalBoard. Finally selected candidatesjoin the respective training acad-emies, viz., the Indian Military Acad-emy (IMA)/Officers TrainingAcademy(OTA) for the Army, theNaval Academy for the Navy and theAir Force Academy for the Air Force.

10.13 Similarly, the UPSC also holdsa written examination for entry intothe National Defence Academy(NDA) twice a year. Candidates oncompletion of the 10+2 Examinationor while in the 12th standard, areeligible to compete. Successfulcandidates are put through theService Selection Board (SSB) inter-view and a Medical Board beforeinduction into NDA. Training at NDAis for three years. On completion ofthe NDA course, candidates (ca-dets) are sent to the respectiveService Academies (IMA/NA/AFA),depending on the Wing chosen, fortheir pre-commission training. NDAalso gives a graduation degree to thesuccessful cadets.

10.14 University Entry Scheme(UES): Final/Pre-final year studentsin the notified Engineering disciplinesare eligible to apply for PermanentService Commission into the techni-cal Arms of the Army as commis-sioned officers under the UniversityEntry Scheme. Eligible candidatesare selected through a campusinterview under the Screening Teamsdeputed by the Army HQ. After SSBand the Medical Board, the finallyselected candidates are required toundergo one year�s pre commissiontraining at IMA, Dehradun beforebeing commissioned. Cadetsthrough this entry are also entitled fortwo years� antedate seniority oncommission.

Technical Graduates (Tg) Entry

10.15 Engineering graduates/Postgraduates from Notified disciplines ofEngineering including those studyingin the final year are eligible to applyfor permanent service commissioninto technical arms through thisentry. Selected candidates arecommissioned after one year trainingat IMA, Dehradun. Cadets throughthis entry are also entitled for twoyears antedate seniority on commis-sion.

10.16 Short Service Commission(Technical) Entry: The Short ServiceCommission (Technical) EntryScheme provides for recruitment ofeligible technical graduates/postgraduates into technical Arms. After

Page 138: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

137

SSB and Medical Board, the finallyselected candidates are required toundergo 11 months pre commissiontraining at OTA, Chennai. On comple-tion of training, successful candidatesare inducted as Short Service Com-missioned Officers (SSCOs) in thetechnical Arms. Cadets through thisentry are also entitled for two yearsante-date seniority on commission.

RECRUITMENT THROUGHSELECTION BOARDS

10.17 Recruitment through ServiceSelection Boards/Air Force SelectionBoard is made for the followingbranches of the Army, the Navy andthe Air Force:-

ARMY All Arms and Servicesexcept Army Medical Corps andArmy Dental Corps.

NAVYElectrical Engineering, Engi-neering (Naval Architects), Logistics,Law, Education, Air Traffic Control,Executive, Hydro, Naval ArmamentInspection.

AIR FORCE Flying Pilot (FP),Aeronautical Engineering (Electron-ics), Aeronautical Engineering (Me-chanical), Education, Administration,Logistics, Accounts and Meteorol-ogy.

Aeronautical Engineering Course(AEC)

10.18 Aeronautical EngineeringCourse envisages recruitment ofqualified technical graduates through

the Air Force Selection Boards(AFSBs), to attend training at the AirForce Academy, Hyderabad, fol-lowed by Air Force Technical College(AFTC), Bangalore. On successfulcompletion of training at the AFTC,they are inducted in Electronics andMechanical streams of the TechnicalBranch.

RECRUITMENT OF WOMENOFFICERS

10.19 Women Special Entry Scheme(Officers) (WSES-O) is open toeligible women in three streams,namely, Technical, non-Technical andSpecialist. On selection they un-dergo six months training at OTAChennai and are commissioned asShort Service Commissioned Officersin the following Arms/Services of theArmed Forces:

ARMY Corps of Electrical and Me-chanical Engineers, Corps of Sig-nals, Army Education Corps, ArmyOrdnance Corps, Army ServiceCorps, Corps of Military Intelligenceand Judge Advocate General�sBranch

NAVY Engineering(Naval Archi-tects), Logistics, Law, Education, AirTraffic Control

AIR FORCE Flying, AeronauticalEngineering (Electronics), Aeronau-tical Engineering (Mechanical),Education, Administration, Logistics,Accounts and Meteorology

Page 139: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

138

10.20 Increase in intake of WSES(O): Women candidates are inductedin the Indian Army through WomenSpecial Entry Scheme (Officers)(WSES(O)). The scheme has been asuccess. Consequently the plannedintake of WSES (O) has been in-creased from 50 to 75 per courseand 150 per annum from September2003. At present approximately 921Lady Officers are serving in theIndian Army.

10.21 Extension of Tenure ofSSCOs/WSESOs: As a measure toaddress the shortage of junior offic-ers in the units the Governmentincreased the tenure of Short ServiceCommissioned Officers as well asWomen Special Entry Scheme Offic-ers (WSESOs) in the Army from 10 to14 years.

NCC SPECIAL ENTRY

10.22 University graduates possess-ing NCC �C� Certificate with a mini-mum �B� grade and 50% marks ingraduation are eligible to apply forcommission into the Navy and the AirForce as Regular CommissionedOfficers and as Short Service Com-missioned Officers in the Army. Theyare exempted from appearing in thewritten exam (CDSE) conducted bythe UPSC and are directly putthrough the SSB interview. Candi-dates meeting the Qualitative Re-quirement (QR) have to applythrough various NCC Directorates atstate level. Screening is done by the

DGNCC who forward the applica-tions of deserving cadets to theRecruiting Directorate.

10.23 Commission through ACCEntry: The eligible Other Ranks(ORs) from the three Services, after10+2 examination, can apply forregular commission through theArmy Cadet College (ACC) Entry.After selection through SSB and aMedical Board, the cadets aretrained at Army Cadet College,Dehradun for three years at the endof which they get a graduation de-gree. This is followed by one yearpre-commission training at IMA,Dehradun. Permanent Commissionis granted in all arms/services.

SPECIAL COMMISSIONEDOFFICERS

10.24 Government had approvedthe creation of a Support Cadre ofSpecial Commissioned Officers.Eligible Junior CommissionedOfficers(JCOs) and Other Ranks(ORs) fill up these posts. Under thisentry, JCOs/NCOs/ORs in the agegroup of 30-35 years, with an ArmySenior School Certificate Pass (Class10+2 CBSE Pattern) qualification,are eligible for Commission afterscreening/selection through ServiceSelection Board and a MedicalBoard. They have to undergo a pre-commission training of one yearduration at IMA, Dehradun. Theofficers so commissioned earn pro-motion upto the rank of Colonel. The

Page 140: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

139

rules for substantive promotion andacting promotion are the same as forregular officers. These officers areemployed in units as sub unit Com-manders/Quarter Masters and onvarious Extra Regimental Employ-ment (ERE) appointments upto therank of Major. They retire at the ageof 57 years after serving about 20-25years as officers. The scheme notonly improves the career prospectsof the existing JCOs/NCOs/ORs butalso helps in making up the defi-ciency of officers in the Army to aconsiderable extent.

10.25 Induction through Perma-nent Commission(Select List)Cadre: The eligible PBORs aregranted Permanent CommissionSpecial List (PC SL) after selectionby the SSB into various arms/ser-vices. This entry has improvedmotivation level of the PBORs.

10.26 SNCO Commissioning inIAF: Under this entry, serving per-sonnel with minimum 10 years ofservice (of technical and non-techni-cal trades) of the rank of Sergeantand above upto the age of 36 yearsand minimum educational qualifica-tion as 10 + 2, are eligible for Com-mission in the Indian Air Force afterscreening at unit level followed byAFSB selection tests and medicalexamination. However, candidatespossessing higher education qualifi-cation are preferred. Service person-nel of technical trades are inductedin the Technical Branch and person-

nel from non-technical trades areinducted in the Ground DutyBranches.

10.27 Branch Commissioning:Under this entry, serving personnel oftechnical and non-technical trades ofthe rank of Sergeant and above inthe age group of 37 to 42 years withminimum educational qualification as10th pass, are eligible for Commis-sion in the Indian Air Force afterclearing a written exam, followed byAFSB selection tests and medicalexamination. Service personnel oftechnical trades are inducted in theTechnical Branch and personnel fromnon-technical trades are inducted inthe Ground Duty Branches.

10.28 Technical Entry Scheme(10 + 2 TES): Qualified 10+2 Cen-tral Board of Secondary Education/Indian Certificate for SecondaryEducation/State Board candidateswith Physics, Chemistry and Mathsare eligible for commission in theArmy under the Technical EntryScheme (TES). On selection, theyundergo one year basic militarytraining at IMA Dehradun and there-after undergo three years Engineer-ing degree course. On being com-missioned they are further putthrough one year specialized trainingof the Arms. Through this entryvolunteer cadets can also seekadmission in the combat Arms.

10.29 10+2 Technical EntryScheme of the Navy: Under the

Page 141: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

140

scheme, candidates with PCM inclass XII are selected through theServices Selection Board, and aresent to INS Shivaji for four yearsB.Tech degree course in MarineEngineering/Electrical Engineering.12 cadets from each batch are nomi-nated for Naval Architecture degreecourse at Cochin University of Sci-ence and Technology (CUSAT).These cadets are granted PermanentCommission (PC) as Sub Lieuten-ants. The aim of this scheme is toprovide well trained technical officersto meet the requirement of PC offic-ers in the Technical Branch.

RECRUITMENT OF MEDICALAND DENTAL OFFICERS

10.30 Medical graduates from theArmed Forces Medical College, Puneare directly inducted as PermanentCommissioned Medical Officers inthe Armed Forces. For recruitmentof Regular Commissioned/ShortService Commissioned MedicalOfficers from the Graduates/PostGraduates of Civil Medical Collegescan also apply to the DirectorateGeneral of the Armed Forces MedicalServices (DGAFMS) who conductsan all-India competitive examinationand interview before induction asMedical Officers.

PUBLICITY FOR RECRUITMENT

10.31 Measures have been taken tomake the youth of our country moreaware of the opportunities in the

Army for the officers cadre. Themeans of publicity adopted to attractbetter talent are as follows:

(a) Press Advertisements: Ad-vertisements are releasedthrough the Directorate ofAdvertising and Visual Public-ity (DAVP) in the EmploymentNews/Rozgar Samachar andin newspapers in differentlanguages for various entriesviz �UPSC and non-UPSCentries. UPSC entries includethe National DefenceAcademy(NDA), Indian MilitaryAcademy(Direct Entry) andOfficers TrainingAcademy{Short ServiceCommission(Non-technical)}.Non-UPSC entries includeTechnical GraduateCommission(TGC), UniversityEntry Scheme(UES), 10+2Technical Entry Scheme(TES),Short ServiceCommission(Technical),Women Special Entry Scheme(Officers), Short ServiceCommission(NCC SpecialEntry) and Judge AdvocateGeneral(JAG) Branch for lawgraduates. Advertisements arealso released for Other Rankcategories viz. Havildar In-structors and Junior Commis-sioned Officers (Catering andReligious Teachers) etc. Con-cerned Zonal RecruitmentOffices (ZROs)/Branch Recruit-

Page 142: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

141

ment Offices (BROs) alsopublish advertisements onrecruitment of Other Ranks inthe local regional newspapers.Advertisements are also pub-lished in Journals brought outby educational Institutions.

(b) Hoardings: Hoardings are

erected at selected places in

the country to attract best

young men and women to join

the Armed Forces.

(c) Printed Publicity: Information

folders, leaflets, brochures,

data cards, posters and blow-

ups, prepared through the

DAVP and private professional

agencies, are widely distrib-

uted.

(d) Exhibition and Fairs: Every

year, at the Defence pavilion

at the India International Trade

Fair, New Delhi, a stall is estab-

lished where information

regarding recruitment is pro-

vided to visitors. This is also

done in other organized fairs,

which are career oriented and

meant for students.

(e) Image Projection Campaign:To make young persons aware

of the opportunities available as

commissioned officers, the

following Image Projection

Campaigns (IPC) were

launched in print, audio, visual

and audio-visual media :-

(i) IPC-I - September 1997 to

March 1998

(ii) IPC-II - August 1999 to

August 2000

(iii) IPC-III - June 2002 to May

2003

Based on the positive inputs

received from the above three cam-

paigns, the fourth phase of the

Image Projection Campaign (IPC-IV)

is likely to be launched by mid 2005.

TRAINING FOR DEFENCESERVICES

10.32 Several features distinguishHuman Resource Management inthe Defence Sector. The aim of thetraining is to equip the officers andsoldiers with necessary inputs tomake them efficient fighting men andalso well-informed on national andinternational developments. Theenvironment in which the defenceofficers have to work, demands aholistic approach to training. Thetraining requirements are properlymatched for the freshly recruitedofficers, for officers in need of ad-vanced and specialised training, andfor Other Ranks (ORs). Accordingly,a large number of training institutionsin the Defence Sector work in coordi-nation with one another to achievethese objectives.

Page 143: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

142

SAINIK SCHOOLS

10.33 Sainik Schools were estab-

lished as joint venture between the

Central and State Government and

under the overall governance of

Sainik Schools Society. At present

there are 20 Sainik Schools. The

Sainik Schools aim at developing in

cadets sound character, team spirit,

patriotic outlook and desire to serve

the country. The Sainik Schools

have been the major institutions for

preparing boys to enter the Armed

Forces through National Defence

Academy (NDA).

10.34 The objectives of Sainik

Schools include bringing quality

public school education within the

reach of the common man, all round

personality development of a child

and to remove regional imbalance in

the officer�s cadre of the Armed

Forces.

10.35 Sainik Schools admit boys in

classes VI and IX. Their age should

be 10-11 years for class VI and 13-14

years for class IX as on 1st July of the

year in which admission is sought.

Admissions are made strictly in the

order of merit on the basis of an

Entrance Examination held in Janu-

ary each year. The forms for admis-

sion are available with the schools

normally in the month of November

and Entrance Tests are held on 3rd

Sunday of January every year.

10.36 The entrance examination

consists of a written examination and

an interview. Admission is further

subject to the candidates being

found medically fit according to

medical standards prescribed for

entry to National Defence Academy.

10.37 Sainik Schools are wholly

residential schools run on public

school lines. All the Sainik Schools

are also members of the All India

Public Schools Conference. They

offer a common curriculum and are

affiliated to the Central Board of

Secondary Education, and follow the

10+2 pattern of education. As on

date more than 6000 officers of the

Defence forces are alumni of Sainik

Schools.

MILITARY SCHOOLS

10.38 The Five Military Schools inthe country at Ajmer, Bangalore,Belgaum, Dholpur and Chail areaffiliated to CBSE. The MilitarySchools admit boys in class VI,based on an all India EntranceExamination. In the Military Schools,67% seats are reserved for the wardsof JCOs/ORs called �entitled cat-egory�. Out of 33 % non-entitledcategory seats, 20% are reservedfor wards of service officers and13 % for wards of civilians.

10.39 The aim of the MilitarySchools is to impart quality educa-tion to enable the students to take All

Page 144: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

143

India Secondary School Examinationand Senior Secondary CertificateExamination conducted by CBSEand also to facilitate their entry intothe NDA.

RASHTRIYA INDIAN MILITARYCOLLEGE (RIMC), DEHRADUN

10.40 The Rashtriya Indian MilitaryCollege (RIMC), Dehradun wasfounded on March 13th,1922, withthe objective of providing the neces-sary preliminary training to the boysof Indian birth or domicile, wishing tobecome officers in the Armed Forcesof India. The Institution now servesas a feeder institute to the NationalDefence Academy, Khadakvasla(Pune), where cadets of the Army,Navy and Air Force receive theirinitial training.

10.41 Selection for RIMC is througha written examination-cum-viva-voceconducted through the State Govern-ments. Seats for respective statesare reserved based on population.The intake into RIMC is biennial, inJanuary and July, wherein 25 cadetsper term are admitted with maximumstrength of RIMC being 250. Theintake is at Class VIII for boys in theage groups 11 ½ to 13 years. Thecollege runs classes in sciencestream on 10+2 CBSE pattern.

NATIONAL DEFENCE ACADEMY,KHADAKVASLA

10.42 NDA is a premier Joint Ser-vices Institution for training of young

cadets as future officers of the De-fence Services. Entry into NDA isbased on a competitive examinationconducted by the UPSC. Cadets ofall three services viz Army, Navy andAir Force undergo combined trainingat NDA for three years. After passingout from NDA, the cadets go to theirrespective service academies forspecialized training before beingcommissioned in the Armed Forces.The Academy is a unique institutionwhere Inter Service aspects aredeveloped right from the formativestages of an officer, thus developinga bond of friendship and respect foreach other�s service.

10.43 The academic curriculum ofNDA is in tune with the Nationaleducational format of 10+2+3. Thesyllabus of the Academy has beenapproved by the Jawaharlal NehruUniversity for grant of BA or BSc.degree at the time of passing outfrom the Academy. Presently cadetsfrom Bhutan, Maldives, Lesotho,Krygstan and Palestine are alsoundergoing training at NDA.

INDIAN MILITARY ACADEMY,DEHRADUN

10.44 The Indian Military Academy,founded in 1932, has a glorious andcolourful history. It aims at the fullestdevelopment of intellectual, moraland physical qualities with basicmilitary training and broad academiceducation. IMA also imparts trainingto Gentlemen Cadets from friendly

Page 145: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

144

countries like Maldives, Mauritius,Lesotho, Palestine and Bhutan.

10.45 The various modes of entryinto IMA are:-

(a) On graduation from NDA; (b)On graduation from Army CadetCollege, which is a Wing of the IMAitself; (c) Direct entry graduate ca-dets, who join on qualifying in theUnion Public Service CommissionExamination and the Services Selec-tion Board; (d) Technical Graduate;(e) University Entry Scheme(UES) forengineering college students in final/pre-final year of studies; and (f) 10+2Technical Entry Scheme(TES) forcandidates who have passed 10+2with more than 70% marks in Phys-ics, Chemistry and Mathematics.

OFFICER TRAINING ACADEMY,CHENNAI

10.46 The Officers Training Acad-emy was established in 1963 asOfficers Training School(OTS) tomeet the increased demand of offic-ers in the Army. It was re-designatedas Officers Training Academy (OTA)from January 1st, 1988 on comple-tion of 25 years of its existence. Itsmain task was to train GentlemenCadets for grant of EmergencyCommission but from 1965 onwards,after which the Emergency Commis-sion was dispensed with, the Acad-emy started training cadets for ShortService Commission.

10.47 Since September 21st, 1992the Indian Army has opened up its

Chetwode Building : IMA

Page 146: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

145

portals for entry of women as com-missioned officers. Initially 50 ladycadets were commissioned everyyear, with the entries limited to ArmyService Corps, Army EducationCorps, Judge Advocate General�sDepartment, Corps of Engineers,Signals and Electrical and Mechani-cal Engineers. Approximately 100Lady Officers get commissionedfrom OTA every year.

10.48 The OTA imparts pre-commis-sion training to the followingcourses:-

(a) Short Service Commission(Non Technical) for Graduates.

(b) Short Service Commission(Technical) for EngineeringGraduates.

(c) Short Service Commission(Women) for Graduate/PostGraduate Lady Cadets.

ARMY WAR COLLEGE, MHOW

10.49 Army War College, earlierknown as College of Combat wascreated out of Infantry School andestablished as an independentinstitution on April 1st, 1971. The re-designation as Army War Collegewas implemented with effect fromJanuary 15th, 2003. It is a premier AllArms Tactical Training Institution forofficers and performs the importantfunctions of evaluation of new con-cepts and doctrines in the fields oftactics and logistics.

10.50 COURSES

(a) Higher Command Course:Aims to train officers for higher com-mand, with particular reference tocommand of a division and for hold-ing senior staff appointments. Onecourse of 40 weeks duration is runonly for Indian officers from all three

Passing out parade in OTA

Page 147: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

146

services. 55 officers are trainedevery year.

(b) Senior Command Course:Aims to train selected Majors/Lieu-tenant Colonels of all arms andservices in the tactical employmentof a Battalion/Combat Group as partof a Brigade or Combat Command incooperation with air and other armsand services, as also, in the trainingand administration of a unit in peaceand war. Each course of 13 weeksduration trains 150 officers andapproximately 10% vacancies areoffered to friendly foreign countries,Para Military Forces and CentralPolice Organisations. Three suchcourses are run every year.

(c) Junior Command Course:Aimed at training officers of all armsand services in the tactical employ-ment of a Rifle Company/Combatteam as part of a Battalion Group ora Combat Group, in cooperation withair and other arms and services, asalso in the training and administra-tion of a sub unit in peace and war.Each course of 10 weeks durationtrains 400 officers and approximately10% vacancies are offered to friendlyforeign countries, Para MilitaryForces and Central PoliceOrganisations. Four such coursesare run every year.

(d). Formation CommandersOrientation Programme (FCOP):The aim of this 4 weeks programmeis to prepare potential divisional

commanders for command of theirformations in field and peace.

JUNIOR LEADERS WING,BELGAUM

10.51 The Junior Leaders Wing atBelgaum imparts training to juniorofficers, JCOs and NCOs in Sub-Unit level Tactical and SpecialMission Techniques to enable themto carry out assigned operationalmissions in varied terrain undersevere stress and strain and beable to command and administertheir Sub-Units effectively in warand peace. It trains officers andNCOs of Army, Para Military Forces,Central Police Organisations andfriendly foreign countries in com-mando type operations and makethem capable of either forming partof special mission groups or lead-ing independent missions in alltypes of terrain and operationalenvironment.

JUNIOR LEADERS ACADEMY,BAREILLY

10.52 Junior Leaders Academy(JLA)was set up in 1998 with the aim ofimparting institutionalised training inleadership and related subjects to theJunior Leaders i.e. JCOs and SeniorNCOs of all arms and services with aview to make them more effective.

10.53 The following courses areconducted for JCOs/NCOs of allArms and Services:-

Page 148: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

147

(a) Junior Leaders Course (JLC):It is a six weeks course fornewly promoted JCOs andSenior NCOs (approved forpromotion to be JCOs). Sixcourses are run annually totrain 3,240 students.

(b) Potential Subedar Majors(PSMs) Orientation Course:It is a four weeks course for108 newly promoted SubedarMajors or Senior Subedars(approved for promotion toSubedar Majors). Six coursesare run annually to train 640students.

JUNIOR LEADERS ACADEMY,RAMGARH

10.54 Considering the giganticmagnitude of our Army, the require-ment of training Junior Leaders wasfelt to raise another JLA. It wasdecided to raise the JLA at an interimlocation at Ramgarh in Bihar in 2001.JLA Ramgarh has been organized onthe same lines as JLA Bareilly. Theinstitution has commenced trainingfrom February 2003 for 648 studentsevery year.

DEFENCE SERVICES STAFFCOLLEGE, WELLINGTON

10.55 The Defence Services StaffCollege (DSSC) is a premier tri-service training establishment im-parting training to the middle levelofficers of the three wings of IndianArmed Forces, friendly foreign

countries and Indian Civil Services.The alumni of this college have risento great eminence in the countryand abroad. On its inception in1905, the Staff College was tempo-rarily set up at Deolali. By 1950 theArmy Staff College was progres-sively transformed into a fully inte-grated Defence Services Staff Col-lege at Wellington. The Collegenow trains 430 student officersannually, including officers fromfriendly foreign countries and IndianCivil Services.

10.56 The aim of the Staff Course isto train selected officers of the threeServices in command and stafffunctions in peace and war, in ownservice, inter-service and joint serviceenvironment, as also to providerelated general education to enablethem to perform effectively incommand and staff appointmentstenable by Majors to Colonels andequivalent ranks.

10.57 The course is of 45 weeksduration, sub divided into six tutorialperiods each of five to nine weeks.The course normally commences inthe third week of June and ends inthe last week of April of the followingyear. The DSSC awards the symbolof PSC (Passed Staff Course) onsuccessful completion of training.The DSSC is affiliated to theUniversity of Madras which awardsMSc (Defence and Strategic Studies)degree to all students who qualify onthe course.

Page 149: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

148

HIGH ALTITUDE WARFARESCHOOL(HAWS), GULMARG

10.58 The aim of the School is totrain selected personnel in all as-pects of high altitude (HA), mountainwarfare and develop techniques forfighting in such terrain. The Schoolfunctions as the army nodal instruc-tional facility for specialised trainingand dissemination of approveddoctrines in HA, mountain and snowwarfare. It is a center for developinginputs on HA, mountain and snowwarfare to HQ Army Training Com-mand.

10.59 HAWS conduct two series ofcourses, Mountain Warfare (MW) andWinter Warfare (WW) at Sonmargand Gulmarg respectively. Combinedtraining is conducted for all coursesfor officers, JCOs and NCOs. Thetraining period broadly consists ofJanuary to April, (WW Series) andMay to October (MW Series). In thefield of adventure sports, especiallyskiing and mountaineering, theSchool has excelled itself. Personnelfrom the School have scaled most ofthe important peaks in the worldincluding Everest, Kanchenjungaand Mt Mckinley in the USA.

COUNTER INSURGENCY &JUNGLE WARFARE SCHOOL,EIRANGTE

10.60 The Counter Insurgency &Jungle Warfare (CIJW) conductscourses for Officers, JCOs/NCOs in

Counter Insurgency techniques,Language Courses in Assamese,Bodo, Nagamese, Manipuri/Tangkhuland Pre-induction Training (PIT) forall units prior to induction into insur-gency areas. It evolves and reviewstactical doctrine and techniques foroperations in Counter Insurgency &Jungle Warfare and keeps abreastwith all tactical and technical aspectsof insurgency in other parts of theworld by studying foreign publica-tions.

10.61 A number of students fromPara Military Forces and friendlyforeign countries like Sri Lanka,Nepal, Singapore, Kenya, Iraq,Bhutan and USA also attend theabove courses. Specialised trainingfor Royal Nepal Army has also beenconducted at the CIJW School.

COUNTER INSURGENCY PRE-INDUCTION TRAINING BATTLESCHOOLS

10.62 Due to escalation of insur-gency problem in Jammu & Kash-mir and in the East, a need was feltto impart pre-induction training toall units being inducted intocounter insurgency environment.Capacity of CIJW School was lim-ited, besides peculiar operationalsituation and administrative prob-lems of movement of units, it wasnecessary to impart training to unitsin areas closer to their areas ofoperation. To overcome theseproblems, three Corps Battle

Page 150: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

149

Schools from within the resources

of the Army have been established

at Kheru, Sarol and Bhalra for units

moving into Northern Command

and at Thakurbari for units moving

into Assam and Meghalaya. Pre-

induction training in these schools

has benefited all the units, as they

were able to understand the pecu-

liarities of the insurgency problem

in their locality. Besides training for

counter insurgency, these schools

especially in the Northern Com-

mand are training units for their role

along line of control and high alti-

tude.

INFANTRY SCHOOL, MHOW

10.63 The Infantry School is one of

the largest and the oldest Military

Training Institution of the Indian

Army. The origin of the institution

can be traced back to 1885. The

present Infantry School owes its

origin to a decision taken shortly

after independence to amalgamate

various tactical and weapons training

institutions of the infantry into one

single Infantry School of instruction

at Mhow.

10.64 Courses conducted at Infan-

try School are Young Officers

Course, Platoon Weapon Course,

Mortar Course, Anti Tank and

Guided Missile Course, Medium

Machine Gun and Automatic

Grenade Launcher (J/N) Course,

Section Commanders Course,

Automatic Data Processing Course,

Sniper Course and Support Weapon

Course. The institution is training

Officers, JCOs and ORs of not only

infantry but other arms and services

besides Para Military Forces and

Civil Police Organisations. The

institution is presently training more

than 7,000 officers, JCOs and NCOs

in a year.

10.65 Army Marksmanship Unit is

part of the Infantry School and has

earned great laurels in India and

Asia. The Army Marksmanship Unit is

involved in training Army and Na-

tional Shooting Teams. The aim of

this unit is to achieve excellence at

International Level Precision Shoot-

ing Competitions. The institution has

produced shooters like Major Rajya

Vardhan Singh Rathore who won the

Silver Medal in Athens Olympics in

2004.

COLLEGE OF DEFENCEMANAGEMENT,SECUNDERABAD

10.66 The College is entrusted with

the responsibility of conducting the

under mentioned courses/capsules,

Page 151: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

150

as �In House� and �External� Capsules :-

ened leadership, efficient resourcemanagement and effective decisionmaking ability to meet the challengesto national security.

COLLEGE OF MATERIALSMANAGEMENT, JABALPUR

10.68 The College owes its lineageto �Indian Army Ordnance Corps(IAOC) School of Instruction� estab-lished at Kirkee in October 1925.The School was later re-designatedas IAOC Training Centre in February1939 and shifted to its present loca-tion at Jabalpur. In January 1950, itbecame the Army Ordnance Corps(AOC) School. With the changingdoctrines of training and the ad-vanced concepts introduced, theAOC School was renamed as Col-lege of Materials Management(CMM) in 1987. Decades of dedi-cated commitment in the field ofmanagement education impelled theCollege getting affiliated to the Uni-versity of Jabalpur (Rani Durgavati

(b) External Capsules:

(i) Management capsules forArmy War College, College ofNaval Warfare, College of AirWarfare, Institute of ArmamentTechnology and DefenceServices Staff College.

(ii) External leadership cap-sules for training of trainers, atNational Defence Academy,Indian Military Academy,Officers Training Academy andAir Force Academy.

(iii) External capsule on Effec-tive Decision Making for thethree Services, separately foreach Service.

10.67 The College of Defence Man-agement is a Tri Service Organisationcommanded by a two star flag of-ficer. Mission of the College of De-fence Management is to evolve theprocess of development of manage-ment thought that leads to enlight-

(a) In-house Programmes/Courses:

Name of the No of Courses Duration Strength TotalCourse Per Year (Weeks) Per Course Per Year

(i) Long DefenceManagement Course 1 44 90 90

(ii) Senior DefenceManagement Course 2 6 33 66

(iii) Defence ManagementProgramme 1 2 20 20

(iv) Assignment OrientedManagement Training 5 1 35 175

Total 351

Page 152: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

151

Vishwa Vidhyalaya) in 1987 and soonits proven excellence earned theCMM an autonomous status in 1990.The College is also registered as a�Government College� with the Uni-versity Grants Commission. Theapproval of All India Council of Tech-nical Education (AICTE) was anothermilestone in the achievements of theCollege.

10.69 The College is accredited withNational Assessment and Accredita-tion Council (NAAC), an autonomousbody constituted under the UGC Act.NAAC has awarded Five Star (High-est) Accreditation to the College. Thecollege imparts necessary institu-tional training to all ranks of AOC andcivilians entrusted with managementof Ordnance support in the IndianArmy. It also imparts training inhandling unit administration andmaterial management to selectedofficers, JCOs and other ranks of allarms and services.

SCHOOL OF ARTILLERY,DEOLALI

10.70 The School of Artillery, Deolaliis the academic centre for varioussub-disciplines of the science andmethodology of artillery warfare. Itimparts technical training to officers,JCOs and NCOs of the regiment ofArtillery on artillery weapons andsystems including training of pilotsfor Air Observation Post duties.Besides the review of doctrines,study and trials of artillery equip-

ment, both Indian and foreign, is alsocarried out.

10.71 The School of Artillery hastrained a large number of Officers,JCOs and NCOs in the year to helpthem to imbibe and develop techni-cal skills and expertise in operatingand employing artillery weaponsystems. During the year, severalofficers and personnel from variousforeign countries were also impartedtraining.

ARMY AIR DEFENCE COLLEGE,GOPALPUR

10.72 Army Air Defence College(AADC) earlier functioned as a wingof School of Artillery, Deolali tillOctober 1989, when it was movedto Gopalpur as a precursor tobifurcation of Air Defence Artilleryfrom the main branch of Artillery.The college trains personnel of AirDefence Artillery, other arms andarmed forces personnel of foreigncountries in Air Defence relatedsubjects.

10.73 The Army Air Defence Collegeconducts a number of courses, suchas, Long Gunnery Staff Course(Officers), Young Officers Course,Electronic Warfare Course, SeniorCommand Air Defence Course, LongGunnery Staff Course, Junior Com-missioned Officer /Non Commis-sioned Officer Technical InstructorsFire Control Course, Aircraft Recog-nition Course, Unit Instructors and

Page 153: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

152

Crew Based Training and AutomatedData Processing Course.

ARMY SERVICE CORPS CENTREAND COLLEGE, BANGALORE

10.74 Army Service Corps Centre(South) and Army School of Me-chanical Transport were merged withASC Centre at Bangalore to establishArmy Service Corps (ASC) Centreand College at Bangalore on May1st, 1999. The Centre andCollege(C&C) is a premier traininginstitute imparting basic and ad-vanced training in multifarious disci-plines viz logistics management,transport management, catering,automated data processing etc toOfficers, Junior CommissionedOfficers, Other Ranks and recruits ofArmy Service Corps as well as otherarms and services. Since 1992 theASC College is affiliated toRohilkhand University, Bareilly foraward of diplomas/degrees in Logis-tics and Resource Management.

ARMY EDUCATION CORPSTRAINING COLLEGE & CENTRE,PACHMARHI

10.75 The Army Education Corps

(AEC) Training College & Centre,

Pachmarhi is a Defence Seat of

Excellence in Educational Training in

the Armed Forces. Only one of its

kind, it is both a Category �A� estab-

lishment and a Category �A� Regi-

mental Centre. It is also an Autono-

mous College affiliated to Barkatullah

University, Bhopal with academic

and administrative powers to design,

conduct, test and award its own

courses and degrees.

10.76 The Department of Map Craft

runs the Map Reading Instructors

Course for AEC Officers and PBORs

of all Arms and Services of Indian

Army, Para Military Forces personnel

and personnel from friendly foreign

countries. The duration of Map Craft

Instructors Course is of 10 weeks

and is structured to impart sound

knowledge in Map Craft and all its

applications.

10.77 The Unit Education Instructors

(UEI) Course is an invaluable course

in training of ORs from all Arms and

Services of the Indian Army to be

effective instructors in their Units.

The Course duration is of 12 weeks.

10.78 The Foreign Language Wing

(FLW), which is one of the three

Divisions of the AEC Training College

& Centre, has today established itself

as one of the premier nodes of

foreign language training, not only in

the Armed Forces but in the national

academic environment too. The FLW

has two digitised language labs,

each with a capacity of 20 students.

Recently, a Computer Aided Lan-

guage Learning Lab has been estab-

lished at FLW for training in regional

and foreign languages.

Page 154: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

153

MILITARY MUSIC WING,PACHMARHI

10.79 The Military Music Wing

(MMW) was raised in October 1950

under the patronage of the then C-

in-C General (later Field Marshal)

KM Cariappa, as a part of the AEC

Training College & Centre,

Pachmarhi. It is the only institution

of its kind in India. The Military

Music Wing has a rich treasure of

more than 200 musical composi-

tions to its credit and has also

excelled in maintaining the stan-

dard of military music in India

through a diverse range of courses

designed to train the recruit bands-

men, pipers or drummers, starting

from the rudiments of music till they

attain a state of perfect musical

proficiency.

REMOUNT AND VETERINARYCORPS CENTRE & SCHOOL,MEERUT

10.80 The Remount and Veterinary

Corps (RVC) Center and School,

located in Meerut, is the alma mater

of all RVC personnel. The aim of

the School is to train officers and

personnel below officer rank of all

Arms and Services on animal man-

agement and veterinary aspects.

Eleven courses for officers and six

for PBORs are conducted. The

total strength of students being

trained is 250.

ARMY SPORTS INSTITUTE,PUNE

10.81 To restore national pride in thehearts of our fellow countrymen andto project a winning image of theArmy, Government had approved theestablishment of an Army SportsInstitute at Pune and Army SportsNodes in selected disciplines atvarious places in the country. ArmySports Institute, Pune started func-tioning with effect from July 2nd,2001. Appropriate funds have beenearmarked for state of the art infra-structure and equipment coupledwith food habitat, foreign exposureand training under foreign coaches.

ARMY SCHOOL OF PHYSICALTRAINING, PUNE

10.82 Army School of PhysicalTraining (ASPT) is a premier institu-tion imparting systematic and com-prehensive instruction to personnelof the Army regarding the conductof Physical Training in units and subunits. It also imparts basic training inSports and Games with a view toimprove standard in the Army andcomplement physical trainingthrough recreation in games andsports. These courses are attendedby Officers, JCOs and ORs of theArmy, Para Military Forces and fromfriendly foreign countries. ASPT hasstarted six allied sports courses incollaboration with National Instituteof Sports in Boxing, Volleyball,Basketball, Swimming and Life

Page 155: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

154

Saving, Judo and Yoga Courses forPBORs.

COMBAT ARMY AVIATORTRAINING SCHOOL(CAATS)

10.83 Combat Army Aviator TrainingSchool(CAATS) was raised at NasikRoad in May 2003 to train aviators inaviation skills and handling of avia-tion units in various operations ofwar, and also to train aviation instruc-tors, develop Standard OperatingProcedures(SOPs) and assist ArmyTraining Command in developmentof Aviation Tactical Doctrine in syn-ergy with ground troops. Thecourses run in the School are PreBasic Pilot Course, Basic ArmyAviation Course, Pre-Qualified FlyingInstructor Course, Aviation InstructorHelicopter Course, HelicopterConversion on type, Flight Com-manders Course and New Equip-ment Course.

COLLEGE OF MILITARYENGINEERING, PUNE

10.84 The College of MilitaryEngineering(CME) at Pune is apremier technical institution. Thetraining is conducted for personnelof the Corps of Engineers, otherArms and Services, Navy, Air Force,Para Military Forces, Police andCivilians. Besides, personnel fromfriendly foreign countries are alsotrained. CME is affiliated to JawaharLal Nehru University(JNU) for theaward of B. Tech and M. Tech

degrees. All India Council for Techni-cal Education (AICTE) alsorecognises the graduate and postgraduate courses run by the CME.The College trains on an average1500 officers and 800 personnelbelow officer ranks every year.

MILITARY COLLEGE OFELECTRONICS & MECHANICALENGINEERINGSECUNDERABAD

10.85 The role of Military College OfElectronics & Mechanical Engineer-ing (MCEME) is to provide technicaleducation to all ranks of EME, includ-ing civilians, in various disciplines ofengineering, weapon systems andequipment with special reference totheir maintenance, repairs and in-spection and to provide training inmanagement and tactics at senior,middle and supervisory levels. TheMCEME is designed to train 1760personnel (all ranks). It conducts arange of 13 officers courses and 61different courses for PBORs.

CORPS OF MILITARY POLICECENTRE & SCHOOL,BANGALORE

10.86 The aim of the School is totrain officers and PBORs on militaryand police duties in legal, investiga-tion, traffic control etc. Four coursesfor officers and fourteen courses forPBORs are being conducted. Totalstrength of students being trained is910.

Page 156: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

155

ARMY AIRBORNE TRAININGSCHOOL, AGRA

10.87 The Army Airborne Training

School (AATS) is located at Kilometer

Stone 05 on the Agra - Jaipur high-

way. It was previously designated as

Army Air Transport Support School

(AATSS). Based upon the directive

given by the Chief of Army Staff in

response to a long time felt need to

concentrate all Airborne training

under one single agency, the Army

Air Transport Support School was

redesigned as Army Airborne Train-

ing School with effect from January

15th, 1992.

10.88 Presently five types of army

courses and a total of 9 courses in a

training year are being conducted by

the school. These courses are sub-

scribed by Indian Army (All arms/

services), Para Military Forces as well

as by the students from friendly

foreign countries.

MILITARY COLLEGE OFTELECOMMUNICATIONENGINEERING, MHOW

10.89 Military College of Telecom-munication Engineering (MCTE),Mhow is the Alma Mater of all Sig-nal Officers. They are trained inCombat Communication, ElectronicWarfare, Communication Engineer-ing, Computer Technology, Regi-mental Signal Communications andCryptology. Besides the five Train-

ing Faculties and Wings, the Col-lege has a Department of Adminis-tration to provide administrativeand logistic support to the staff andthe students, a Conceptual StudiesCell to evolve communicationdoctrines and produce trainingmaterial, a modern and well-stocked library, and an in- houseprinting press. Trainees are givenan opportunity to study and train ina formal setting with a view toimbibe and inculcate in them therequisite skills, knowledge andabilities necessary to perform tasksat their current and future levels ofresponsibility.

MILITARY INTELLIGENCETRAINING SCHOOL & DEPOT

10.90 The Military Intelligence

Training School and Depot is a

premier establishment responsible

for imparting training on Intelli-

gence Acquisition, Counter Intelli-

gence and Security aspects to all

ranks of the Indian Army, Navy, Air

Force and Para Military Forces.

The School also imparts training to

personnel of friendly foreign

armies. Apart from the above,

civilian officers of the Department

of Revenue Intelligence are also

trained at this establishment. The

School trains approximately over

350 Officers and 1100 Junior Com-

missioned Officers / Non Commis-

sioned Officers every year.

Page 157: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

156

ELECTRONICS ANDMECHANICAL ENGINEERINGSCHOOL, VADODARA

10.91 Consequent to the re-designa-tion of the Corps of Electrical andMechanical Engineering (EME) toCorps of Electronics and MechanicalEngineers, the EME School has beenre-designated as �Electronics andMechanical Engineering School� witheffect from June 1st, 2001.

10.92 The EME School conductspost-graduate level courses forofficers and diploma and certificatelevel courses for PBOR. A number offoreign officers and PBOR fromfriendly countries have been attend-ing various courses conducted atEME School.

INSTITUTE OF MILITARY LAW,KAMPTEE

10.93 In the Army, justice is adminis-tered by the Commanders at variouslevels. Minor offences can be dis-posed of summarily by powersvested in them under the provisionsof the Army Act. For grave offences,Courts Martial are assembled on theorders of superior commanders.Commanding Officers are empow-ered to hold Summary Courts Mar-tial, decision of these Tribunals arenot appeal-able. It is, therefore,essential to judiciously exercisethese powers and adhere to the laiddown procedures. With this back-ground, the Institute of Military Law

was established at Shimla. OnAugust 26th, 1989 the institute wasshifted to Kamptee.

10.94 The Charter of Duties of theSchool is to cater for a comprehen-sive system of legal education forofficers of all Arms and Services ofthe Army and to undertake wideranging research, development anddissemination work in the field ofMilitary and allied laws.

ARMOURED CORPS CENTRE &SCHOOL, AHMEDNAGAR

10.95 In 1948, after partition, theTraining Wings, the Recruits TrainingCentre and Armoured Corps Depotand Records were shifted toAhmadnagar where the fightingVehicles School was already func-tional and they were all amalgam-ated to form the Armoured CorpsCentre and School and ArmouredCorps Records. It has six wingsnamely School of Armoured War-fare, School of Technical training,Basic Training Regiment, Drivingand Maintenance Regiment, Auto-motive Regiment and Armamentand Electronics Regiment forSpecialised training in these disci-plines.

TRAINING OF FOREIGN ARMYPERSONNEL

10.96 After Operation Vijay andOperation Parakram, the interest offoreign armies for training in Indian

Page 158: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

157

Army establishments has increasedtremendously. Army personnel fromneighbouring countries, South EastAsia, Central Asian Republic (CAR),African continent and a few devel-oped countries are being trained inIndia.

10.97 The Government of Indiaprovides assistance to the develop-ing and under developed nationsunder the International Technicaland Economic Cooperation (ITEC)programme of Ministry of External

Affairs. Courses are also availed byNepal and Bhutan under SpecialAide Programme of Ministry ofDefence. Under this programme,personnel from developing coun-tries get training in service institu-tions free of cost or at subsidizedrates. Developed western countriesalso send their officers for training toour institutions on reciprocal basisand on self-financing basis by pay-ing cost of training and other relatedcharges.

Page 159: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

158

Page 160: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

159

RESETTLEMENT AND wELFARE

OF eX-sERVICEMEN

Raksha Pension Adalat

11

Page 161: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

160

11.1 In order to maintain a youthfulprofile of the Armed Forces, approxi-mately 60,000 service personnel areretired/released every year at acomparatively younger age. At thetime of retirement, majority of servicepersonnel are at an age where theyhave numerous unfinished responsi-bilities which necessitate their takingup a second occupation. As perstatistics maintained, a total of18,94,962 Ex-Servicemen (ESM) and4,01,319 widows have been regis-tered and reported to be surviving ason September 30th, 2004. The Ex-Servicemen population is mainlyconcentrated in the States of Punjab,Uttar Pradesh, Haryana,Maharashtra, Kerala, Rajasthan,Uttaranchal and Tamil Nadu.Kendriya Sainik Board (KSB) underthe chairmanship of the RakshaMantri lays down general policies forthe welfare of ex-servicemen andtheir dependents, for administrationof welfare funds, and also for coordi-nating the work of the Sainik Boardsin the country. Similarly, at the Statelevel the Rajya Sainik Boards (RSBs)and at the district level the Zila SainikBoards (ZSBs) have been estab-lished. The Government of Indiabears 50% of the expenditure in-

curred on the organisation of RajyaSainik Boards while the remainingexpenditure is borne by the respec-tive State Governments. The Director-ate General of Resettlement (DGR)under the Ministry of Defence looksafter all matters connected with theresettlement and welfare of ex-ser-vicemen and their dependants.

11.2 Resettlement: The primarythrust of the Directorate General ofResettlement, Kendriya Sainik Board,Rajya Sainik Boards and Zila SainikBoards is on dignified resettlementand efforts are made to explorevarious avenues for employment ofex-servicemen. With a view to re-settle/re-employ ex-servicemen, theCentral Government arranges thefollowing:-

(a) Training programmes to re-orient retiring Defence person-nel towards civil employment;

(b) Reservation of posts for pro-viding employment opportuni-ties in government/semi-government/public sectororganizations and assistancein employment with corporatesector;

(c) Schemes for self-employment;and

RESETTLEMENT AND wELFARE

OF eX-sERVICEMEN

Page 162: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

161

(d) Assistance in enterpre-neurship and setting up smallscale industries.

TRAINING PROGRAMMES

11.3 Training for preparing both ex-servicemen and retiring servicepersonnel for their resettlement incivil life is one of the major func-tions entrusted to the DirectorateGeneral of Resettlement. This yearthe Directorate General of Resettle-ment has introduced some newcourses which will provide nation-ally/internationally accepted certifi-cation to facilitate retired persons toget quick employment within/out-side the country. The programmeincludes courses on informationtechnology, managerial science,technical skills and agro basedindustries. Constant endeavour ismade to improve the quality oftraining by regular monitoring. Thecourses are reviewed every year toinclude courses in new fields basedon the participation in currentrequirements of civil market andcorporate world and also to deleteobsolete courses.

11.4 Officers� Training: The Direc-torate General of Resettlementorganises employment orientedtraining programmes for officers toenhance their qualifications andenable them to seek suitable em-ployment after retirement. The Re-settlement Training Programmesrange from vocational courses of

three months� duration to degree/diploma courses, via distant learningprogramme, of one to three yearsduration. The courses are conductedin subjects like Information Technol-ogy, Security Services, Entrepre-neurship Development, BusinessAdministration, Personnel Manage-ment, Hotel Management, Tourism,Human Resource Development, Law,Insurance and miscellaneous topics.Recently, management courses of sixmonths duration have been intro-duced at Management DevelopmentInstitute, Gurgaon and Indian Insti-tute of Management, Lucknow.Computer diploma courses for sixmonths have also been introduced invarious institutions across the coun-try. Details of officers� courses arepublished each year and distributeddown to each unit and Zila SainikBoard.

11.5 JCOs/ORs Equivalent Train-ing: Resettlement TrainingProgrammes for Junior Commis-sioned Officers/Other Ranks andtheir equivalent from the other ser-vices are carried out under threedifferent schemes, viz. VocationalTraining, On the Job Training (OJT)and ITI Training. Details of coursesare published each year through abrochure distributed down to eachunit and Zila Sainik Board.

(i) Vocational TrainingProgrammes : Under VocationalTraining Programmes, courses in

Page 163: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

162

diversified fields are conducted for aduration of upto one year in govern-ment, semi-government and privateinstitutes spread all over the country.Courses are conducted in fields likeSecurity Services, Management,Information Technology, Travel andTourism including Adventure Tour-ism, Entrepreneurship Development,Technical (including medical) trades,non-technical trades, secretarialsupport services, agro based indus-try and many other miscellaneoustrades. Under this scheme morethan 350 courses are conducted in ayear. This year courses offered bythe Confederation of IndianIndustry(CII) under the City andGuilds banner, with internationallyaccepted certification, have beenintroduced for Personnel BelowOfficer Rank (PBOR) to improve theiremployment avenues within/outsidethe country.

(ii) �On the Job� Training :Under this scheme, retiring service-men are trained in more than 60workshops of 27 Public Sector Un-dertakings (PSUs) and Central/StateGovernment departments. Thetraining is provided in nine differenttrades for a period of nine months.On completion of this training, suc-

cessful candidates are awardedNational Trade Certificate (NTC).

(iii) ITI Training: All ITI coursescommence on 1st of August eachyear and are of one to two yearsduration. Under this scheme, retiringex-servicemen begin to acquire theirchosen skills while still in service.During the first year, the individualcontinues to draw his full paywhereas in the second year he re-ceives a stipend from Rajya SainikBoard of the State. On completion ofthe course the individual is awardeda National Trade Certificate on pass-ing an examination held by CentralTraining Institute.

11.6 Ex-Servicemen (ESM) Train-ing: Under this scheme, funds areallotted to RSBs for conductingvocational training for ESM in theirStates. The scheme is primarilymeant for those ESM who could notavail the facility of resettlementtraining while in service. Thescheme has also been extended tothe widow/one dependent of anESM.

11.7 The details of personnelimparted training in various fieldsduring the last five years till Novem-ber 30, 2004, are as follows :-

SCHEME 2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05

Officers� Training 387 409 353 583 679PBOR Training 5718 3518 2958 4019 3016�On the job� Training 1452 1363 1027 1027 1103ITI Training 2675 1510 1510 2821 2905

Page 164: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

163

RE-EMPLOYMENT

11.8 The central and state govern-

ments provide a number of conces-

sions to ex-servicemen for their re-

employment in central/state govern-

ment posts. These include reserva-

tion of posts/relaxation in age and

educational qualifications, exemption

from payment of application/exami-

nation fees, and priority in employ-

ment to the disabled ESM and

dependants of deceased service

personnel on compassionate

grounds.

11.9 Reservation in GovernmentJobs: The Central Government has

reserved 10% of Group �C� posts

and 20% of Group �D� posts for

ESM, while central PSUs and

nationalised banks provide 14.5%

reservation in Group �C� and 24.5%

in Group �D� posts. 10% posts of

Assistant Commandants in paramili-

tary forces are also reserved for

ESM. In Security Corps, 100%

vacancies are reserved for ESM. In

addition, most state governments are

providing reservations to ESM in

state government jobs. It has, how-

ever, not been possible to have

statutory backing to the scheme of

reservations being provided, due to

the overall ceiling of 50% imposed

by the Supreme Court, and 49.5%

reservation already reserved in

government jobs for SC/ST/OBCs.

11.10 Security Agencies: The

DGR registers/sponsors security

agencies for providing security

guards to various PSUs and indus-

tries in the private sector. The

scheme offers good self-employ-

ment opportunities to retired offic-

ers and adequate employment

opportunity to ex-PBORs in a field

where they have sufficient exper-

tise. The Department of Public

Enterprises (DPE) had issued

instructions to all PSUs to get

security personnel through DGR

sponsored Security Agencies. The

scheme has shown good results.

The DGR has also written to the

Chief Secretaries of all the States

urging them to issue suitable in-

structions to all concerned under

their jurisdiction to obtain security

cover through DGR empanelled

agencies, thereby furthering the

cause of resettling ex-servicemen.

11.11 Placement of JCOs/ORs:The details of ex-servicemen, who

have been provided employment

through Directorate General of

Resettlement (DGR) and Zila

Sainik Welfare Offices in the States

during the last seven years is as

follows:

Page 165: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

164

11.12 Officers� Employment: Dur-ing the current year, a total numberof 604 officers have been registeredwith the DGR for employment assis-tance. Till date 4285 officers havebeen sponsored for various employ-ment opportunities. To spreadawareness about potential of ex-defence personnel, seminars arebeing organised in conjunction withthe Confederation of Indian Indus-tries or PHD Chamber of Commerceand Industry at Lucknow,Chandigarh, Bangalore, Chennai andMumbai. The response to the semi-nars and subsequent employmenthas been satisfactory.

SCHEMES FOR SELF-EMPLOYMENT

11.13 As it is not feasible to provideGovernment jobs to all ex-service-men after their retirement from theArmed Forces, government hasformulated several schemes forencouraging and giving financialsupport by way of loans to ex-ser-vicemen entrepreneurs intending toset up small and medium industries.

Major self-employment schemes areSEMFEX-II, SEMFEX-III and NationalEquity Fund Scheme. Applicationsfor sanction of loans are submittedby ex-servicemen directly to con-cerned Zila Sainik Boards in theStates. These applications are scruti-nised and those which satisfy eligibil-ity criteria and other terms and condi-tions are recommended for sanctionof loan through Small IndustriesDevelopment Bank of India (SIDBI),Central Cooperative Banks, StateLand Development Banks and Re-gional Rural Banks aided by NationalBank for Agriculture and Rural Devel-opment (NABARD) and the StateKVIB/Banks aided by the Khadi andVillage Industries Commission(KVIC).

11.14 SEMFEX-II Scheme: Thescheme has been promoted with theassistance of NABARD to set upagriculture and allied activities,including State Road TransportOperators (SRTO), and also forsetting up of village, cottage, tiny andsmall scale industries in rural areas.The financial assistance in case of

PLACEMENT OF JCOs / ORs

1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004

Central Govt 5188 3992 4035 4982 5153 5503 3508*

State Govt 2825 2540 2219 2136 2162 3092 2177*

Private Sector 3304 3068 2766 3221 3051 3064 2579*

Security Agencies 7140 13810 8717 5650 8679 9543 11920*

*upto December, 2004(Data for the States of Andhra Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Assam,Bihar, Goa, Gujrat, Haryana, Jharkhand, Nagaland, Punjab, Rajasthan, UP,West Bengal, Andman & Nicobar, Chandigarh, Delhi and Pondicherryhave not yet been received)

Page 166: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

165

non-farm sector activities is availableupto SSI limit, for setting up indus-tries in rural areas. This scheme isoperative from the year 1988-89.

11.15 SEMFEX-III Scheme: Thescheme is operative in collaborationwith the Khadi and Village IndustriesCommission (KVIC). The maximumloan limit for individual entrepre-neurs, cooperative societies/institu-tions and trusts is Rs. 25 lakh perproject to establish industries in ruralareas. This scheme is operative fromthe year 1992-93.

11.16 National Equity FundScheme (NEF): The scheme hasbeen launched in collaboration withSIDBI. The financial assistance isavailable to set up projects in tiny/small scale industrial sector, serviceenterprises and also for undertakingexpansion, technology upgradation,modernisation and revival of viable

sick units in SSI Sector. The maxi-mum loan limit is Rs 50 lakh perproject. This scheme is operativefrom the year 2000-01.

11.17 CNG Stations in NationalCapital Region (NCR): The schemefor management of CNG stations,belonging to Indraprastha Gas Lim-ited (IGL), was launched as a pilotproject in July 2001. On the successof the pilot project, the scheme hasbeen extended to management byretired officers. As on date, there are60 retired officers including 3women, managing 70 CNG stations.

11.18 Coal TransportationScheme: DGR sponsors Ex-Service-men Coal Transport Companies forthe execution of loading and trans-portation of coal in various coalsubsidiaries of Coal India Limited(CIL). Unemployed retired officersand JCOs registered with DGR, are

CNG Station being managed by Ex-Servicemen

Page 167: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

166

selected to form ESM Coal TransportCompanies and are sponsored torespective coal subsidiaries for fiveyears, extendable by another fouryears. Presently, nearly 94 suchcompanies are operating under thevarious coal subsidiaries of CIL. Thefunctioning of these companies ismonitored by DGR.

11.19 Coal Tipper Scheme: Thewidows of Defence personnel, whodied while in service due to causesattributable to military service, can besponsored by DGR for attaching onetipper truck in their name with anESM Coal Transport Company.Eligible widow/disabled soldier isrequired to make a deposit ofRs.85,000/- with any of the nomi-nated coal transport company. Thecompany pays them Rs.3000/- permonth for a period of five years, afterwhich the deposited amount ofRs.85,000/- is paid back. At present262 widows and 27 disabled Ex-Servicemen are availing the benefitof this Scheme.

11.20 Allotment of Oil ProductAgencies: Ministry of Petroleum andNatural Gas has reserved 8% of theOil Product Agencies, i.e. LPG deal-ership, petrol pumps, kerosenedistributorship etc. for widows anddependants of those who died dueto causes attributable to militaryservice, and for disabled soldierswith disability attributable to militaryservice. Eligible persons can applyas and when such a vacancy under

�Defence Category� is advertised inthe newspapers. The DGR sponsorseligible candidates. Subsequently aninterview is conducted by a DealerSelection Board constituted by theMinistry of Petroleum and NaturalGas. Final allotment is made by theconcerned oil company to the se-lected candidates. During 2004, 763eligibility certificates have beenissued by DGR till November 30th,2004.

11.21 Allotment of Army SurplusVehicles: Ex-Servicemen and wid-ows of Defence personnel, who diedwhile in service, are eligible to applyfor allotment of an Army surplusphased out Class V-B vehicle. Theapplication forms are routed throughZila/Rajya Sainik Boards, in case ofretired personnel, and through unitsfor those in their last six months ofservice, to DGR for registration andonward submission to Army Head-quarters for allotment on the basis ofdepot-wise seniority maintained bythem.

11.22 Reservation in CSD : TheCanteen Stores Department of India(CSDI) has reserved 15% of the 30selected CSD items and the Ministryof Defence has reserved 10% of the262 selected items manufactured byEx-Servicemen Entrepreneurs underthe Defence Purchase Programmefor which Ex-Servicemen manufactur-ing units alone are eligible.

Page 168: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

167

11.23 Mother Dairy Milk and Fruit& Vegetable Shops: Junior Com-

missioned Officers (JCOs)/Other

Ranks (ORs) are allotted Mother

Dairy milk shops and fruit & veg-

etable shops in the National Capital

Region. 684 milk shops and 280 fruit

& vegetable shops are being oper-

ated by ex-servicemen (ESM). De-

pendant sons (where the ex-service-

men are not eligible) are also consid-

ered for allotment of fruit & vegetable

shops in and around Delhi.

PUBLICITY

11.24 Wide publicity of policies andvarious schemes sponsored by DGRis of paramount importance so as toreach each unit and ex-servicemen/widows across the length andbreadth of the country. This is doneby the DGR by means of publicationof its periodical magazines�PUNARVAS�, brochures, leaflets,articles in Sainik Samachar andBaatcheet. The electronic media isalso used for the above purpose.

11.25 The DGR had put up a stall atthe Aero-India 2005 at Bangalore tospread awareness about schemesconcerning Ex-Servicemen. Variousother forums provided by CommandHQs, RSBs and Sainik Sammelansare also being utilised for publicitypurpose.

11.26 A film on Armed Forces FlagDay was telecast on the NationalChannel of Doordarshan on Decem-

ber 6th and 7th, 2004. A live telecastof interview of DGR was telecast onDoordarshan on December 6th and7th, 2004, alongwith a resume ofschemes being run by DGR. Theseare also being publicised throughCD-ROMs forwarded down to ZSBsand Units.

WELFARE

11.27 The Kendriya Sainik Board(KSB) under the chairmanship ofRaksha Mantri, is the nodal agencyto look after the welfare of ex-service-men and their families in liaison withRajya Sainik Boards/Zila SainikBoards. The KSB also administersvarious welfare activities through theArmed Forces Flag Day Fund, whichare financed from interest earnings ofthe fund. The fund has a corpus ofRs 18.29 crores. Financial assis-tance is provided to institutions, suchas, paraplegic homes at Kirkee andMohali, the Red Cross Society,Cheshire Homes, Military Hospitals,St. Dunstan�s After CareOrganisation and Homes for takingcare of old and physically handi-capped ex-servicemen and theirdependents. Financial assistance isalso provided to individual ex-ser-vicemen and their families who are ina state of penury to meet their spe-cific needs. DGR also funds therunning of Armed Forces Hospitals,War Widows Hostels, scholarships toex-servicemen�s orphans and othersuch philanthropic activities.

Page 169: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

168

11.28 Assistance from RakshaMantri�s Fund: A portion of theearnings of Armed Forces Flag DayFund is set apart as Raksha Mantri�sDiscretionary Fund which is used toprovide financial assistance to poorand needy ex-servicemen for vari-ous purposes, viz, medical treat-ment, daughter�s marriage, houserepair and education of children.Monthly financial assistance, upto aperiod of two years, is also providedto old and infirm ex-servicemen andwidows of ex-servicemen living inpenury.

11.29 Concessions and FacilitiesUnder-mentioned concessions andfacilities are available to eligiblepersonnel:-

(a) Free educational facilities toChildren of Defence personnel killedor disabled in action, in schools/colleges recognised by the Centralor State Governments.

(b) 28 seats in the MBBS, oneseat in BDS and one seat in engi-neering stream are available throughKSB to dependants/wards of certaincategories of defence personnelthrough Ministry of Health and FamilyWelfare.

(c) 25% seats are reserved for thewards of serving and ex-servicemenpersonnel in Sainik Schools.

(d) States/UTs have made reserva-

tion of seats in professional colleges/

ITIs/polytechnics for wards of serving

and retired defence personnel.

(e) Two educational grants where(i) Rs 600/- per month are providedto the wards of war bereaved and (ii)Rs 300/- to the wards of disabled(attributable/non-attributable) andpeace time casualties, housed in 35War Memorial Hostels to enablethem to pursue their studies.

(f) Medical Facilities to Ex-Servicemen: Presently, ex-service-men, their families and families ofdeceased Service personnel drawingpension of any kind are entitled tofree out-patient treatment in 127Military Hospitals and more than1000 Medical Inspection (MI) Roomsincluding 24 exclusively reserved forex-servicemen. In-patient treatment isalso provided subject to availabilityof beds. Ex-servicemen who are notavailing medical facilities from Mili-tary Hospitals may choose to drawRs. 100/- every month for medicaltreatment. Henceforth, only non-pensioner ESM/dependents will beprovided financial assistance fromArmed Forces Flag Day Fund fortreatment of specified serious dis-eases. From April 1st, 2005, medicalsupport from DGR/KSB will only beavailable for non-pensioners. Pen-sioner ex-servicemen and widowsdrawing pension will have to dependupon Ex-Servicemen ContributoryHealth Scheme.

Page 170: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

169

(g) Ex-Servicemen ContributoryHealth Scheme (ECHS): A newmedical scheme for providing com-prehensive medical care to ex-ser-vicemen, War widows and theirdependents on the pattern of CentralGovernment Health Scheme (CGHS)introduced with effect from April 1st,2003 is being implemented in aphased manner in five years. Thedetails of the scheme are as under:-

(i) The ECHS covers completespectrum of ESM pensioners, warwidows and dependents settled in farflung areas of the country through anetwork of 227 poly clinics in 104military and 123 non-military stations.

(ii) The ESM and their depen-dents are required to make a contri-bution at the same rate at which theCentral Government pensioners arerequired to make such contributionfor availing medical facilities underthe CGHS after retirement. To ame-liorate the financial hardship ofESM, the Government has decidedto allow remittance of contribution inthree consecutive yearly install-ments.

(iii) Enrolling into the ECHS isoptional for ESM pensioners whoretired on or before March 31st, 2003.Those who opted not to join thescheme will continue to draw medi-cal allowance of Rs. 100/- per month.This option of joining the ECHS hasto be exercised latest by March 31st,2008. The ECHS is, however, com-

pulsory for all Service pensionersretiring with effect from April 1st,2003.

(iv) In addition to existing servicehospitals/poly clinics, good andqualified civil hospitals/diagnosticcentres are being empanelled. Theywill provide back-up support for in-patient hospitalization/treatment/investigations where and whenservice hospitals do not have bedspace or facilities.

(h) Travel Concession: Thefollowing concessions are availableto War Widows/Gallantry AwardWinners, which can be availed onproduction of identity card issued byKSB:-

Rail Travel Concession:

(i) 75% concession in rail farefor travel in II class is available towidows of personnel killed in warand action against terrorist andextremists.

(ii) Free Rail travel is available in IClass /AC 2 tier to the recipients ofParam Vir Chakra, Maha Vir Chakra,Ashok Chakra, Vir Chakra, KirtiChakra and Shaurya Chakraalongwith companion;

(iii) Param Vir Chakra, Maha VirChakra and Vir Chakra awardees arealso allowed for free Rail travel in ACII tier/AC III tier of Rajdhani and ChairCar of Shatabdi/Jan Shatabdi Ex-press trains alongwith a companionin the same class.

Page 171: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

170

Air Travel Concession:

(i) 75% concession is allowed torecipients of Gallantry Awards ofLevel I and Level II viz. Param VirChakra, Ashok Chakra, Maha VirChakra and Kirti Chakra, VictoriaCross, George Cross, DistinguishedService Cross, Military Cross, distin-guished Flying Cross and Georgemedal.

(ii) 75% concession is available topermanently war disabled officerswho have been invalidated of serviceand the dependent members of theirfamilies;

(iii) 75% concession to war wid-ows of post-Independence era.

(i) Reservation of House Sites/Houses: Majority of States havemade reservations for serving/retiredArmed Forces personnel in allotmentof house sites/houses.

(j) Grant for Repair of Houses:Financial assistance is providedespecially to War Widows/War-disabled for repair of houses on50% cost sharing basis with StateGovernments upto an extent ofRs 10,000/-.

(k) Sainik Rest House Facilities:Over 252 Sainik Rest Houses havebeen built in the country, whichprovide transit facilities to ex-service-men and their dependants at nomi-nal rates.

(l) Cash Award/Annuity/Cash,in lieu of Land for Gallantry/NonGallantry Award Winners: TheStates/UTs provide Cash Award/Annuity/Cash in lieu of land for Gal-lantry/Non gallantry Award winners.

PENSION TO ARMED FORCESPERSONNEL

11.30 As on December, 2004 thenumber of Defence pensioners isestimated to be about 20.93 lakh.Every year approximately 55,000more pensioners are added to thisnumber. The estimated budgetprovision for the year 2004-05 isRs.11250.00 crore. The pension isdisbursed through 35000 branchesof Public Sector Banks, 534 Treasur-ies, 61 Defence Pension DisbursingOffices (DPDOs) and 5 Pay andAccounts Offices (PAOs) scattered allover India. The eligibility conditions,rates etc. of different types of pen-sion are detailed in the succeedingparagraphs.

RETIRING/SERVICE PENSION

11.31 For Commissioned Officersthe retiring/service pension is calcu-lated at 50% of the averagereckonable emoluments drawnduring the last 10 months. In thecase of Personnel Below OfficersRank (PBOR), it is calculated withreference to the maximum of thescale of pay of the rank and groupheld for 10 months preceding retire-ment. Retiring pension shall be

Page 172: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

171

subject to a minimum of Rs.1275/-p.m. and maximum of upto 50% ofthe highest pay applicable to ArmedForces personnel. For pre- 1996pensioners, as per the formulaevolved under the modified parity,with effect from January 1st, 1996,pension would not be less than 50%of the minimum pay in the revisedscale of pay for thecorresponding rank, held by thepensioners.

11.32 Weightage: Considering the

early age of retirement of Armed

Forces personnel, they are given

weightage for computing service

pension. In the case of Commis-

sioned Officers, the minimum pe-

riod of qualifying service required

for earning retiring pension is 20

years. The officers are given benefit

of weightage ranging from 3 to 9

years depending on the rank. The

minimum period of qualifying ser-

vice for Personnel Below Officers

Rank for earning retiring pension is

15 years. They are given a uniform

weightage of 5 years. For calculat-

ing gratuity, a uniform weightage of

5 years is given to all ranks.

COMMUTATION OF PENSION

11.33 Armed Forces personnel arepermitted higher commutation oftheir pension at 43% for officers and45% for PBORs as compared to 40%for civilians.

FAMILY PENSION

11.34 Families of Armed Forcespersonnel who die during service orafter retirement with pension, aregranted family pension at a uniformrate of 30% of reckonable emolu-ments. With effect from January 1st,1996, the amount of minimum familypension has been raised to Rs.1275/-p.m. from Rs.375/- p.m. With effectfrom January 1st, 1998 ordinaryfamily pension is also admissible todependant parents, widowed/ di-vorced daughters who fulfill theprescribed eligibility criteria.

11.35 With effect from July 27th,2001, family pension admissibleunder the Employees PensionScheme, 1995 and the FamilyPension Scheme, 1971 have beenallowed in addition to the familypension admissible under therelevant Pension Regulation.

DISABILITY PENSION

11.36 A person who is released orretired from service on account of adisease or injury which is attributableto or aggravated by military service,is entitled to disability pension if thedisability assessed by the MedicalBoard is 20% or more. Oninvalidment from service on accountof causes attributable to or aggra-vated by military service, the extentof disability or functional in-capacityis determined at 50% if the disabilityis less than 50%, 75% if it is between

Page 173: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

172

50 and 75% and 100% if it is between76% and 100%. This is an improve-ment introduced with effect fromJanuary 1st, 1996 on the recommen-dations of the 5th Central Pay Com-mission.

11.37 Disability pension consists oftwo elements viz., the service ele-ment and disability element. Serviceelement is related to the length ofservice rendered by the individual atthe time of invalidation and the dis-ability element is paid in the form ofcompensation for the disablementand depends on the degree of dis-ablement. The rate of disabilitypension is Rs. 2600/- p.m. for Com-missioned Officers, Rs.1900/- p.m.for Junior Commissioned Officersand Rs.1550/- p.m. for other ranks.For individuals who are retained inservice despite disability and retire/are discharged on attaining the ageof retirement or on completion oftenure, the same rates are applicablewith effect from January 1st, 1996 ifthe disability is assessed as 100%.

WAR INJURY PENSION

11.38 Considering the supremesacrifice made by the Armed Forcespersonnel during war or war likesituations or action against extrem-ists, anti-social elements etc, WarInjury Pension is granted to thepersonnel who sustain injury ordisability during such operations.Service element is equal to retiring/service pension to which he/she

would have been entitled to on thebasis of his/her pay on the date ofinvalidment but counting serviceupto the date on which he/she wouldhave retired in that rank in the normalcourse including weightage as ad-missible. War Injury element payableis equal to reckonable emolumentslast drawn for 100% disablement.However, in no case, the aggregateof service element and war injuryelement will exceed the last paydrawn.

11.39 In case a person is found tohave a disability which is sustainedduring war or war like situationsand the disability is assessed at20% or more for life but the indi-vidual is retained in service despitesuch disability and opts for lumpsum compensation, he shall bepaid the lump sum compensationin lieu of war injury element. Therate for calculation of lump sumcompensation in lieu of war injuryelement for 100% disability for lifewill be Rs.5200/- per month forCommissioned Officers, Rs.3800/-p.m. for Junior CommissionedOfficers and Rs.3100/-p.m. forOther Ranks.

CONSTANT ATTENDANCEALLOWANCE

11.40 Personnel with 100% disabilityare paid a Constant AttendanceAllowance at the rate of Rs.600/- permonth on the recommendation of theMedical Board.

Page 174: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

173

SPECIAL FAMILY PENSION

11.41 If the death of a Service per-

sonnel has occurred on account of

causes attributable to or aggravated

by military service the family is paid

special family pension at the rate of

60% of reckonable emoluments

drawn by the deceased subject to a

minimum of Rs.2550/- per month.

Widows who got remarried on or

after January 1st, 1996 are also eli-

gible for special family pension

subject to certain conditions.

LIBERALISED FAMILY PENSION

11.42 In the event of death of ArmedForces personnel in war or war likeoperations, counter insurgencyoperations, action against terrorists,extremists etc. the families aregranted Liberalised Family pensionat the rate equal to reckonableemoluments last drawn by the de-ceased personnel at the time ofdeath. If the personnel is not sur-vived by widow, but is survived bychildren, they are entitled toliberalised family pension at the rateequal to 60% of reckonable emolu-ments last drawn by the deceasedsubject to fulfillment of prescribedconditions.

11.43 With effect from January1st,1996 on remarriage of widow, fullliberalized family pension wouldcontinue to her subject to certainprescribed conditions.

REVISED PROCEDURE FORASSESSMENT OF DEGREE OFDISABILITY

11.44 As per the revised procedure

introduced on the basis of the rec-

ommendations of the 5th Central Pay

Commission, periodical reviews by

Re-Survey Medical Board for reas-

sessment and continuance of disabil-

ity pension has been dispensed with.

In injury cases, the percentage of

disability as recommended by

Invaliding/ Release Medical Board is

treated as final unless the individual

himself requests for a review. Simi-

larly, in case of diseases of perma-

nent nature, the assessment of

degree of disability as recommended

by the Medical Boards is treated as

final unless the individual himself

asks for a review.

EX-GRATIA AWARDS IN CASESOF DEATH OF CADETS (DIRECT)

11.45 The following ex-gratia awardsare payable subject to certain condi-

tions in the event of death of a cadetdue to causes attributable to oraggravated by military training:

(a) Ex-gratia lumpsum of Rs. 2.5lakh

(b) An ex-gratia of Rs. 1275/- permonth in respect of bothmarried and unmarried per-

sonnel, to Next of Kin (NOKs)in addition to (a) above.

Page 175: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

174

11.46 The ex-gratia lumpsum isadmissible in cases of death ofcadets occurring on or after August1st, 1997. However, the benefit ofrevised monthly ex-gratia amount asmentioned at (b) above, is admis-sible to pre August 1st, 1997 casesalso with financial effect with effectfrom August 1st, 1997.

EX-GRATIA AWARDS IN CASESOF DISABILITY OF CADETS(DIRECT)

11.47 The following ex-gratiaawards are payable subject tocertain conditions in the event ofinvalidment of cadet (Direct) onmedical grounds due to causesattributable to or aggravated bymilitary training :

(a) Monthly ex-gratia of Rs. 1275/-per month

(b) Ex-gratia disability award @ Rs2100/-per month for 100 %disability during the period ofdisablement. The amount isreduced proportionately from

the ex-gratia disability award incase the degree of disable-ment is less than 100 %.

(c) Constant Attendance Allow-ance (CAA) of Rs. 600/-permonth for 100 % disability onthe recommendation ofInvaliding Medical Board.

11.48 The ex-gratia disability awardsare applicable with effect from Au-gust 1st, 1997. However, the benefitis admissible to pre August 1st, 1997cases also, with financial effect fromAugust 1st, 1997.

EX GRATIA AWARD IN THEEVENT OF DEATH WHILEPERFORMING MILITARY DUTY

11.49 In pursuance of the recom-mendations of the 5th Central PayCommission, in addition to SpecialFamily Pension/Liberalised FamilyPension, Ex-gratia is granted to thefamily of a deceased service per-sonnel in the event of death occur-ring on or after August 1st, 1997 asunder: -

(a) Death occurring due to accidents in the Rs. 5.00 Lakhcourse of performance of duties

(b) Death occurring in the course of performance Rs. 5.00 Lakhof duties attributable to acts of violence byterrorists, anti-social elements etc.

(c) Death occurring during(i) border skirmishes and(ii) action against militants, terrorists, extremists etc. Rs. 7.50 Lakh*

(d) Death occurring during enemy action in Rs. 10.00 Lakh*international war or such war like engagements *(with effect fromwhich are specifically notified by the Govt. May 1st,1999)

Page 176: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

175

STEPS TAKEN FOR REDRESSALOF GRIEVANCES OF DEFENCEPENSIONERS

11.50 It has been the constant en-deavour of Ministry of Defence tostrengthen the mechanism forredressal of the grievances of theDefence pensioners promptly andeffectively. In order to achieve thisend, several steps were initiated inthe recent past. Some of the stepstaken in this regard are as under:

(i) Various agencies involved inhandling the pension mattersof Defence pensioners haveinitiated action to computerisethe records so that the delay inprocessing the pension mat-ters is reduced.

(ii) PCDA(P), Allahabad hasplaced the relevant ordersand instructions relating topension on their web site.

(iii) The procedure for assessmentof disability for grant of disabil-ity pension has been simplifiedand now there is no need forrepeated assessment of thedisability by the MedicalBoards.

(iv) In order to address the legiti-mate grievances of the ArmedForces pensioners, DefencePension Adalats are organisedin different parts of the countrywhere redressal is provided ina time bound manner.

(v) In order to reduce the hard-ship for the pensioners, it hasbeen decided that all thebanks having Defence pen-sioners� accounts would issuethe Annual Life Certificatewithout charging any fees.

(vi) A single window system forissue of first payment chequeshas been introduced inDPDOs for hassle free andprompt release of first pay-ment cheques.

(vii) Henceforth, entitlement topension of Armed Forcespensioners will remain unaf-fected on change of nationalityand their pension will not bestopped by the Pension Dis-bursing Offices as was doneearlier.

8.51 With the adoption of theaforesaid steps, it is expected thatthe grievances of the pensionerswould be reduced considerably, andeven if there are grievances, thosewould be attended to promptly andexpeditiously.

8.52 The annual expenditure onDefence pensions, during last threeyears, is as follows: -

Year Pension Disbursed(Rs. Crore)

2002-03 (Actual) 10091.642003-04 (Actual) 10999.672004-05 (BE) 11250.002004-05 (RE) 11922.002005-06 (BE) 12452.00 (Proposed)

Page 177: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

176

Page 178: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

177

COOPERATION bETWEEN THE aRMED fORCES

AND cIVIL aUTHORITIES

Army shows its humane face by providing help to the needy

12

Page 179: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

178

12.1 Besides ensuring inviolability

of the borders of our country, the

Armed Forces are also mandated to

assist the civil authorities for mainte-

nance of law and order and/ or

essential services as well as for

rescue and relief operations during

natural calamities. Besides providing

actual relief, the Armed Forces con-

tinue to maintain regular liaison with

the civil authorities to refine contin-

gency planning and ensure timely

response. The details of assistance

provided by the Armed Forces dur-

ing the period are outlined in the

succeeding paragraphs.

ARMY

12.2 Tsunami Disaster - Assis-tance Provided by Indian Army:An earthquake measuring Nine on

Richter Scale, largest in the last 40

years, struck Andaman and Nicobar

Group of islands at 0629 hours on

December 26, 2004. The epicentre of

the earthquake was reportedly West

of Sumatra (Indonesia). The earth-

quake generated tsunami waves,

which besides causing widespread

damage in Indonesia, Thailand,

COOPERATION BETWEEN THE ARMED

FORCES AND CIVIL AUTHORITIES

Sri Lanka and Maldives, caused

extreme damage to the Andaman

and Nicobar Islands and the coastal

states of Tamil Nadu and Kerala.

12.3 The Armed Forces have since

been committed in one of the largest

relief operations. Response to the

disaster was launched on a war

footing and the tri-service coordina-

tion team under HQ IDS was set up

immediately on December 26, 2004.

The relief not only included assis-

tance within the country, but also to

Sri Lanka, Maldives and later to

Indonesia. The response was coor-

dinated through the Interim National

Command Post (INCP).

Army in relief operation in the Tsunami affectedarea

Page 180: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

179

ARMY RELIEF AND RESCUEEFFORTS

12.4 Sri Lanka (OP RAINBOW):

(a) One Field Ambulance com-prising 9 doctors and 130 paramed-ics was airlifted to Sri Lanka onDecember 31, 2004. The FieldAmbulance provided aid inHambantota and Matara Districts inSouthern Sri Lanka. Aid has beenprovided to approx 7,846 patients.Mobile hygiene and sanitationteams visited relief camps andvillages.

(b) The Army has provided 66tonnes of rations, 4.5 KL of keroseneoil, 7 tonnes of medicines and30,000 pairs of socks.

(c) Two Composite Task Forcescarried out relief and rehabilitationtasks in Galle and Hikaduwa, to helpin distribution of relief material, resto-ration of power supply, telephonecommunications, water supply,construction of temporary toilets andassistance in construction of a bridgeat Televatha.

12.5 Andaman and NicobarIslands (Op SEA WAVES)

(a) One Infantry Brigade and fourEngineer Task Forces were pressedto carry out relief and rescue opera-tions in Car Nicobar, Trinkat, Chowra,Hut Bay and Tarasa since December26, 2004.

(b) Following assistance has beenprovided :-

(i) Assistance in evacuation of9345 persons and burial of922 bodies.

(ii) Establishment of 50 reliefcamps, catering for 15,000people. Debris clearance andimprovement in living andsanitary conditions of coloniesof Car Nicobar.

(iii) Distribution of 168 tonnes ofrations and relief material.

(iv) Establishment of a fieldkitchen in Car Nicobar anddistribution of cooked food to900 persons daily.

(v) Road opening/repair/construc-tion. Total of 19 km of road/track has been cleared/re-paired in Carnic. A new roadalignment of 12 km length isunder construction fromCarnic to Arong Camp.

(vi) Restoration of electricity in 25colonies in Car Nicobar, Dis-trict Headquarters and VillageMalacca, including installationof 25 generators.

(vii) Restoration of telephoneconnectivity between Carnicand Port Blair with STD facility.

(viii) Water supply, including estab-lishment of one water well andfive water points in CarNicobar.

Page 181: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

180

(ix) Provision of medical aid to5,770 persons. Hygiene andsanitation drive wascarried out in a number ofvillages.

(x) Construction of one temporaryhelipad at Arong Camp.

12.6 Tamil Nadu and Pondicherry(Op MADAD). Four infantry col-umns and three engineer columnswere deployed immediately in thedistricts of Nagappattinam,Cuddalore, Kanchipuram andKalpakkam. Following assistancehas been provided :-

(a) Evacuation of 8500 personsand burial of 68 dead bodies.

(b) Assistance in recovery of 172stranded boats and 23 trawlerboats.

(c) Distribution of cooked food to14,400 persons.

(d) Provision and distribution ofrations and relief material.

(e) Medical treatment to 6,002patients, including arrange-ment for counseling of traumacases.

(f) Road opening and clearing ofdebris. A total of 15 km roadlength and 25 streets havebeen cleared in various loca-tions.

(g) Repairing of civil boats andmotor boats.

(h) Construction of two cause-ways in Nagappattinam Dis-trict.

(j) Assistance in construction oftemporary shelters.

(k) Conduct of informative classeson employment opportunities /recruitment in CuddaloreDistrict.

(l) Construction of a 100 feetbailey bridge in Karaikal.

12.7 Kerala (Op MADAD): FiveArmy relief columns carried out reliefand rescue operations inThiruvananthapuram, Alleppey,Karunagappally and Allapapputura.

12.8 Flood Relief Operations

(a) Bihar: Commencing July 9,2004, the flood situation inBihar worsened rapidly, render-ing the districts of Sitamarhi,Madhubani and Darbhangatotally cut off by surface meansfrom the rest of the mainland.Later, the flood waters spread tothe neighbouring districts ofKhagaria, Samastipur andKishanganj, leading to largescale floods. A total of 10 floodrelief columns were deployed ina progressive manner in Biharfor flood relief operations witheffect from July 9, 2004. Armycarried out rescue and reliefoperations on a large scale,wherein 5,712 marooned civil-

Page 182: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

181

ians were rescued /evacuatedand 9,047 persons were pro-vided medical aid. Besides, theCivil Administration was as-sisted in distribution of 802tonnes of rations.

(b) Assam: During the first weekof July 2004, Assam witnessedlarge-scale floods. The floodsituation worsened, particularlyin the Districts of Kokrajhar,Barpeta, Goalpara, Nalbari,Kamrup, Darrang, Morigaon,Nowgaon, Dhemaji, Tinsukiaand Cachar. A total of 24 col-umns were deployed in theabove districts for flood reliefoperations. Apart from the reliefcolumns, special medicalcamps were also set up in theaffected areas. During reliefand rescue operations, 10,779persons were rescued /evacu-ated and 1,01,715 personswere provided with medical aidand relief. Apart from this232.49 tonnes of relief rationswere also distributed. Armyagain conducted relief reservemissions during the Octoberfloods.

(c) Due to flash floods,large areasin the states of Punjab,Haryana, Gujarat, Rajasthanwere affected. Nearly 34 armycolumns were employed tocarry out the flood relief opera-tions and nearly 5000 people

were rescued and shifted tosafe areas.

(d) Flood Alert : HimachalPradesh. The Kinnaur Districtin Himachal Pradesh faced animpending disaster on July 29,2004, when a major landslide inthe Chinese territory near Karakblocked the flow of water intoRiver Pare Chu. The Armyundertook a proactive role inplanning the management ofthe impending disaster, inconjunction with the CentralGovernment and the State CivilAdministration. Liaison wasmaintained with the Chineseauthorities through the hot lineat Chushul, as also through flagmeetings. In response to theArmy�s request, the Chineseprovided timely and progressivewarning notices of the impend-ing disaster. All civilians andArmy / Indo Tibetan BorderPolice (ITBP) units, located inthe danger zone, were evacu-ated to safe areas, well in time.

(e) Landslide in Chamoli Districtof Uttaranchal.On July 6,2004, a major landslide oc-curred at Lambagarh (18 kmSouth of Badrinath) onJoshimath � Badrinath Road,creating a 100 metre breachalong the Alaknanda River. Thisresulted in approximately 1600pilgrims getting stranded at

Page 183: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

182

Badrinath. In another incidenton the same road, three ve-hicles including a bus wereinvolved in an accident due toboulders falling on the road.About 31 persons were fearedkilled or missing in the fast flowof the river. Based on a requisi-tion from the State Government,the Army Formation and unitslocated in Joshimath �Badrinath were activated, forimmediate rescue and reliefoperations. Army personnelfacilitated the movement ofstranded people from Badrinathand ensured their safe passagethrough a three km long hydel-project tunnel, located nearthe site. A total of 2345 per-sons were evacuated during theperiod July 7 to 9, 2004. Apartfrom this, Army provided neces-sary transport for the movementof pilgrims and for restoration ofBSNL mobile links at Badrinathand Joshimath.

NAVY

12.9 Medical Camps: Medical andBlood donation camps are regularlyorganised by various naval Com-mands and outlying units.

(a) Two medical camps were con-ducted at village Chapala-Uppada and at SOS children�svillage. Around 300 patientswere treated and free medical

check-up of all the children wascarried out.

(b) The destitute children of Nehru

Seva Sangh Orphanage at

Banpur were given basic logis-

tic support in the form of medi-

cal aid and food through the

Naval Wives Welfare Associa-

tion (NWWA) Centre at Chilka.

(c) With a view to provide medical

aid to the nearby poor and

needy villagers and to create

health awareness amongst

them, medical camps were

organised at Vadakkankulam

village on October 6, 2004 and

at Kanmaniyin Kudiyiruppu at

Parappadi village on November

1, 2004. More than 850 villagers

benefited from these camps.

12.10 Communal Harmony Week:Debates with the theme of �National

Integration� were organised by the

Western Naval Command to encour-

age communal harmony.

12.11 Other Initiatives: Various

other initiatives taken by the Navy to

promote healthy relations with civil-

ians are:-

(a) Employment of physically

challenged.

(b) Programmes like medical

check-ups.

(c) HIV awareness workshops.

Page 184: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

183

(d) Running schools for physically

challenged children and provid-

ing mid-day meal to under

privileged children.

12.12 Welfare of Senior Citizens,Tuticorin: The MI Room of the unit

regularly undertakes medical check-

ups of Senior Citizens residing in the

Base. Besides this, nature walks to

nearby temples are also organised.

AIR FORCE

12.13 Aid to Civil Power: IAFIL-76 and AN-32 aircraft rushed paramilitary forces into the troubled NorthEastern States during July 19-22,2004 to bring the situation undercontrol. Approximately 1250 troopswere airlifted.

12.14 Flood Relief Operations:Indian Air Force undertook floodrelief operations in Bihar, Assam, andArunachal Pradesh. Floods in Biharhad been unprecedented and IAFhelicopters carried out the largestever relief operations with over 10helicopters, in July 2004. During the25 days of flood relief operations, thehelicopters carried out 1000 hours offlying, carrying 1100 tons of foodmaterial / medicines and rescuingover 1400 people. In addition, exten-sive relief work was also undertakenin the states of Assam and ArunachalPradesh. A total of 270 hours wereflown airlifting 496.77 tons of materialand 1934 civilians during these relief

operations. IAF IL-76 and AN-32moved the bulk supplies, reliefequipment and Army columns intothe major hubs from where furthercoordination was undertaken.

12.15 Operation Seawave: Tsunamistruck the Indian Ocean on Decem-ber 26, 2004. The IAF immediatelylaunched a search and rescue mis-sion by Mi 8 helicopter from Carnicairfield. Everyday, five IL-76, fifteenAN 32, two HS-748 and six helicop-ters took part in relief operations inAndaman & Nicobar Sector. Theairlift included carrying relief materialfrom mainland to Carnic & Port Blair,inter island shuttles evacuatingpersonnel and providing search &rescue. Additional five helicoptersreached Carnic on January 04, 2005to assist in relief operations fromCarnic. Relief operations in Colomboand Male� sector were also carriedout using two HS-748 and six Heli-copters (Mi-8 & Mi-17) operatingdaily and airlifting approximately 17Tons and evacuating the requiredpersonnel. A total of 2100.873 tons ofload and relief material and 14415passengers were airlifted from af-fected areas on January 14, 2005.

12.16 Casualty Evacuation: Casu-alty evacuation was undertaken inNorthern and Eastern sectors forcivilians, military and paramilitaryforces. A total of 128 persons wereairlifted including 11 foreign touristsfrom inaccessible mountainous terrain.

Page 185: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

184

12.17 Election Duties: IAF waspressed into Lok Sabha and Stateelection duties in the country. A totalof 2429 personnel and 3565 tons ofload was airlifted to forward areas inNorth/Eastern sectors and sensitiveareas in the country, for carrying outthe election duties. The flying effortcontributed greatly towards efficientconduct of elections in the year2004.

12.18 Air Maintenance Operations:The IAF continues to provide airlogistic support to the Army andother civilian agencies operating inthe difficult and far flung areas in thenorthern and eastern sectors. Bothfixed wing aircraft and helicopterscontinue to operate round the year,

airlifting approximately 37000 tons ofload. The IAF provides a life-line tothe troops and other personnel inthese areas through air landing andairdrop operations.

12.19 Co-Operation betweenArmed Forces and CivilAuthorities. Trained manpower isbeing provided on a regular basis toAviation Research Center (ARC),Border Security Force, DefenceResearch and DevelopmentOrganisations and various Tri-Ser-vices organisations including NCCunits. Presently, about 400 personnelbelow Officer�s rank have beenprovided to Tri-ServicesOrganisations. Similarly, NCC unitshave been provided 788 personnel.

Army bulldozer clearing deadly snow cover on National Highway in Jammu and Kashmir

Page 186: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

185

NATIONAL CADET CORPS

NCC Cadets during Republic Day Parade

13

Page 187: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

186

13.1 The National Cadet Corps(NCC) was established under theNCC Act, 1948. It has completed 56years of existence. The NCC strivesto provide the youth of the countryopportunities for all round develop-ment with a sense of commitment,dedication, self-discipline and moralvalues, so that they become goodleaders and useful citizens. Themotto of NCC is �Unity and Disci-pline�. The progress and quality oftraining is reviewed periodically andchanges incorporated to bring aboutimprovements.

13.2 The total sanctioned strengthof NCC cadets is about 13 lakh. Thewing-wise distribution of the cadetstrength is as under: -

(a) Army Wing - 9,70,549(b) Air Wing - 67,000(c) Naval Wing - 66,251(d Girls Wing - 1,81,853

The NCC�s presence can be felt inalmost all the districts of the countrycovering 8,029 schools and 4,816colleges.

TRAINING OF CADETS

13.3 Training Camps: CampTraining is an important part of NCCcurriculum. The camps help in

NATIONAL CADET CORPS

developing camaraderie, teamwork,dignity of labour, and self-confi-dence. These camps also inculcatethe value of unity and disciplineamong the cadets. The campsconducted during the year are aslisted below: -

(a) Annual Training Camps(ATC): Annual Training

Camps are conducted at State

Directorate level so as to ensure

that a minimum of 50% of

enrolled strength of cadets,

numbering approximately 6.5

lakhs, attend at least one camp

per year. On an average, 900

such camps are conducted in a

training year. 2,48,920 cadets

have attended these camps

during the training year com-

mencing 1st July, 2004.

(b) National Integration Camps(NIC): Out of 37 National

Integration Camp (NIC) planned

for the year 2004-05, 36 camps

were held in which cadets from

all States and Union Territories

participated. In addition, spe-

cial NICs were conducted at the

following places: -

Page 188: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

187

(i) NIC Leh: From July 1st to16th, 2004 in which a total of180 cadets from all parts of thecountry participated.

(ii) NIC CHAKABAMA: Thespecial national integrationcamp in the North East wasconducted at Chakabama(Nagaland) from October 1st

to 12th , 2004 where 200cadets from the North EastRegion and 600 cadets fromthe rest of India participated.

(iii) NIC Srinagar: A specialNIC was conducted atSrinagar from May 20th to 31st,2004 and a total of 300 cadetsfrom all parts of the countryparticipated.

(iv) NIC Port Blair: A specialNIC Port Blair (Andaman &Nicobar Island) was held fromMarch 2nd to 13th, 2005 inwhich 130 cadets, including 80cadets from the mainland,participated.

(c) Vayu Sainik Camp (VSC):Every year an All India VayuSainik Camp for Air Wing Se-nior Division/Senior Wing ca-dets is organised for a period of12 days. This year the campwas conducted at Air ForceStation Jalahalli (Bangalore)from October 4th to 15th, 2004in which 420 Senior Divisionand 180 Senior Wing cadetsparticipated.

(d) Nau Sainik Camp (NSC): Thiscamp is also organised once ayear for 12 days. 400 SeniorDivision cadets and 160 SeniorWing cadets attended the campwhich was conducted atVisakhapatnam from October25th to November 5th, 2004.

(e) Thal Sainik Camps (TSC):Two TSCs are conducted atRepublic Day Parade ground,Delhi every year i.e., one forSenior Division/Junior Divisionboy and the other for SeniorWing /Junior Wing girls. 640boy and 640 girl cadets takepart in these camps. This yearthe camps were conductedfrom October 8th to 19th, 2004.

(f) Leadership Camps: Thesecamps are conducted on an AllIndia basis. There are fourAdvance Leadership Camps(ALC), one each for SeniorDivision, Junior Division, SeniorDivision Naval Wing boys andSenior Wing girls and threeBasic Leadership Camps, oneeach for Senior Division boys,Senior Wing and Junior Winggirls. These camps conductedduring the months of Septem-ber and October, 2004, im-parted training to 2950 boy andgirl cadets.

(g) Rock Climbing Camps: Dur-ing the months of Novemberand December, 2004 two NCC

Page 189: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

188

Directorates viz., Kerala andLakhshadweep Directorate andMadhya Pradesh andChhattisgarh Directorateorganised rock climbing campsfor Senior/Junior Division boysand Senior/Junior Wing girls.

(h) Republic Day Camp �2005:Republic Day Camp-2005 wasconducted from January 1st to29th, 2005 at Delhi. The Campwas attended by 1800 cadetsfrom all over India, besidescadets of friendly foreign coun-tries with whom NCC has aYouth Exchange Programme.Inter Directorate competitionsconnected with institutionaltraining, cultural competitionsand National Integration aware-ness presentations were con-

ducted during the month longCamp. The Camp was inaugu-rated by the Vice-President ofIndia on January 8th, 2005 andthe Prime Minister�s Rally washeld on January 27th, 2005.The Camp culminated with teafor selected cadets hosted atRashtrapati Bhawan.

13.4 Attachment Training: TheNCC cadets gain first hand experi-ence of immense value by attach-ment to the Armed Forces units.During the year, attachments con-ducted were as under: -

(a) 364 Officers and 17132 cadetswere attached to the regularArmy units. This includedWomen Officers and SeniorWing girl cadets.

Horse Show by NCC Cadet

Page 190: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

189

(b) 120 cadets were attached toIndian Military Academy,Dehradun during June 2004and 48 girls to Officers TrainingAcademy, Chennai duringSeptember, 2004. Both attach-ments were for a duration oftwo weeks.

(c) 1000 girl cadets were attachedwith various Military Hospitalsduring the year.

(d) 38 Senior Division and 12Senior Wing cadets of Air Wingwere attached to Air ForceAcademy, Dundigal (Dindigul)from October 9th to 21st, 2004.

(e) Naval Attachment � INSMandovi : Third attachmenttraining camp for Naval Wing(Senior Division) cadets wasconducted at Naval Academy,INS Mandovi, Goa for a dura-tion of 12 days from December20th, 2004 to January 2nd, 2005.25 Senior Division cadets fromall 16 Directorates attended thetraining.

13.5 Gliding and Microlite Flying:Gliding facilities are provided at 38NCC Air Squadrons, which carriedout 18818 launches during the year.Microlite flying is being conducted inNCC as an adventure activity with aview to give air experience to the AirWing NCC cadets (Senior Division).A total of 3262 hours of microliteflying was undertaken during theyear.

13.6 Sea Training: NCC cadets ofthe Naval Wing, during their seatraining and attachment, are im-parted intensive training in Navalsubjects like Navigation Communica-tion, Gunnery, Seamanship, Damagecontrol & Ship safety, First aid, andShip�s husbandry. During the year,295 cadets were attached to ships ofthe Eastern and Western NavalCommand and Coast Guard for seatraining.

13.7 Screening Courses at Offic-ers Training Academy: Two Ser-vices Selection Board ScreeningCourses for Senior Division cadetsaspiring to join the armed forceswere held at Officers Training Acad-emy, Kamptee from May 17th to 26th,2004 and from October 25th toNovember 3rd, 2004. 187 SeniorDivision cadets from all State Direc-torates attended the course. Ser-vices Selection Board ScreeningCourse to train Senior Wing cadetswas held at Officers� Training Acad-emy, Gwalior from January 19th to29th, 2004. 94 Senior Wing cadetsfrom all State Directorate attendedthis course.

13.8 Foreign Cruise: The followingforeign cruises were undertaken:-

(a) Coast Guard Cruise: FiveNaval Senior Division cadetsproceeded to Colombo (SriLanka) on December 12th, 2004and returned on December19th, 2004.

Page 191: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

190

(b) Naval Cruise: Ten NavalSenior Division cadets and oneNaval Permanent InstructionsStaff attended the cruiseorganised from September 12th

to October 14th, 2004 fromKochi to Port Victoria,Mombassa, Male and back.

13.9 Adventure Training

(a) Mountaineering Courses:NCC nominates boy and girlcadets from all NCC Director-ates to attend various coursesat Nehru Instituteof Mountaineering, Uttarkashi,Himalayan MountaineeringInstitute, Darjeeling and Direc-torate of Mountaineering &Allied Sports, Manali every year.For the year 2004-2005, 320cadets were nominated forthese courses.

(b) Mountaineering Expeditions:NCC has been conducting twomountaineering expeditionsevery year, one for the SeniorDivision boy cadets and theother for Senior Wing girl ca-dets. Since 1970, NCC hasconducted 54 mountaineeringexpeditions, of which 29 werefor boys and 25 for girls. Thisyear the boys team successfullyundertook expedition to theBhagirathi Peak II (6510Metres) in May/June, 2004 andthe girls team undertook theexpedition to Manali Peak (5640

Metres) in September/October,2004.

(c) Cycle and Motor Cycle Expe-ditions: During the current

year, a motor cycle rally was

organised by Gujarat Director-

ate from September 26th to

October 12th, 2004 to the Base

camp of Siachin. A motor cycle

rally commenced on December

16th, 2004 under the aegis of

West Bengal & Sikkim Director-

ate and traversed the length

and breadth of the country

spreading AIDS awareness.

(d) Trekking Expedition: A total

of 10 trekking expeditions were

conducted during the year

2004-2005 where 10,000 cadets

participated.

(e) Para Sailing: Para Sailing is

conducted at each Group level

as a part of adventure activity

for boy and girl cadets of NCC.

During the year, 10,904 cadets

were trained in this activity. A

total of 76,868 cadets have

been trained so far.

(f) Para Basic Courses: During

the year, 19 boy cadets and 18

girl cadets of NCC were trained

at Army Airborne Training

School, Agra.

(g) Slithering Demonstration: 10

Senior Division and 10 Senior

Page 192: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

191

Sl. Directorate From To Distance Date No. of CadetsNo

1. Bihar Patna Raj Mahal 418 kms Oct 5 �16, 04 20 SD+10 SW2. Delhi Yamuna River 756 kms Sep20- Oct 1, 04 18 SD & 7 SW3. Gujarat Tilakwada Bhadboot 405 kms Oct 20-30, 04 56 SD4. Karnataka Karwar Malpe 405 kms Dec 15-31, 04 21 SD & 13 SW5. Maharashtra Wai Kathapur 467 kms Aug 16-30, 04 33 SD & 12 SW6. West Bengal Farakka Kolkata 430 kms May 17- Jun 5, 04 52 SD7. Tamil Nadu Pondicherry Kodiakarai 436 kms Jul 26- Aug 6, 04 30 SD & 05 SW8. Orissa Kamaladha Kujang 435 kms Oct 26�Nov 6, 04 40 SD & 20 SW9. Madhya Dhua Dhar Hoshanga- 410 kms Sep 28� Oct 4, 04 40 SD

Pradesh bad10. Uttar Pradesh Kanpur Allahabad 360 kms Feb 1-10, 04 40 SD11. Jammu & Govindsagar 434 kms Sep 28- Oct 9, 04 11SD+22SW

Kashmir Lake12. Punjab Govindsagar Lake 420 kms Sep 1-12, 04 12 SD

Govindsagar Lake 479 kms Sep 8-20, 04 40 SD&SWTOTAL 413SD + 89SW

(SD: Senior Division boy cadets; SW: Senior Wing girl cadets)

Wing cadets took part in a

slithering demonstration during

Prime Minister�s Rally in Janu-

ary, 2005.

(h) Desert Camel Safari: Desert

Camel Safari involving NCC

cadets and foreign cadets from

Singapore was conducted from

November 19th to 30th, 2004.

(i) White Water Rafting: White

Water Rafting Node has been

established at Raiwala

(Haridwar). NCC is in the pro-

cess of finalising establishment

of three more White Water

nodes in Punjab, West Bengal

and Gujarat.

(j) Sailing Expeditions: The

following major Whaler sailing

expeditions were conducted

during the year :-

YOUTH EXCHANGEPROGRAMME (YEP)

13.10 The following visits were

undertaken during the year as part ofYEP: -

(a) Visit of one Officer and sixcadets (Naval Wing) toSingapore to participate inInternational Sea Cadet Ex-change programme from May

29th to June 12th, 2004.

(b) Visit of one Officer and fourcadets (Air Wing) to Singaporeto participate in International AirCadet Exchange Programmesfrom May 29th to June 12th,2004.

Page 193: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

192

(c) Visit of one Officer and twelvecadets to UK from July 20th toAugust 4th, 2004.

(d) Visit of two Officers and tencadets to Russia from Septem-ber 16th to 26th, 2004.

(e) Visit of one Officer and sixcadets to Sri Lanka from Octo-ber 15th to 22nd, 2004.

(f) Visit of two Officers and eightcadets to Singapore fromDecember 3rd to 11th, 2004.

(g) Visit of two Officers and thirteencadets to Vietnam from De-cember 5th to 14th, 2004.

13.11 Incoming YEP Visits: Thefollowing incoming YEP visits byforeign delegations took place duringthe year:-

(a) Visit of one Officer and eightcadets from Singapore for NauSainik Camp atVishakhapatnam from October25th to November 5th, 2004.

(b) Visit of two Officers and tencadets from Singapore forDesert Safari at Jaisalmer(Rajasthan) from November 19th

to 30th, 2004.

(c) Visit of twelve Officers andninety two cadets from eightcountries during RDC 2005.

(d) Visit of one Officer and sixcadets from Bangladesh NCCwho attended All India Yachting

Regatta from January 20th to27th, 2005 under the aegis ofNCC Directorate, Orissa.

SOCIAL SERVICE ANDCOMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

13.12 NCC has adopted communitydevelopment activities with the aim ofimbibing the cadets with a spirit ofselfless service to the community,dignity of labour, importance of selfhelp, need to protect the environ-ment and to assist weaker sectionsof the society in their upliftment. NCCcadets participate in the followingcommunity development activities:-

(a) Tree Plantation: NCC cadetsplant sapling and look afterthem in association with theState Department / Colleges /Schools and Villages con-cerned. This year, as part ofNCC Day celebrations, all NCCunits undertook �plant a saplingby each cadet�, thereby, plant-ing 1.3 million saplings.

(b) Blood Donation: Cadetsdonate blood as voluntaryservice whenever needed byHospitals/Red Cross. As part ofNCC Day celebration, NCCcadets donated 4 lakh units ofblood.

(c) Old Age Homes: Old AgeHomes in the country arepatronised and regularly visitedby NCC cadets.

Page 194: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

193

(d) Adult Education: NCC cadetsvisit remote areas, villages andunderdeveloped areas toemphasise the need for educa-tion and to assist in the conductof the Adult EducationProgramme.

(e) Community Projects: Cadetsof NCC participate in the ruraland urban community projectsand other development workslike village track improvement,well cleaning etc.

(f) Disaster Relief: NCC hasextended their helping handduring natural and other calami-ties and accidents. Over theyears, NCC cadets have ren-dered outstanding service inthe wake of floods, earth-quakes, cyclones, train acci-dents etc. and have provided

the �healing touch� in riot af-fected areas. NCC cadetsrendered exemplary serviceduring the Tsunami relief opera-tion carried out in December,2004 and January, 2005.

(g) Anti Leprosy Drive: NCCcadets have launched anti-leprosy drive throughout thecountry and are helping variousvoluntary organisations.

(h) AIDS AwarenessProgramme: NCC also partici-pates actively in the AIDSawareness programme. TheNCC is working alongwithUNAIDS and Directorate Gen-eral Armed Forces MedicalService in carrying out AIDSAwareness programmesthroughout the country. Amotorcycle rally was conducted

Aids Awareness Rally by NCC cadets

Page 195: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

194

by NCC wherein cadets fromWest Bengal & Sikkim Director-ate traversed the length andbreadth of the country tospread AIDS awareness.

(i) Cancer AwarenessProgramme: NCC cadetsactively participated in CancerAwareness Programmes orga-nized in various cities. CancerCare India (CACI), an NGO andNCC have joined hands tolaunch Cancer AwarenessProgrammes, (CAPS) through-out the country. So far 13 suchCAPS have been conducted.Cancer Awareness Day onNovember 7th, 2004 was ob-served in a big way.

ACTIVITIES AT NATIONALLEVEL

13.13 The NCC cadets also partici-pated in the following activities con-ducted at the national level: -

(a) Jawaharlal Lal Nehru HockeyTournament: JawaharlalNehru Hockey Tournament washeld from October 7th to No-vember 13th, 2004 at New Delhi.Four teams viz two junior(boys), one junior (girls) andone sub junior (boys) from NCCparticipated in the tournament.

(b) Subroto Cup Football Tour-nament: NCC has been par-ticipating in this tournament forthe last 26 years. NCC teams,

one each from Karnataka andGoa and North-Eastern RegionDirectorate, participated in thetournament held from Septem-ber 1st to 30th, 2004 at NewDelhi.

(c) All India GV MavlankarShooting Championship:The 14th All India G VMavlankar Shooting Champion-ship was held at Coimbatorefrom September 5th to 15th,2004. 32 NCC cadets (16boys and 16 girls) took part inthe event. This year the NCCcadets won five gold, five silverand five bronze medals in thechampionship.

(d) National Shooting Champi-onship Competitions(NSCC): The 48th NationalShooting Championship Com-petition (NSCC) was conductedat Indore from October 5th to15th, 2004. Thirteen cadetsfrom NCC participated in theevent. The cadets performedcommendably well and wonone gold and one bronzemedal in the Championshipcompetitions. Two cadets wereselected to participate in theselection trials I & II to be con-ducted at Hyderabad.

(e) All India NCC Yachting Re-gatta-2005: All India NCCYachting Regatta was con-ducted at INS Chilka from

Page 196: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

195

January 20th to 27th, 2005. 48Senior Division and 48 SeniorWing cadets from all the NCCDirectorates participated. Inaddition 6 cadets fromBangladesh also participated.

(f) National Team Sailing Cham-pionship: Team from NCCDirectorate Maharashtra partici-pated in the National TeamSailing Championship-2004 atIndian Navy WatermanshipTraining Centre (IN WTC),Mumbai, from December 1st to5th, 2004 conducted by Yacht-ing Association of India (YAI).

(g) Equestrian Competition:NCCparticipated in Punjab HorseShow 2004 organised inLudhiana from April 23rd to 24th,2004 and won two gold and twosilver Medals. NCC team fromPunjab Directorate also partici-pated in Shivalik Horse Show2004 at Chandimandir.

PLANNING SECTION

13.14 During the year the followingimportant activities were also under-taken:-

(a) Formulation of Mixed Battal-ion concept: In order to giveboost to the girl cadets enrol-ment, mixed battalion concepthas been formulated with aview to increase the strength ofgirl cadets from 13% of theoverall strength to 30 % over a

span of three years. During thecurrent training year, the girlstrength has increased from164524 to 181853.

(b) Additional authorisation ofman power and other re-sources: In view of the en-

hanced cadet strength from 11

lakh in 1976 to present 13 lakh,

for assessing the requirement

of additional man power and

other resources, a Study Group

has been formed under the

Additional Director General (B)

of Directorate General NCC to

present a consolidated case for

all increased requirements.

(c) Encouragement of Air andNaval Training activities inremote areas: Action is under-

way to provide an Air Squadron

at Pantnagar in Uttaranchal

State and a Naval unit at

Lansdowne in Garhwal region

in order to give exposure to the

youth of remote areas.

(d) Providing NCC to deservingSchools and Colleges: Ef-

forts are on to reach out to all

deserving schools and colleges

that are desirous of having NCC

and at the same time measures

are being taken to withdraw

from schools/colleges that are

not conducting NCC activities

of the desired level.

Page 197: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

196

LOGISTICS DIRECTORATE

13.15 Purchase of Rafting Equip-ment for NCC: Two sets of Rafting,Safety, command and control equip-ment have been procured alongwith accessories for white waterrafting.

13.16 Authorisation of GeneratorSets to NCC Group HQ: Generator

sets have been provided with acces-sories at the scale of two each forevery NCC Group Headquarter.

13.17 Procurement of Computersand Peripherals: 319 computers

each alongwith modem, inkjet printer

and MS Office Professional, have

been procured and allotted to the

NCC establishments up to unit level.

Page 198: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

197

DEFENCE RELATIONS WITH

FOREIGN COUNTRIES

Prime Minister and Raksha Mantri with Uzbek President and Defence Minister signing an MoUon Defence Co-operation

14

Page 199: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

198

14.1 A closer security dialogue andstrengthening of defence coopera-tion with friendly countries remainsan important objective and compo-nent of our overall defence andforeign policies. These have beenreinforced by the major changes thathave taken place in recent years inthe global security, political andstrategic environment. The emer-gence of a new and virulent brand ofinternational terrorism as one of theprimary threats to domestic andinternational security has broughtabout a greater convergence insecurity perceptions among nationsand prompted closer security anddefence-related contacts, exchangesand cooperation with a wideninggroup of countries. Concerns aboutthe leakage and proliferation ofweapons and technologies that canbe used for mass destruction andthreats to the security of transport,travel and the sea-lanes, have alsoserved to bring countries closer andto cooperate for their mutual security.

14.2 India too has responded tothis scenario by developing an ex-panding web of defence relationswith a wide-range of countries. Thesehave taken the form of increaseddefence diplomacy in the form ofexchanges of high-level defence-related visits and dialogues on secu-

rity challenges, port calls etc. anddefence cooperation through trainingexchanges, combined exercises,meetings at various levels, seminars,sourcing, development, productionand marketing of defence equip-ment, and other forms of coopera-tion.

14.3 There were several visits toIndia at the level of Defence Minis-ters. Since March 2004, the DefenceMinister of China (March 2004), theMinister of State for Defence &National Security of Maldives, ShriAbdul Sattar Anbaree (August 2004),the UK Secretary of State for De-fence, Mr. Geoff Hoon (October2004), the Russian Defence Minister,Mr. Sergey B. Ivanov (November-December 2004), the Defence Minis-ter of Switzerland, Mr. SamuelSchmid (November-December 2004),the US Secretary for Defence, Mr.Donald Rumsfeld (December 2004),the Defence Minister of Tajikistan, Mr.S. Khairulloev (January 2005), theDefence Minister of Ghana (February2005), and the Defence Minister ofVietnam (March 2005) have visitedIndia on bilateral visits. Outgoingvisits have included the visit ofRaksha Mantri Shri PranabMukherjee to Poland in November2004. Secretary Rumsfeld�s visit wasfollowed by a visit by the US Secre-

DEFENCE RELATIONS WITH

FOREIGN COUNTRIES

Page 200: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

199

tary of State, Dr. Condoleeza Rice, inMarch 2005. The visits touched onthe global priorities of PresidentBush�s second term and the pros-pects of expanded defence coopera-tion.

14.4 Defence relations and coop-eration also formed the agenda ofthe State visits of the Sri LankanPrime Minister (July 2004) and Presi-dent (November 2004), the Chairmanof Myanmar�s State Peace and De-velopment Council, Senior GeneralThan Shwe (October 2004), theRussian President Vladimir Putin(December 2004), President Dr. IvanGasparovic of the Slovak Republic(December 2004), the King ofBhutan, Jigme Singye Wangchuk(January 2005), and the AfghanPresident Hamid Karzai (February2005).

14.5 Over the years India has devel-oped robust institutionalized securitydialogues and defence consultativemechanisms at the Defence Secre-tary level with a growing number ofcountries. Those that have met sinceApril 2004 included the India-JapanDefence Dialogue led by the Japa-nese Administrative Vice Minister, Mr.Takemasa Moriya, in India (May2004); the 8th meeting of the India-UKDefence Consultative Group (DCG)led by the UK Permanent UnderSecretary of Defence, Sir KevinTebbit, at New Delhi (April 27-28,2004); the India-US Defence PolicyGroup headed by the US UnderSecretary of Defence for Policy,

Mr. Douglas Feith, (June 1-3, 2004);the 7th India-France High Commis-sion on Defence Cooperation led bythe French Defence Minster�s Per-sonal Representative, J. F. Thibault,at Paris (November 2004); and the3rd meeting of the India-Israel JointWorking Group on Defence headedby the Director General of the IsraeliMinistry of Defence, at Tel Aviv (De-cember 2004).

14.6 Other high level interactionsand visits in the field of defencecooperation included the visits offormer Defence Secretary, Shri AjayPrasad to Germany and Romania(April 2004) and Singapore (June2004) for the International Institute forStrategic Studies� �Shangri-la� Dia-logue, and the visit of the GermanState Secretary of Defence Dr, PeterEickenboom (December 2004).

14.7 Visits at the level of Chiefs ofDefence/General/Joint Staff or Ser-vices form a vital part of our military-to-military relationship expanding theframework of professional interactionand exchanges and enhancingmutual understanding. The Chief ofDefence Forces of the Australia, Mr.Peter Cosgrove, visited India inAugust-September 2004. From India,Admiral Madhavendra Singh, thenChief of Naval Staff and Chairman,Chiefs of Staff Committee visitedTurkey in May 2004. Admiral RamanPuri, the Chief of Integrated DefenceStaff visited the US in October 2004.Visits at the level of Service Chiefsinclude the visits of the Major Gen-

Page 201: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

200

eral Ng Yat Chung, Chief of DefenceForces, Singapore (April 2004), ViceAdmiral Chris Ritche, Chief of NavalStaff, Australia; Lt. General Ahmedbin Harith bin Harith Nasser Al-Nabhani, Chief of Staff of theSultan�s Armed Forces (COSSAF),Oman; Rear Admiral Abbas Mohtaj,Commander of the Iran Naval Forces(May 2004); Lt. General L. M. Fisher,Commander, Botswana DefenceForces (CDF) (August 2004); AdmiralDato Sri Mohd. Anwar bin H. J. MohdNor, Chief of the Royal MalaysianNavy; Rear Admiral Ronnie Tay, Chiefof Singapore Navy (September2004); Rear Admiral Shah IqbalMujtaba, Chief of Naval Staff,Bangladesh; Major General Lim KimChoon, Chief of Singapore Air Force(October 2004); Major GeneralKhalid Bin Abdulla Mubarak AlBuinnain, Commander, Air Force &Air Defence, UAE; Lt. General PeterF. Leahy, Chief of the AustralianArmy; General Pyar Jung Thapa,Chief of the Army Staff, Royal NepalArmy (November 2004); the Japa-nese Coast Guard Commandant,Hiroki Ishikawa, in January 2005;and Lt. General N. C. Gregson, Cdr,US Marine Forces Pacific, USA, andMajor General Mohamed Benslimani,Chief of Air Force, Algeria, in Febru-ary 2005.

14.8 From India, Chief of Army Staff(COAS) visited Austria in August2004, Sri Lanka & Maldives in No-vember 2004, and China in Decem-ber, 2004. The Chief of Air Staffvisited France in April 2004, the UK in

June-July 2004, Japan in July 2004,Israel in September 2004 andMyanmar in November 2004. TheChief of Naval Staff paid visits to SriLanka in September 2004, UK inOctober 2004, Italy in January 2005,Seychelles in February 2005 and theUS in March 2005.

14.9 A growing feature of ourdefence cooperation with foreigncountries this year has been anincreased frequency of activitiessuch as joint and combined exer-cises with friendly armed forces.These exercises are growing inscale and complexity. Joint airexercises were conducted duringthe year with the US, Singapore,South Africa, France and othercountries. India and the US held fivejoint exercises, including Ex �Co-operative Cope Thunder� in Alaskafrom July 15-31, 2004 (between theAir Forces); Ex �Yudh Abhyas� inHawaii July 12-31, 2004 and Ex�Balance Iroquois� / Ex �Vajra Prahar�in Leh from September 5-15, 2004(between the Armies); and Ex�Malabar� from October 5-10, 2004and Ex �Flash Iroquois� in October2004 (between the Navies). Ninecountries participated in a multina-tional air Exercise �Co-operativeCope Thunder-2004� held in Alaskafrom July 15-30, 2004. This was thefirst time that in the history of theIndian Air Force (IAF), the fighteraircraft of the IAF have participatedin a multinational exercise heldoutside India.

Page 202: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

201

14.10 The Republic of Singapore AirForce (RSAF) and the IAF partici-pated in a bilateral Dissimilar AirCombat Training Exercise �Ankush/SINDEX-04� at Air Force Station,Gwalior, from October 11-26, 2004.An IAF contingent ferried across theIndian Ocean to participate in an AirDefence Exercise �Golden Eagle�with the South African Air Force. TheIndian Air Force also participated inthe Africa Aero Space Defence Exhi-bition during their stay at SouthAfrica, at which two Mirage 2000aircraft carried out formation aerobat-ics. The Surya Kiran aerobatic teamperformed along with the French AirForce aerobatic team Patrouille-de-France on November 7, 2004 atHindon Air Base. The Army con-ducted artillery and armour exerciseswith the Singapore army in Deolaliand Babina ranges in India in March2005. These exercises helped part-ner countries test skills and equip-ment, learn from each other�s experi-ence and develop professionalbonds.

14.11 The Indian Navy has institu-tionalized joint exercises with USA,France, Singapore, Oman and theUK, and joint patrols with Indonesia.Naval exercises took on an increas-ingly diversified and complex charac-ter. The annual Indo-US naval jointexercise �MALABAR-CY-04� wasconducted off the west coast of Indiafrom October 1-10, 2004. From theUS side, USS Cowpens, USS Gary,USS Alexandria and one P3C Orionparticipated in the exercise. The

Indian participation included INSMysore, INS Brahmaputra and INSShankul. A two-week naval SpecialForces Exercise, SANGAM 04, washeld at Ganpatiphule, India fromOctober 8-24, 2004. The annualIndo-French exercise VARUNA 04was held from April 7-14 2004. TheFrench Carrier Battle Group, includ-ing aircraft carrier �Charles deGaulle�, amphibious ships and frig-ates participated. VARUNA 05 held inMarch 2005 focused on MineCounter Measures (MCMEX). Theeleventh IN-Singapore Navy annualexercise was held off Kochi fromMarch 7-19 2004. The 12th exercisewas held in the South China Sea inMarch 2005. The first bilateral jointexercise with the Royal UK Navycodenamed KONKAN 04 was heldoff Chennai from April 17-19, 2004.HMS Exeter and RFA Gray Roverparticipated in the basic level exer-cise. An Indo-Oman Joint ExerciseThammar-Al-Thayib was held offOman from February 20-22 2005.INS Karwar participated in the 2nd

Western Pacific Mine Counter Mea-sures Exercise held off Singaporefrom April 21� May 7, 2004. Onediving team also took part in theDiving Exercise which was con-ducted simultaneously.

14.12 Naval goodwill visits are aconventional instrument of defencediplomacy. Major overseas deploy-ments of the Indian Navy on goodwill visits during this period haveincluded the visit of three IndianNaval Ships to Pusan (RoK) from

Page 203: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

202

October 2004; and the INS Mumbai,INS Aditya, INS Talwar and INSPralaya to Abu Dhabi from Septem-ber 19-23, 2004. Also, as part of ourprogramme of cooperation withDjibouti, the Indian Navy ship, INSDunagiri, visited Djibouti in May2004. There were other naval shipvisits to ports in the Persian Gulf andthe South China Sea.

14.13 The Navy also performedsome operational, training and jointsecurity activities together with part-ner navies. The 4th India-IndonesiaCoordinated Patrol, called�INDINDOCORPAT� was conductedfrom September 1-30, 2004. IN ShipsTarasa and Tarmugli participatedfrom the Indian side. IN Ships Sujataand Savitri were deployed at Maputo,Mozambique, from June 2-27 2004to provide maritime security duringthe �World Economic Forum Summit�and the �Africa-Carribean-PacificHeads of State Summit� held atMaputo. More than 100 Mozambicannaval personnel were also impartedtraining during the period of deploy-ment.

14.14 The Indian Navy�s Sail trainingship, the INS Tarangini, which sailedfrom Kochi on Jan 23, 2003 on acircumnavigation voyage, returned toKochi on April 25, 2004. During thevoyage, the ship touched 37 ports in18 countries and covered a distanceof 34,923 NM. 19 foreign officersembarked the ship during variouslegs of the voyage.

14.15 The role of the Indian ArmedForces in disaster responses in theSouth Asian region was manifestedin their response to requests forassistance after the December 26,2004 Tsunami. The Indian Navy, AirForce, Coast Guard and Army de-ployed some 20,000 troops, 40 shipsand 32 aircraft (including helicopters)in the national and international effortthat included Sri Lanka, Maldivesand Indonesia. For the internationaleffort alone, the Air Force lifted 500tonnes of relief material and 1,750personnel by air; Navy delivered 735tonnes and conducted 1063 sortiesby sea, and the Armed Forces as awhole, provided medical aid tonearly 15,000 people. Indian AirForce helicopters set off for Sri Lankawithin hours and an Indian naval shipset sail from Kochi equipped withrelief supplies within four hours of arequest from Sri Lanka. The logisticstrail for the effort extended in mostcases over thousands of miles. TheIndian Armed Forces were able todemonstrate speed, man-powerintensive tasks, specialized skills anda humanitarian approach in respond-ing to the crisis that included searchand rescue, evacuation, relief sup-plies including food and water, shel-ter, medical, diving and salvageoperations, clearing of harbours,repair, restoration or services, andrehabilitation and reconstructionactivities, including the laying ofbailey bridges.

Page 204: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

203

CEREMONIAL, ACADEMIC AND

ADVENTURE ACTIVITIES

An illuminated view of the South Block which houses the Ministry of Defence

15

Page 205: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

204

15.1 The Ministry of Defence en-courages and promotes both aca-demic and adventure activitiesthrough autonomous institutionswhich are provided regular financialassistance. These institutions are :

(i) The Institute for DefenceStudies and Analyses, NewDelhi;

(ii) Mountaineering Institutes atDarjeeling and Uttarkashi; and,

(iii) The Jawahar Institute of Moun-taineering and Winter Sports(JIM) at Aru, Kashmir.

15.2 The important activities ofthese institutions during the periodunder review are enumerated in thesucceeding paragraphs.

INSTITUTE FOR DEFENCESTUDIES AND ANALYSES (IDSA)

15.3 The Institute for DefenceStudies and Analyses was estab-lished in November, 1965 to initiatestudies and research on problems ofnational security and the impact ofdefence measures on economic,political and social developments.Over the years, the Institute hasevolved as a premier research institu-tion, carrying out authoritative policy-

CEREMONIAL, ACADEMIC AND

ADVENTURE ACTIVITIES

related studies on national andinternational security issues. TheInstitute is a registered body underthe Societies Act of 1860 (PunjabAmendment Act, 1957) and is gov-erned by an Executive Councilelected by the members of the Insti-tute. The Institute is accessible topolitical leaders, scholars, the media,service officers and others who havean interest in problems of nationalsecurity.

15.4 The Research Faculty: TheInstitute has a well qualified and amulti-disciplinary research faculty ofover 50 scholars drawn from theacademia, the defence forces, thepara military organisations and thecivil services. Presently, there are 16researchers under the 2003-04 Fel-lowship programme who are en-gaged in individual research projects.Their collective efforts ensure an allencompassing and an Indo-centricassessment of various regions, coun-tries and issues that affect our currentand futuristic security environment.The Institute also offers facilities toforeign scholars� for their research. Toenrich the quality of research work ofthe scholars, IDSA has bilateral tieswith a number of similar Institutesacross the globe.

Page 206: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

205

15.5 Activities: The Institute orga-nized major international confer-ences such as the 7th Asian Securityconference on �Changing SecurityDynamics in Eastern Asia� fromJanuary 27-29, 2005. The Confer-ence was attended by a large num-ber of scholars, diplomats and mem-bers of government representingseveral countries. 28 papers werepresented in six sessions. Seminarswere also held on specific issuessuch as �9-11 Revisited�, the �Cur-rent Developments in Iraq� and the�Nuclear Proliferation Treaty (NPT)Review Conference� in the course ofthe year under review. The Instituteorganized more than 50 Round TableDiscussions with visiting scholars,diplomats and foreign delegations/teams.

15.6 Bilateral and MultilateralInteractions: The Institute has bilat-eral ties and multilateral interactionswith the Bangladesh Institute ofInternational and Strategic Studies(Bangladesh), the Council for Secu-rity Cooperation in Asia Pacific(CSCAP), Institute of Internationaland Strategic Relations (France),Institute of Political and InternationalStudies (Iran), Begin-Sadat Centrefor Strategic Studies (Israel), JapanInstitute of International Affairs andNational Institute of Defence Studies(Japan), Kazakhstan Institute forStrategic Studies (Kazakhstan),South Africa Institute of InternationalStudies (South Africa), Emirates

Centre for Strategic Studies & Re-search (UAE) and Institute for Na-tional Strategic Studies (USA).

15.7 Research Orientation: Theresearch output of the faculty ismainly published in the Institute�sjournal �Strategic Analysis� or asmonographs and books. The re-searchers frequently present theirpapers in various national and inter-national seminars and also contrib-ute articles and chapters to foreignjournals and publications. Besides,the IDSA also brings out the �Strate-gic Digest� which is a monthly com-pendium of information from theopen sources on nuclear and disar-mament issues, military doctrines,arms transfer and technology devel-opments. It has been found usefulby many institutions and the defencedepartments of various universitiesand colleges in India.

15.8 Training Programmes: TheInstitute is also engaged in trainingprogrammes for the Governmentofficers drawn from the Indian Ad-ministrative Service, Indian ForeignService, the Armed Forces and thePara-Military Forces. During the yearunder review, a five day trainingcapsule was organized by the IDSAfor IAS Officers. The faculty membersof IDSA were also invited as guestspeakers at various training estab-lishments and universities around thecountry including the NationalDefence College and the ForeignService Institute.

Page 207: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

206

15.9 Information Resources: TheInstitute is constantly upgrading itsInformation Resources, which has asizeable resource base on nationalsecurity and defence strategy sub-jects. It has a collection of over50,000 books and a number of CD-ROM database. In addition, morethan 300 current journals are re-ceived, in print as well as electronic/online versions. Apart from its re-ferred quarterly journal, �StrategicAnalysis� and the monthly compen-dium Strategic Digest�, IDSA alsopublishes a monthly bulletin called�Current Journal Contents� that liststhe contents of about 140 core jour-nals received in the Library. TheInstitute maintains a web-site (ad-dress: http://www.idsa-India.Org).Details of new activities as well asprogress in the ongoing activities areposted on the site.

MOUNTAINEERING INSTITUTES

15.10 The Ministry of Defence ad-ministers jointly with the concernedState Governments three Mountain-eering Institutes namely HimalayanMountaineering Institute (HMI),Darjeeling, in West Bengal, NehruInstitute of Mountaineering (NIM),Uttarkashi, in Uttranchal andJawahar Institute of Mountaineering& Winter Sports (JIM), Aru (presentlylocated at Pahalgam in J&K). Theexpenditure on the institute is sharedby the Central and respective StateGovernments as per agreed funding

pattern. These Institutes are run asprivate Registered Societies andhave been conferred the status ofautonomous bodies. Raksha Mantriis the President of these Institutes.The Chief Minister of the respectiveState is the Vice-President of theInstitute. These Institutes are gov-erned by separate Executive Coun-cils consisting of members electedby the General Bodies, nomineesfrom amongst donors and/or per-sons who are likely to promote thecause of the Institute and representa-tives of Central and State Govern-ments. A representative each of theMinistry of Defence and State Gov-ernment acts as Secretary of theInstitute.

15.11 The HMI, Darjeeling, wasfounded in November 1954 by thethen Prime Minister PanditJawaharlal Nehru, to commemoratethe historical ascent of MountEverest by Late Tenzing Norgayalong with Sir Edmund Hillary onMay 29, 1953. With the establish-ment of this Institute, an impetus tomountaineering as a sport wasprovided in India. To give furtherboost to mountaineering and toinculcate the spirit of adventure inyouth, the NIM, Uttarkashi, was setup in October 1965 and the JIM atAru in J&K, in October 1983. Due todisturbances in the valley, studentswere reluctant to come to Aru fortraining. Accordingly, it was decidedto shift the Institute temporarily to

Page 208: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

207

Batote on the Jammu side of Banihalin August 1990. However, in view ofcertain adverse reports regarding law& order, regular training coursesconducted by the Institute weretemporarily suspended from April1996. The Institute is now conduct-ing some courses on ad-hoc basis.The Headquarters of the Institute hasnow been shifted to Pahalgam sinceOctober 2003.

15.12 The broad objectives of theMountaineering Institutes are: (a) toimpart theoretical and practicaltraining in mountaineering and rockclimbing techniques; (b) to awakeninterest in and love for mountainsand exploration; and (c) to encour-age and provide training in WinterSports.

15.13 The Institutes conduct Basicand Advance MountaineeringCourses, Method of InstructionCourse (MOI), Search & RescueCourse (S&R) and AdventureCourses. The syllabi, duration, agelimit of participants and gradingsystem for various types of coursesare almost uniform at all the Insti-tutes. During the lean period, theInstitutes detail their Instructors toconduct rock-climbing courses at therequest of Mountaineering Clubs/Organisations around the country.The Instructors also join variousexpeditions.

15.14 Trainees for these coursescome from all parts of the country

and include Army, Air Force, Navy,ITBP and BSF Personnel, NCCCadets and private students. For-eigners are also now permitted tojoin the courses. The Institutes con-ducted the following courses duringthe year upto March, 2005 :-

Courses Men W0men

Basic 463 129Advance 100 38Adventure 309 94MOI 31 05S&R 18 02

15.15 The number of studentstrained in these courses are asunder:-

15.16 HMI also conducted 23 Spe-cial Adventure and four Rock Climb-ing Courses, in which 1339 men and129 women were trained during theperiod. NIM also conducted 14special courses for various organiza-tions in which 435 men and 179women were trained during the year.JIM has trained a total number of 604men and women in various ad-hoctraining courses conducted by itduring the period.

15.17 The Institutes at Darjeeling andUttarkashi have separate stores ofmountaineering equipment for loan tothe Indian Mountaineering Expedi-

Courses HMI NIM

Basic 06 05Advance 03 03Adventure 05 05MOI 01 01S&R - 01

Page 209: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

208

tions on nominal hire charges. Theconstruction of the Museum Project atHMI Darjeeling has been completed.An Artificial Climbing Wall of interna-tional standards was completed atNIM Campus and the first Interna-tional Sport Climbing Competition ��Asia Cup�- was held from November19-21, 2004 on this new facility underthe aegis of the Indian Mountaineer-ing Foundation (IMF) in which 11Asian countries participated.

CEREMONIALS, HONOURS &AWARDS

15.18 The responsibility for theorganization of National functionslike the Republic Day Parade, theBeating Retreat Ceremony, Martyrs�Day and the Independence Day isentrusted to the Ministry of Defence.The Ministry also organises DefenceInvestiture Ceremonies for presenta-tion of Gallantry and DistinguishedService Awards at RashtrapatiBhawan in association with thePresident�s Secretariat. Theorganisation of these ceremoniesrequires coordination of a largenumber of activities amongst variousMinistries/Departments and a largenumber of other agencies. TheCeremonial functions organizedduring 2004-2005 are detailed in thefollowing paragraphs.

INVESTITURE CEREMONY, 2004

15.19 The Defence Investiture Cer-emony, 2004, was held at

Rashtrapati Bhawan on July 5th and8th, 2004 when the following Gal-lantry Awards and DistinguishedService Awards, announced on theIndependence Day 2003 and Repub-lic Day-2004, were presented by thePresident to the awardees:

Gallantry Awards

Bar to Shaurya 01 ( 1 posthumous)Chakra

Shaurya Chakra 67 (32 posthumous)

Kirti Chakra 09 (7 posthumous)

Distinguished Service Awards

Param Vishisht Seva Medal 29

Bar to Ati Vishisht Seva Medal 03

Ati Vishisht Seva Medal 48

Uttam Yudh Seva Medal 05

15.20 Other awards like VishishtSeva Medal, Sena Medal, Nao SenaMedal, Vayu Sena Medal and Bar tothese Medals were presented by therespective Chiefs of Staff and SeniorCommanders at separate InvestitureCeremonies.

INDEPENDENCE DAYCEREMONY, 2004

15.21 Beginning of the celebrationsof the Independence Day wasmarked with the choir singing ofpatriotic songs by school children indifferent Indian languages at RedFort on August 15, 2004 in the earlymorning. Later, the three Servicesand Delhi Police presented Guard ofHonour to the Prime Minister.Thereafter, the Prime Minister un-

Page 210: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

209

furled the National Flag on theramparts of the Red Fort, to theaccompaniment of the NationalAnthem played by the ServicesBand. A 21 gun salute was alsopresented on the occasion followedby the Prime Minister�s address tothe Nation. The ceremony con-cluded with the singing of NationalAnthem by the children and theNCC Cadets from schools of Delhiand release of balloons. After thefunctions at Red Fort, the Presidentlaid wreath at the Amar Jawan Jyotiat India Gate paying homage to thememory of those who sacrificedtheir lives for the freedom of thenation.

15.22 The following gallantryawards were announced on theIndependence Day of 2004:-

AMAR JAWAN CEREMONY,2005

15.23 The Prime Minister laid a

wreath at the Amar Jawan Jyoti

Memorial, under the arch of the

India Gate on the early morning of

January 26, 2005 and two minutes

silence was observed while paying

homage to the memory of those who

sacrificed their lives in safeguarding

the freedom of the nation.

Award Total Posthumous

Kirti Chakra 03 02

Shaurya Chakra 33 22

Bar to Sena Medal 03 -(Gallantry)

Sena Medal 200 45(Gallantry)

Vayu Sena Medal 04 -(Gallantry)

Jawans during Republic Day Parade

Page 211: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

210

REPUBLIC DAY PARADE 2005

15.24 Unfurling of the National Flag

at the Rajpath gave a glorious be-

ginning to the Republic Day Cel-

ebrations. The President�s Body

Guards presented the National

Salute which was followed by the

National Anthem played by the

Service Bands and 21 gun salute.

His Majesty Jigme Singye

Wanchuck, King of Bhutan was the

Chief Guest on the occasion.

15.25 Army�s mounted columns of

61 Cavalry, mechanized columns

comprising of Tank T-90, Airborne

Gunners, Tungushka Weapon

System, missile systems like Prithvi

and Agni I & II, Hydrema Demining

Vehicles, Mi-25 attack helicopter,

marching contingents and band of

Services, Para Military Forces, Delhi

Police, RPF and NCC were part of

the parade. The DRDO equipment

column included Brahmos

Autonomous Launcher with

command post, �Pinaka� Launcher

etc. National Bravery award Winning

Children on elephants, tableaux and

cultural items were other attractions

of the parade. The tableaux and

items for children reflected the

cultural diversity of the nation. The

parade ended with dare-devil motor

cycle display by ASC Tornadoes

followed by Fly Past by aircraft of the

Indian Air Force.

15.26 The following gallantry and

distinguished service awards were

announced on the Republic Day:

In addition to the above, 49 awards

of Mention-in-Despatches were also

announced on the Republic Day.

Unmanned Aerial Vehicle Searcher MK-II on Display

Page 212: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

211

BEATING RETREAT CEREMONY,2005

15.27 The �Beating Retreat� is acenturies old military tradition datingback to the days when troops disen-gaged from battle at sunset. TheBeating Retreat Ceremony denotesdeparture of the troops assembled atDelhi to participate in the RepublicDay Celebrations. This year theCeremony was organised at VijayChowk on January 29, 2005. Thisbrought the curtain down on theRepublic Day festivities. Bands ofthe three Services participated in this

Ceremony. The conclusion of theceremony coincided with the illumi-nation of the Rashtrapati Bhawan,North Block, South Block and Parlia-ment House.

MARTYR�S DAY CEREMONY,2005

15.28 On January 30, 2005, thePresident placed a wreath at Ma-hatma Gandhi�s Samadhi at Rajghat.Floral tributes were also paid by theVice President, Prime Minister andsome of the Cabinet Ministers. Thiswas followed by observance of twominutes� silence at 1100 hours as amark of respect to the memory ofthe Father of the Nation.

OFFICIAL LANGUAGE DIVISION

15.29 It is the responsibility of theOfficial Language (OL) Division ofMinistry of Defence to implement theOfficial Language policy of the Gov-ernment of India in the Ministry ofDefence, its subordinate offices,defence undertakings, etc. Imple-mentation of orders/instructionsregarding the use of Hindi in officialwork is monitored through quarterlyprogress reports, quarterly meetingsof Official Language ImplementationCommittees, Hindi SalahakarSamities and inspections of thesubordinate offices. The other mainfunctions of this Division are :

(1) to translate the material re-ceived from various offices/sections of the ministry;

Award Total Posthumous

Kirti Chakra 02 01Shaurya Chakra 08 04Bar to Sena Medal/ 02 -Nao Sena Medal/Vayu Sena Medal(Gallantry)Sena Medal / Nao 112 26sena Medal/ VayuSena Medal(Gallantry)Param Vishisht 28 -Seva MedalUttam Yuddh 03 -Seva MedalBar to Ati Vishisht 01 -Seva MedalAti Vishisht 49 -Seva MedalYuddh Seva Medal 15 -Bar to Vishisht 05 -Seva MedalVishisht Seva Medal 115 -Bar to Sena 01 -Medal (Gallantry)Sena Medal / 60 01Nao sena Medal/Vayu Sena Medal(Devotion to duty)

Page 213: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

212

(2) to impart training to the staff inHindi, Hindi stenography andHindi typing through the HindiTeaching Scheme of the Minis-try of Home Affairs; and,

(3) to propagate and promote theuse of Hindi in official work byorganizing Hindi workshops,seminars, etc. and encourag-ing the staff members throughvarious incentive schemes.

15.30 Annual Programme: Effortscontinued to achieve the targets laiddown in the Annual Programme forthe year 2004-05 formulated by theDepartment of Official Language,Ministry of Home Affairs. The mainthrust was on the targets regardingHindi correspondence, complianceof the provisions of the section 3(3)of the Official Language Act as alsoof rule 5 of Official Language Rules,operation of various incentiveschemes to do more and moreofficial work in Hindi, training of Hindistegnography and Hindi typing to theoffices/staff of Ministry of Defence.The progress in this regard wasreviewed in quarterly meetings on aregular basis. The following stepstaken by the Ministry further boostedthe use of Hindi in official work andbrought awareness among officers/staff of the Ministry of Defence aboutthe Official Language policy of theUnion and the various measuresrequired to be undertaken for itsimplementation:-

(i) Organising Hindi workshops ona regular basis. These work-shops were aimed at motivatingthe officials to use Hindi in theirofficial work. For this purpose,the participants were providedpractice exercises in their re-spective subjects and were alsoapprised of the provisions ofOfficial Language Act and theRules to facilitate them to workin Hindi with more confidence.

(ii) Holding quarterly meetings oftwo departmental Official Lan-guage Implementation Commit-tees in the Ministry of Defencei.e. one for the Department ofDefence and the Department ofDefence Research and Devel-opment and the other for theDepartment of Defence Produc-tion.

(iii) Conducting joint official lan-guage inspections of variousheadquarters/subordinateoffices of three services, inter-service organisations, defenceundertakings etc. Under a timebound Programme made forthe purpose at the very begin-ning of the year, 36 officescovered upto January 1, 2005.More inspections will also becarried out during the remain-ing part of the financial year.Official Language inspections ofvarious sections within theMinistry of Defence were alsocontinued like previous years.

Page 214: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

213

(iv) Attending meetings/specialmeetings whenever arrangedby the Department of OfficialLanguage, Ministry of HomeAffairs and implementing deci-sions taken therein.

(v) Bringing to the knowledge of allconcerned the important or-ders, instructions etc. issued bythe Department of OfficialLanguage.

15.31 Translation Work: The Divi-sion remained engaged in transla-tion work throughout the year. Thematerial for translation from Hindi toEnglish and vice-versa includedgeneral orders, notifications, resolu-tions, administrative and other re-ports, Parliament Questions, etc.Besides, material relating to PublicAccounts Committee matters, auditparas, Consultative Committeemeetings, papers to be laid in theParliament, VIP references, RepublicDay, Independence Day and Investi-ture ceremony programmes werealso translated into Hindi during theyear.

15.32 Hindi Training: Keeping inview the targets fixed for impartingtraining to the staff in Hindi stenogra-phy and Hindi typing, efforts weremade to nominate the maximumnumber of officials to these classes.The position/progress was reviewedin quarterly meetings of the depart-mental Official Language Implemen-tation Committee.

15.33 Hindi Salahakar Samities:Steps were initiated to reconstitutethe two Hindi Advisory Committees,one for the Department of Defenceand Department of Defence Re-search and Development and theother for the Department of DefenceProduction. The work relating totheir reconstitution is almost in thefinal stages. After the reconstitutionmeetings will be organized as per theinstructions of the Department ofOffice Language, Ministry of HomeAffairs.

15.34 Scheme for writing HindiBooks: An exclusive scheme forencouraging writing of books origi-nally in Hindi on various defencesubjects has been in vogue in theMinistry of Defence for quite a num-ber of years. That scheme has beenreviewed this year and a fresh, moreattractive scheme is now ready forbeing introduced. Under thisscheme, the amounts of variouscash prizes have been increased. Asagainst the existing amount ofRs.15,000/-, Rs.10,000/- andRs.7,000/-; the revised cash prizeshave been raised to Rs.50,000/-,Rs.30,000/- and Rs.20,000/- respec-tively for first, second and thirdprizes respectively. The scheme,which is open to all citizens of India,is expected to bring in better re-sponse in the shape of more anduseful Hindi Books written originallyin Hindi on defence subjects. Afterrevision, the scheme has certainly

Page 215: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

214

become more attractive as com-pared to several other schemespresently being run by various otherMinistries/Departments of Govern-ment of India. The above scheme isin addition to several other incentiveschemes being run by this Ministrywhich inter-alia include a cash awardscheme for best in-house Hindimagazine brought out by any office/organization/unit of the three ServiceHeadquarters, Inter-Service Organi-zations, defence undertakings,Ordnance Factory Board and C.D.A.under the Ministry of Defence.

15.35 Monitoring: The overallmonitoring regarding the progres-sive use of Hindi in the Ministry ofDefence Secretariat, three ServiceHeadquarters, Inter-Service Organi-zations and Defence Undertakings isdone by two separate DepartmentalOfficial Language ImplementationCommittees. Four meetings each ofthe above Committees were heldduring the year, in which progressmade in the use of Hindi was re-viewed and remedial measuressuggested. These Committees alsoprovided necessary guidance to the

subordinate offices to discharge theirduties properly and effectively.

15.36 Inspection of various De-fence Organisations by the Com-mittee of Parliament on OfficialLanguage: During the year theFirst Sub-Committee of the Com-mittee of Parliament on OfficialLanguage carried out official lan-guage inspections of a number ofoffices under the Ministry of De-fence. For this purpose, the com-mittee selected a number of De-fence offices located at Delhi,Chennai, Mhow, Bangalore andMumbai. The Official LanguageDivision ensured adequate coop-eration from the offices concernedfor these inspection meetings. TheJoint Secretaries in charge of theOfficial Language divisions and theDirector(Official Language) repre-sented the Ministry in these meet-ings. Appropriate action on theissues raised/decisions taken inthese meetings was ensured andinstructions issued to offices con-cerned for timely fulfillment of theassurances given by them to theCommittee during such inspections.

Page 216: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

215

16.1 The Vigilance Division in theMinistry of Defence deals with vigi-lance cases involving Group �A�Civilian officers working in the Minis-try of Defence. For administrativeconvenience, the vigilance work inrespect of the Department of De-fence and the Defence Research andDevelopment Organisation is beinglooked after by one Chief VigilanceOfficer and in respect of the Depart-ment of Defence Production byanother Chief Vigilance Officer. TheVigilance Division looks after allvigilance matters and provides a linkbetween the Ministry/Departmentand the Central Vigilance Commis-sion (CVC). The Vigilance Division isresponsible for regular and surpriseinspection of sensitive spots, reviewand streamlining of procedures andinitiation of measures for combatingcorruption. The complaints receivedthrough the Prime Minister�s Office,Raksha Mantri�s Complaint Box andCVC are also being dealt by theVigilance Division. During the year

ACTIVITIES OF VIGILANCE UNITS

2004, 21 Group �A� Officers ( 7 ofDGQA, 10 of MES & 4 of DRDO)were awarded major penalty, 5 (1 ofDGQA, 3 of MES & 1 of DGDE) wereawarded minor penalty, and oneofficer was dismissed from service.

REDRESSAL OF PUBLICGRIEVANCES

16.2 Public grievances pertaining tothe Ministry of Defence as a wholeare received by the Vigilance Divisionof the Ministry of Defence throughthe Department of AdministrativeReforms and Public Grievances.These grievances are also receivedfrom the petitioners directly. All thesegrievances are reviewed on a fort-nightly basis.

16.3 In accordance with the direc-tives issued by the CVC, VigilanceWeek commencing from November1 to 6, 2004 was observed in theMinistry, Defence Public SectorUndertakings, Attached and Subordi-nate Offices. During the week various

16

Page 217: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

216

measures to bring in a sense ofawareness about Vigilance and toremind the employees about theirrole in ensuring a clean and efficientadministration were taken. Pledgereceived from CVC was administeredto the employees. Banners andPosters showing ill-effects of corrup-tion were displayed. Debate andSnap Talks were organised on themenace and the various ways offighting corruption.

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCERESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT

16.4 The main activities of thevigilance units in DRDO during theyear are as under:

● Sensitization of officers andstaff on vigilance aspects atvarious levels.

● Sensitization programmes toroot out corruption and mis-management of public fundsand misuse of public re-sources.

● Vigilance inspections of Labo-ratories/Establishments toensure that all instructions andorders are being implemented.

● Conducting confidential enqui-ries against malpractices andbringing the errant to book.

● Processing vigilance cases/inquiries and preparation ofdocuments for vigilancecharge sheets.

● Ensuring compliance of proce-dures of purchase manage-ment laid down by DRDOthrough periodic vigilanceinspection of laboratories/establishments.

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCEPRODUCTION

16.5 Ordnance Factories: InOrdnance Factories Organisation,probity and transparency in publicdealings are considered as an inte-gral part of the organizational mis-sion. Instructions of CVC, vigilanceawareness and measures of anti-corruption are being disseminated atall levels of employees and theirimplementation is being ensured. Afew notable vigilance achievementsduring the year are listed below.

■ During the year, about 80complaints were processed forfurther vigilance action and 31preventive vigilance inspec-tions were conducted.

■ CVC instructions regardingposting of open tender noticeson the website of theOrganisation have been fullyimplemented by all the Ord-nance Factories.

16.6 Hindustan AeronauticsLimited (HAL): During the year,Vigilance Department continued itsactivities with emphasis on sensitiveareas prone to corruption/malprac-tices. Based on the Action Plan

Page 218: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

217

drawn for the year, a total of 1499surprise/ random and regular inspec-tions were conducted and 44 caseswere instituted. During the year, 151complaints were received out ofwhich 120 were taken up for investi-gation. 40 Departmental EnquiryCommittees were constituted and in44 cases, Enquiry Officers submittedtheir reports. Fifty two cases weredisposed of by the DisciplinaryAuthorities by imposing 15 majorpenalties, 13 minor penalties and in23 cases Censure/Warning/advisoryletters were issued and one exoner-ated. As a result of Preventive Vigi-lance activities, a direct saving ofRs.4.31 crore has been achievedduring the year.

16.7 Bharat Electronics Limited(BEL): Unit Vigilance Committees,Chairman-cum-Managing Directors(CMDs) and Functional Directorstook review meetings on monthly,quarterly and half yearly basis andimparted training on vigilance toactivate the Vigilance Machinery inBEL. Over 82% of the executives ofthe level of Dy. Manager and abovehave been trained in �DomesticEnquiry and Principles of NaturalJustice� programme.

16.8 Bharat Earth Movers Limited(BEML): Independent Vigilance cellswere set up in all the ProductionUnits under the overall supervision /control of the Corporate VigilanceCell during the year.

16.9 Mazagon Dock Limited(MDL): During the year, emphasiswas laid by the Vigilance Departmenton regular/surprise inspections as apreventive measure to plug theloopholes in the existing proceduresand to streamline the system. Fur-ther, with a view to strengthening thesystem of checks and to improveorganisational ethics, VigilanceDepartment laid emphasis on Pre-ventive Vigilance covering aspectslike rotation of officers/staff in sensi-tive departments, scrutiny of PropertyReturns and review of officers� perfor-mance under the Premature Retire-ment Scheme.

16.10 Goa Shipyard Limited(GSL): In order to encourage em-ployees and other persons havingbusiness and other relations with theCompany to come forward withinformation and grievances with avigilance angle, six Vigilance Com-plaint Boxes that are opened everyMonday have been installed at vari-ous places in the premises of theCompany. In addition, printed andframed notice boards have beenplaced at all offices and commonplaces advising all outsiders tocontact the officers of the VigilanceDepartment in case they comeacross any instance of corruption.

16.11 Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited(MIDHANI): During the year, anoverall vigilance awareness has beenbuilt up in the Company. A team of

Page 219: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

218

Officers under the guidance of a fulltime Chief Vigilance Officer, at thelevel of General Manager has beenfunctioning to ensure transparencyand improvements in the systems andprocedures. Vigilance Departmentactively participated in bringing outseveral manuals in the areas of Pur-chase and Civil works, contributingtowards system improvements in theCompany. Several circulars, guide-lines are being issued for the benefitof the managers at the functionallevels, with a view to implementingand adhering to the instructions of theCentral Vigilance Commission onvarious issues in its true spirit andperspective.

16.12 Bharat Dynamics Limited(BDL): The vigilance activities ofBDL are focused on preventivevigilance including measures likedetailed examination of existingorganisation and procedures, regularinspections, surprise inspections andsurveillance. Revised InventoryManagement Manual for bettertransparency in the area of materialmanagement has been issued.Recruitment and promotion rules andsecurity manual were streamlined. Avigilance page was introduced onBDL�s website. Based on investiga-tions by CBI and Vigilance Depart-ment, punitive vigilance action wasalso taken against erring officials.

Page 220: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

219

EMPOWERMENT AND WELFARE

OF WOMEN

Women Naval Officers alongwith other officers practicing the small Arms Firing

17

Page 221: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

220

17.1 The role of women has beenincreasing steadily in the field ofnational defence. Women are em-ployed in Defence Production Units,Defence Research & DevelopmentLaboratories and as Doctors andNursing Officers in the ArmedForces. With the induction of womenin various non-combatant branchesof the Armed Forces like logisticsand law, a larger role is envisaged forthem.

17.2 Women Special Entry Scheme(WSES) has been introduced forwomen to join as officers in non-

EMPOWERMENT AND WELFARE

OF WOMEN

combatant branches of the Army.WSES has also been extended towidows of Service officers killed inaction. Eligible women are recruitedas officers on Short Service Commis-sion basis in various branches of theNavy and Air Force also.

17.3 Indian Army: Women candi-dates can be inducted in the IndianArmy against certain identified va-cancies in various Arms/Servicesthrough the Women Special EntryScheme (Officers). Women areoffered Short Service Commissionfor a period of 10 years, extendable

Girl Cadets during Tent Pitching Competition

Page 222: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

221

by additional four years. The annualintake is 150 with effect from Sep-tember, 2003. Presently, there areapproximately 921 Women Officersserving in the Indian Army.

17.4 Indian Navy: The Indian Navyfirst inducted women in 1992. As ondate, a total of 179 (including 58Medical Officers) women officers areserving in various units in the Navy.These officers are assimilated intothe mainstream and their promotionprospects, training as well as careerprogression are at par with their malecounterparts during their tenure.

17.5 The Naval Wives� WelfareAssociation (NWWA), has beenregularly conducting adult literacyand computer classes for women.

17.6 Information Technology (IT)complex have been opened forladies and family members for com-puter and IT learning. It has beenobserved that a large number ofwomen are benefitted through thisfacility.

17.7 Indian Air Force: Induction ofwomen as Short Service Commis-sion (SSC) officers in Flying, Techni-cal and Non-Technical branches inthe Indian Air Force also com-menced in 1992. Presently there are515 women officers in the IAF.Though women officers are presentlynot being granted permanent com-mission, they can serve upto 15years in the IAF. The initial term of

employment is 10 years. Extensionupto 15 years is granted on a case-to-case basis depending on indi-vidual merit. The intake of womenofficers in IAF has shown an upwardtrend during last three years. In theyears 2002, 2003 and 2004 a total of68, 79 and 83 women officers werecommissioned in the IAF.

17.8 Coast Guard: The IndianCoast Guard has recruited ladyofficers in the rank of Assistant Com-mandant through open direct recruit-ment. Presently, 14 such lady offic-ers are in service. Some of theselady officers have since been pro-moted to the rank of Deputy Com-mandant.

17.9 In the Coast Guard, womenofficers are inducted in administra-tion, logistics and pilot cadre onpermanent commission for ashoreduties. The selection procedure issame as applicable to their malecounterparts. The training pattern isdesigned as per the cadre require-ment, after completion of basictraining which is common for alltrades. As women officers are in-ducted for ashore billet, they areexempted from sea training, thoughan introductory capsule attachmentis provided to them. They havesimilar career profiles as Gentlemenofficers. Specialist courses areassigned to them as per cadre re-quirement, Long Logistics Manage-ment Course (LLMC), Long Elec-

Page 223: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

222

tronic Data Processing course(LEDP) for administration branch andMET and ATC courses for pilots.

17.10 The Ministry of Defence hastaken several steps to ensure thatconducive work environment andappropriate working conditions areprovided to women. The manpower/human resource development poli-cies followed in the Ministry of De-fence make no distinction/discrimina-tion on grounds of sex.

17.11 The guidelines of the SupremeCourt to prevent sexual harassmentat workplace for working women arebeing implemented in the ArmedForces, Inter Service Organisations,Defence Public Sector Undertakingsand Defence Laboratories/Establish-ments as well as in the Ministry ofDefence. �Complaints Committees�have been constituted at the Head-quarters as well as at Unit levels forredressal of complaints receivedfrom women employees and toreview matters relating to the safetyof women. Various rules and regula-tions have been amended as per theguidelines laid down by the SupremeCourt.

17.12 The guidelines of NationalCommission for Women (NCW) arealso being implemented by theWomen�s Cell of the Ministry ofDefence, with assistance of 23 NodalWomen Cells spread all over thecountry.

17.13 Ministry of Defence has spe-cial pension schemes for the widowsof Service personnel. Under thisscheme, the widows of the ArmedForces� personnel who die in war/war like operations/ counter-insur-gency operations/ in incidents involv-ing armed hostilities or on account ofcauses attributable to or aggravatedby service, are granted LiberalisedFamily Pension/ Ordinary FamilyPension/ Special Family Pensioneven after remarriage, subject tocertain conditions.

17.14 Schemes for CivilianDefence Employees:

(i) For promoting the welfare ofwomen civilian employees inthe lower formations of Army,women cells have been estab-lished in units/establishmentshaving sizeable number ofwomen, in accordance with theguidelines issued by the Na-tional Commission for Women.

(ii) The women cells at the unitlevel undertake developmentactivities for women employeesas well as female family mem-bers of employees. Commonroom, crèche, ladies toiletsmanned by women safaikaramcharis are provided inmost of the Army units.

(iii) The work of the women cells atunit level is monitored at theCommand HQ level as well as

Page 224: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

223

at Army HQ. There is also aredressal mechanism for theprevention of sexual harass-ment at work places.

(iv) For social and economic devel-

opment of female members of

employee�s families, employ-

ment assistance, non-formal

education of girls, health care

measures, family planning

assistance, sports and recre-

ation facilities are also available

in most of the Army units.

17.15 Financial Assistance ondemise of a soldier:

(i) On the demise of a soldier, a

grant of Rs.30,000/- from Army

Central Welfare Fund (ACWF)

and Rs.5,000/- from Army

Wives� Welfare Association

Fund is released immediately to

the next-of-kin. This grant en-

ables the widow to overcome

initial problems caused by the

death of her husband. Even

where there is a dispute be-

tween the widow and her in-

laws, the grant from ACWF is

still given to the widow.

(ii) If an Officer/Personnel Below

Officers� Rank is married, his

wife automatically becomes his

next-of-kin even if the soldier

had not furnished official details

to this effect.

17.16 Financial Assistance � FatalBattle Casualties of August 15,1947 to April 30, 1999: As part ofthe welfare measures, next-of-kin ofall battle casualties during the periodfrom August 15, 1947 to April 30,1999 are given Rs. 50,000/- eachfrom the National Defence Fund andArmy Central Welfare Fund. Even ifthe widow gets remarried, she con-tinues to be eligible for the grant.Financial assistance upto Rs.25,000/-for Agro-based ventures/Dairy Devel-opment is provided to these warwidows. Financial assistance ofRs.30,000/- is also provided for re-marriage of widows.

17.17 Scholarship for Wards:Children of battle casualties areeligible for reimbursement of full feesand other expenses incurred oneducation. Education scholarshipsare provided to the children of wid-ows of soldiers who die in harness atthe following rates: (a) Class 1 toClass XII, Rs. 5000/- per annum; (b)Graduation, Rs.10,000/- per annum;(c) Post Graduation, Rs.15,000/- perannum and (d) Professional Courses,Tuition Fee + Rs. 5,000/- per annumwith a ceiling of Rs. 40,000/-.

17.18 Demise Grant: A demisegrant of Rs.2,000/- is paid to next-of-kin of deceased Ex-Servicemen(Personnel Below Officers Rank only)through respective Record Offices.From August 1, 2004 this grant hasbeen enhanced to Rs.3,000/-.

Page 225: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

224

DEFENCE RESEARCH &DEVELOPMENT ORGANISATION(DRDO)

17.19 DRDO is sensitive to theempowerment and welfare ofwomen. Government instructionsand directives issued on the subjectare being followed in both letter andspirit. It is ensured that women em-ployees are accorded equal opportu-nities for enhancement of their skillsand knowledge base for the nurtur-ing of their potential. As per Govern-ment orders, DRDO laboratorieshave been instructed to set up thewomen�s cell to look after the welfareof women employees. In compli-ance, a cell has been constituted inDRDO Headquarters for the purpose.Various welfare measures have alsobeen undertaken for the Womenemployees in the organisation.

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCEPRODUCTION

17.20 A separate forum of Women inPublic Sector (WIPS) has beenestablished in Defence Public SectorUndertakings (DPSUs) under theaegis of the Standing Conference ofPublic Enterprises (SCOPE) to assistthe DPSUs in harnessing the fullpotential of women employees andalso to play a catalytic role in improv-ing the status of women in theDPSUs. DPSUs have provided cer-tain facilities to working women, suchas crèches for the children of work-

ing women, lunch and rest rooms forthem and grievance cells.

17.21 Some of the important stepstaken by the DPSUs for empower-ment and welfare of women are asfollows:-

(i) Hindustan Aeronautics Lim-ited (HAL): The strength ofwomen employees in HAL ason March 31, 2005 was 1638.A sizeable number of womenemployees are in supervisoryand executive cadres. They areprovided with equal opportuni-ties for advancement of theircareer. Also, all statutory andwelfare amenities have beenextended to women employees.

(ii) Bharat Electronics Limited(BEL): BEL employs 2435women in all its units and of-fices of BEL. Since electronicassembly work requires preci-sion and women are consid-ered to be the best exponentsfor meeting such demands.The various facilities and ben-efits provided to women em-ployees include specially fur-nished exclusive rest rooms,creche facilities for nursingmothers, conducting awarenessand training classes/programmes, nomination ofwomen employees for partici-pating in meets/conferencesorganised by the �Women inPublic Sector� (WIPS) etc.

Page 226: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

225

�Akshya� run by the BharatElectronics Ladies� Association(Bangalore) provides employ-ment opportunities for destitutewomen.

(iii) Mazagon Dock Limited(MDL): A Women�s cell com-prising a senior manager andlady employees has been setup in MDL to deliberate onways and means of promotingthe growth and development ofwomen employees towardsharnessing their potential. Adatabase has been prepared tocollect information on womenemployees to evolve a mean-ingful policy in order to improvethe status and position ofwomen employees.

(iv) Garden Reach Shipbuilders& Engineers Limited (GRSE):In the light of Supreme Courtjudgement, suitable amend-ment in the Classification,Disciplinary and Appeal (CDA)Rules has been made incorpo-rating provisions relating toprohibition of sexual harass-ment and penalties againstoffenders. A Complaint Cellhas been formed to deal withcomplaints of sexual harass-ment. Convenor of an NGOhas also been included in theComplaint Cell to prevent thepossibility of any undue influ-ence from senior levels.Programmes for gender

sensitisation are organised fromtime to time at all levels.

(v) Bharat Dynanics Limited(BDL): There are 219 Womenemployees working in BDL ofwhom 32 are executives and187 are Non-executives. TheCompany has amended itsStanding Orders and Classifica-tion, Disciplinary and Appeal(CDA) Rules to include Sexualharassment of women employ-ees at work place as miscon-duct. A Complaints Committeeheaded by a woman AdditionalGeneral Manager, 5 otherwomen members and one maleofficer has been appointed.Special empowermentprogrammes are being offeredto the women employees.

(vi) Mishra Dhatu Nigam Limited(MIDHANI): The companycontinued its focus on empow-ering women employees byproviding necessary platformto realize their potential andcreating necessary environ-ment at all work places with allstatutory safeguards andamenities, enabling them towork safely, with pride anddignity. The facilities guaran-teed to them under variouswelfare legislations applicableto the Company are beingextended. A cordial atmo-sphere is being created for the

Page 227: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

226

women employees wherein

they can effectively contribute

to achieving the organizational

goals. Women employees are

nominated for various in-

house and external training

programmes.

(vii) Bharat Earth Movers Limited(BEML): The Company has

constituted a Women�s Cell in

all the Production Units and the

Corporate Office to redress the

grievances of its women em-

ployees. The total strength of

women officers and employees

in BEML is 76 and 218 respec-tively.

ORDNANCE FACTORIES

17.22 Women, at all levels, areactively involved in various activitiesof the Organisation. A number ofwomen officers are presently holdingsenior positions in the Organisation.In many Ordnance Factories, womenat the shop floor level operate evensophisticated CNC machines. Everyeffort is made to ensure that appro-priate working conditions are pro-vided for women. Factories andoffices have provision for separaterest rooms for women employees.

Page 228: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

227

A. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE

1. Defence of India and everypart thereof including preparation fordefence and all such acts as may berequired in times of war to its pros-ecution and after its termination toeffective demobilization.

2. The Armed Forces of theUnion, namely, the Army, the Navy,the Air Force.

3. Integrated Headquarters of theMinistry of Defence comprising ArmyHeadquarters, Naval Headquarters,Air Headquarters and Defence StaffHeadquarters.

4. The Reserves of the Army,Navy and Air Force.

5. Territorial Army.

6. The National Cadet Corps.

7. Works relating to Army, Navy,Air Force and Ordnance Factories.

8. Remounts, Veterinary andFarms Organisation.

9. Canteen Stores Department(India).

10. Civilian Services paid fromDefence Estimates.

APPENDIX-I

MATTERS DEALT BY THE DEPARTMENTSOF THE MINISTRY OF DEFENCE

11. Hydrographic Surveys andpreparation of navigational charts.

12. Formation of Cantonments,delimitation/ excision of Cantonmentareas, local self-government in suchareas, the constitution and powerswithin such areas of CantonmentBoards and authorities and theregulation of house accommodation(including the control of rents) insuch areas.

13. Acquisition, requisitioning,custody and relinquishment of landand property for defence purposes.Eviction of unauthorized occupantsfrom defence land and property.

14. Defence Accounts Depart-ment.

15. Purchase of foodstuff formilitary requirements and their dis-posal excluding those entrusted toMinistry of food and Civil Supplies(Department of Food).

16. All matters relating to CoastGuard Organisation, including :-

(i) Surveillance of maritime zonesto locate oil spills.

(ii) Combating oil spills in variousmaritime zones, except in the

Page 229: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

228

waters of ports and within 500metres of off-shore explorationand production platforms,coastal refineries and associ-ated facilities such as SingleBuoy Mooring (SBM), CrudeOil Terminal (COT) and pipe-lines.

(iii) Central Coordinating Agencyfor Combating of Oil Pollutionin the coastal and marineenvironment of various mari-time zones.

(iv) Implementation of NationalContingency Plan for oil spilldisaster.

(v) Prevention and control of oilspills, inspection of ships andoffshore platforms in the coun-try except within the limits ofports as empowered by theMerchant Shipping Act, 1958.

17. Matters relating to diving andrelated activities in the country.

18. The following inter-ServiceOrganisations function under theMinistry of Defence:

(i) Military Engineer Services.

(ii) Armed Forces Medical Ser-vices.

(iii) Directorate General of DefenceEstates.

(iv) Office of the Chief Administra-tive Officer.

(v) Directorate of Public Relations.

(vi) Army Purchase Organisation.

(vii) Services Sports Control Board.

(viii) Armed Sports Control Board.

(ix) Armed Forces Films and PhotoDivision.

(x) School of Foreign Languages.

(xi) History Division.

(xii) National Defence College.

(xiii) College of Defence Manage-ment.

(xiv) Ministry of Defence Library.

B. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCEPRODUCTION

1. Ordnance Factory Board andOrdnance Factories.

2. Hindustan Aeronautics Limited(HAL).

3. Bharat ElectronicsLimited(BEL)

4. Mazgon docks Limited (MDL).

5. Garden Reach Shipbuilders &Engineers Limited(GRSE).

6. Goa Shipyard Limited(GSL)

7. Bharat Dynamics Limited(BDL)

8. Mishra Dhatu NigamLimited(MIDHANI)

9. Bharat Earth Movers Limited(BEML).

Page 230: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

229

10. Directorate General of QualityAssurance (DGQA) including Direc-torate of Technical Development &Production (Air).

11. Standardisation of defenceequipment and stores includingDirectorate of Standardisation.

12. Development of aeronauticsindustry and Co-ordination amongusers other than those concernedwith the Department of Civil Aviationand the Department of Space.

13. Indigenisation, developmentand production of items required fordefence purposes.

14. Procurement exclusive to thedefence services.

15. Defence exports and interna-tional Cooperation in defence pro-duction.

C. Department of DefenceResearch & Development

1. Apprising, assessing andadvising Raksha Mantri on the influ-ence on National Security of Emerg-ing developments in Sciences andTechnology.

2. Rendering advice to RakshaMantri and to the three services andinter-services and inter-ServicesOrganizations on all scientific as-pects of weapons; weapon plat-forms; military operations; surveil-lance; support and logistics, in alllikely theatres of conflict.

3. To function with the concur-rence of the Ministry of ExternalAffairs, as the nodal co-ordinatingagency of the Ministry of Defence onall matters relating to instruments ofAccord with foreign Governmentrelating to the acquisition of tech-nologies whose export to India is thesubject of national security relatedcontrols of foreign Governments.

4. Formulation and execution ofprogrammes of scientific researchand design, development, test andevaluation, in fields of relevance tonational security.

5. Direction and administration ofagencies, laboratories, establish-ments, ranges, facilities,programmes and projects of theDepartment.

6. Aeronautical DevelopmentAgency.

7. All matters relating to certifica-tion of design, air worthiness ofmilitary aircraft, their equipment andstores.

8. All matters relating to theprotection and transfer of technologygenerated by the activities of theDepartment.

9. Scientific analysis support andparticipation in acquisition and evalu-ation proceedings of all weapons,systems and related technologiesproposed to be acquired by theMinistry of Defence.

Page 231: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

230

10. To render advice on the tech-nological and intellectual propertyaspects of the import of technologyby production units and enterprisesmanufacturing, or proposing tomanufacture, equipment and storesfor the Armed Services.

11. To deal with reference madeunder section 35 of the Patents Act,1970 (39 of 1970).

12. Financial & other materialassistance to individuals, institutionsand bodies for study and for thetraining of manpower on aspects ofScience and Technology that have abearing on national security.

13. In consultation with the Minis-try of External Affairs, internationalrelations in matters connected withthe role of Science and Technologyin national security including thefollowing.

(i) Matters relating to the relationswith Research Organizationsof other countries and withInter-Governmental agencies,particularly those which con-cern themselves, inter alia,with the scientific and techno-logical aspects of nationalsecurity.

(ii) Arrangement with Universities,educational and research-oriented institutions or bodiesabroad to provide for foreignscholarships and training ofIndian scientists and technolo-

gies under the administrativecontrol of the Department.

14. Execution of works and pur-chase of lands debitable to thebudget of the Department.

15. All matters relating to person-nel under the control of the Depart-ment.

16. Acquisition of all types ofstores, equipment and servicesdebitable to the budget of the De-partment.

17. Financial sanctions relating tothe Department.

18. Any other activity assigned toor accepted by the Departmentthrough understandings or arrange-ments with any other Ministry, De-partment or Agency of the Govern-ment of India whose activities have abearing on the scientific and techno-logical aspect of national security.

D. DEPARTMENT OF EX-SERVICEMEN WELFARE

1. Matters relating to Ex-Service-men including pensioners.

2. Ex-Servicemen ContributoryHealth Scheme.

3. Matters relating to DirectorateGeneral of Resettlement andKendriya Sainik Board.

4. Administration of :

(a) the Pension Regulations forthe Army, 1961 (Parts l and ll);

Page 232: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

231

(b) the Pension Regulations forthe Air Force, 1961 (Parts l andll);

(c) the Navy (Pension) Regula-tions, 1964; and,

(d) the Entitlement Rules to Casu-alty Pensionary Awards to theArmed Forces Personnel,1982.

E. Defence (Finance)Division

1. To examine all Defence mat-ters having a financial bearing.

2. To render financial advice tothe various functionaries of Ministryof Defence and the Service Head-quarters.

3. To act as the integrated fi-nance Division of Ministry of De-fence.

4. To assist in the formulationand implementation of all Scheme/proposals involving expenditure.

5. To assist in the formulationand implementation of DefencePlans.

6. To prepare Defence budgetand other estimates for the DefenceServices and to monitor theprogress of the Schemes againstthe budget.

7. To exercise post-budget vigi-lance to ensure that there are neitherconsiderable shortfalls in expenditurenor unforeseen excesses.

8. To advise heads of branchesof the Armed Forces Headquartersin the discharge of their financialresponsibility.

9. To function as the accountingauthority for Defence Services.

10. To prepare the AppropriationAccounts for the Defence Services.

11. To discharge the responsibilityfor payments and internal audit ofDefence expenditure through theController General Defence Ac-counts.

Page 233: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

232

RAKSHA MANTRI

Shri George Fernandes From October 15, 2001 to May 22, 2004Shri Pranab Mukherjee From May 23, 2004 onwards

RAKSHA UTPADAN RAJYA MANTRI

Prof. O. Rajagopal From January 29, 2003 to May 22, 2004Shri B.K. Handique From May 23, 2004 to November 30, 2004

RAKSHA RAJYA MANTRI

Shri Chaman Lal Gupta From July 1, 2002 to May 22, 2004Shri B.K. Handique From November 30, 2004 onwards

Defence Secretary Chief of Army StaffShri Ajay Prasad General N.C. Vij,From July 14, 2003 to PVSM, UYSM, AVSM, ADCJune 30, 2004 From January 1, 2002 to

January 31, 2005

Shri Ajai Vikram Singh General J.J. Singh,From July 1,2004 onwards PVSM, AVSM, VSM, ADC

From February 1, 2005onwards

Secretary (Defence Production) Chief of Naval StaffMs. Uma Pillai Admiral Madhvendra Singh,From July 9,2003 to August 2, 2004 PVSM, AVSM, ADC

From December 30, 2001 toShri Shekhar Dutt July 31, 2004From August 2, 2004 onwards

Secretary (DR&D and S.A. to Admiral Arun Prakash,Raksha Mantri) PVSM, AVSM, VRC, VSM, ADCDr. V.K. Atre From August 1, 2004 onwardsFrom December 29, 1999 toAugust 31, 2004 Chief of Air Staff

Shri M Natarajan Air Chief Marshal S. Krishnaswamy,From August 31, 2004 onwards PVSM, AVSM, VM and Bar, ADC

From December 31, 2001 toDecember 31, 2004

Secretary (Defence Finance) Air Chief Marshal S.P. Tyagi,Ms. Somi Tandon PVSM,AVSM,VM,ADCFrom August 10, 2004 onwards From December 31, 2004 onwards

APPENDIX-II

MINISTERS, CHIEFS OF STAFF AND SECRETARIESWHO WERE IN POSITION FROM APRIL 1, 2004 ONWARDS

Page 234: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

233

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCE

Injudicious authorization of winterclothing leading to their non-utilisation: Reduction in authoriza-tion of shirts Angola Drab and Trou-sers and Serge Khaki from 100 percent in 1998 to 15 per cent in 2003 ofenrolled National Cadets Corpsrendered these items valued at Rs.12.36 crore surplus in NCC Director-ates of Rajasthan and Punjab. Theprospect of their utilization in futurewas remote since the scales of otherNCC Directorates also stood re-duced.

(Para 2.1 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

Abnormal delay in detection of en-croachment of Defence Land: Fail-ure of Defence Estate Officer todetect the encroachment of defenceland for over 16 years resulted innon-recovery of Rs. 79 lakh towardsrent and premium.

(Para 2.2 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance.

I-ARMY

Holding of defective ammunition:Due to use of wrong propellant by

APPENDIX-III

SUMMARY OF LATEST COMPTROLLER & AUDITORGENERAL (C&AG) REPORT ON THE WORKING OF

MINISTRY OF DEFENCE

the Ordnance Factory, 17879 roundsof ammunition for Tanks valued atRs.47.34 crore become unservice-able and had to be diverted fortraining purposes.

(Para 3.1 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance)

Recoveries/savings at the instance ofaudit: An aggregate amount of Rs.3.88 crore was recovered at theinstance of audit due to certain errorsin regulation of personal entitlement,retirement benefits & recovery to-wards liquidated damages/penaltyfrom Canteen stores DepartmentSupplies. An amount of Rs. 58 lakhwas saved at the instance of auditdue to cancellation or revision ofirregular Administrative Approvals/Technical Sanctions.

(Para 3.2 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

Avoidable extra expenditure onprocurement of Jeeps: The reason-ableness of the rates for the rimswhile placing orders for 3423 Jeepsin October 1999 & January 2000 wasnot examined by Director General ofOrdnance Factories (DGOF) result-ing avoidable extra expenditure of

Page 235: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

234

Rs. 3.07 crore(including exciseduties and taxes of Rs. 1.71 crore).

(Para 3.3 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

Incorrect payment of transport allow-ance: In violation of Govt. orders,transport allowance amounting to Rs.69.93 lakh was paid to service per-sonnel of Indian Military Academy,Dehradun (IMA), Equine BreedingStud Hissar, Gorkha Training Centre,Sabathu and Officers Training Acad-emy, Chennai, who were providedwith Govt. accommodation within thecampus housing both their place ofwork and residence.

(Para 3.7 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

II-WORKS AND MILITARYENGINEER SERVICES

Avoidable expenditure on construc-tion of married accommodation:Despite no demand even for theexisting accommodation in the sta-tion, married Accommodation ofOther Ranks was constructed atstation resulting in infructuous ex-penditure of Rs. 1.17 crore.

(Para 4.3 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

Avoidable expenditure of Rs. 61.11lakh on execution of works: Despitethe cancellation of the PresidentialFleet Review at Air Force Station,Chandigarh, scheduled on October17, 2001, seven works related to the

event were sanctioned by HqrsWestern Air Command (Air Force)and Air Officer Commanding AirForce Station Chandigarh and ex-ecuted by Garrison Engineer (AirForce), Chandigarh, in contraventionof Air Hq instructions resulted inavoidable expenditure of Rs. 61.11lakh.

(Para 4.4 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

III-BORDER ROADSORGANISATION

Delay in construction of approachesto a bridge due to departmentallapses: Even after spending Rs. 1.66crore and a delay of more than threeyears, the approaches to the bridgeremain incomplete due to non-acquisition of land for construction ofapproaches before commencementof work.

(Para .1 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

IV-ORDNANCE FACTORYORGANISATION

Working of Metal and Steel Factory,Ichapore: The Metal and Steel Fac-tory, Ichapore, a metallurgical unit,manufactures ferrous and non-ferrous products like gun barrels forT-72 tank, 155 mm Field Howitzersand 30 mm Sarath Infantry combatvehicle, blanks and cartidge casesfor 125 mm, 30 mm and 23 mmammunition & various kinds of rolled

Page 236: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

235

alloy-steel bars, billets and rods forsupply to sister factories. The mainproduction process involved aremelting, casting, forging rolling,machining and heat treatment. Re-view by Audit of the working of thefactory revealed that:-

■ The under utilization of capac-ity in five shops ranged be-tween 11 and 100 per centwhich was attributed to non-availability of adequate ordersfrom sister factories.

■ Two costly plants costing Rs.28.86 crore remained grosslyunderutilized in the rangebetween 55 and 85 percent.

■ Though the available man-hours were not fully utilized,the factory deployed person-nel on overtime involvingpayment of Rs. 25.50 crore,out of which Rs. 2.11 crorewas avoidable.

■ No benefit could be derivedfrom and investment of Rs.2.70 crore towards procure-ment of two cooling pits, onemechanical press, one furnaceand one face milling machinedue to their non-commission-ing/delayed commissioningeven after a lapse of two to fiveyears of their receipt.

■ Overhead charges to the valueof production ranged between62 and 73 per cent as against

the range of 29 and 37 percent for the Ordnance FactoryOrganisation as a whole.

■ There was unfruitful expendi-ture of Rs. 3.03 crore towardscreation of facilities for shellforge plant at the factory dueto change in product profileand inordinate delays due toindecision in procurement ofthe plant.

■ Injudicious manufacture ofsteel, blooms and billets worthRs. 22.66 crore in anticipationof orders had rendered theitems obsolete and unusable.

■ Against the normal life of sixmonths, 53 manufacturingwarrants valuing Rs. 7.71 crorewere outstanding for morethan one to four years.

(Para 7.2 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance)

Functioning of CNC machinesin Ordnance Factories

Ordnance Factories inducted Com-puterized Numerically Controlled(CNC) machines in a phased man-ner from 1980 as a part of theirmodernization programme. CNCmachines are designed and built togive superior performance andaccuracy in operations such asmachining, turning, grinding, mill-ing, boring, gauging, drilling, gearmaking etc. in comparison to con-

Page 237: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

236

ventional machines. Dependingupon the nature of operations/jobsrequired, CNC machines aredesigned with multi axes mode.Review by Audit of the performanceof the functioning of CNC machinesin Ordnance Factories during 1997-2002 revealed that:-

■ There was abnormal rejectionamounting to Rs. 21.94 crorein manufacture of componentsat two factories due to themanagement�s failure to con-tain the rejection percentagewithin the specified limits.

■ In the absence of properdocumentation particularly,machine-wise cycle time,annual rated capacity etc. andnon-assessment of achieve-ments of benefits accrued vis-à-vis that envisaged at the timeof procurement of CNCmachines, the factory manage-ments were not able to effec-tively evaluate, monitor andcontrol the utilization of CNCmachines.

■ Procurement of 49 CNC ma-chines costing Rs. 8.50 crorein six ordnance factoriesbetween March 1993 andNovember 2001 lacked justifi-cation in view of either noworkload or decrease inworkload at the concernedfactories.

■ The management of sevenfactories could not derive anyvalue for money out of invest-ment of Rs. 15.56 crore on 16machines due to various typesof quality problems leading totheir non-commissioning,remaining under continuousbreakdown or their ultimaterejection etc.

■ There was grossunderutilization to the extent of70 per cent and above inrespect of 60 to 100 CNCmachines in a year. Besides,the underutilization of 82 to154 other machines rangedbetween 40 and 69 per cent ina year out of 349 machinesselected for test check at 13factories.

■ At eleven ordnance factories,41 to 94 machines remainedunder break-down for morethan one month�s duration in ayear, 16 machines remainedunder break-down for morethan six months in 2001-02.Besides, nine machines cost-ing Rs. 5.99 crore were undercontinuous break-down forperiods ranging from 20months to eight and a halfyears as of April 2002 at sixfactories.

■ Despite production capacityavailable through the CNCroute at two factories, manu-

Page 238: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

237

facture of components of 5.56mm rifle and 9 m pistolthrough the conventional routeled to an extra expenditure ofRs.9.71 crore due to highercost of production.

■ The management of threefactories offloaded jobsamounting to Rs.5.32 crore totrade despite having CNCcapacity.

■ In two instances, the manage-ment of two ordnance factoriespaid Rs. 1.14 crore to thesuppliers of CNC machines,who did not fulfill the contrac-tual obligations.

(Para 7.3 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

Blocked inventory due to abruptwithdrawal of demand by user:Three Ordnance Factories wereforced to hold blocked inventoriesworth Rs. 9.21 crore owing to abruptdecision of the army in withdrawingtheir requirement of High ExplosiveExtended Range version of 155 mmBofors Ammunition in 1999-2000, forwhich there is no possibility of alter-nate use.

(Para 7.4 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

Receipt of defective stores due toincorrect specification in the supplyorder: Incorrect incorporation ofspecification in the supply order byHeavy Vehicles Factory, Avadi fore-

closed the possibility of obtainingfree replacement of Track assemblywraps imported at a cost of Rs.3.60crore from a foreign firm.

(Para 7. of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

Failure to develop a propellant:Failure of High Energy MaterialResearch Laboratory, Hyderabad toindigenously develop Artus blockpropellants of Milan Missile in asso-ciation with Ordnance Factory, Itarsihad resulted in nugatory expenditureof Rs.4.75 crore.

(Para 7. 10 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

Suppression of excess consumptionof components: By working outrejection allowance based on totalvalue of each warrant in assemblingof 5.56 mm rifle and 9 mm pistolinstead of calculating it with refer-ence to ordered quantity provided inthe estimate, the Rifle Factory,Ishapore suppressed excess con-sumption of components/sub-assem-blies worth Rs.3.19 crore.

(Para 7.13 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

V-AIR FORCE AND NAVY

Modernisation of a submarine: Inad-equate planning and tardy procure-ment in the modernizationprogramme of a SSK submarinecosting over Rs.800 crore havedelayed the completion of the mod-

Page 239: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

238

ernization schedule by two and halfyears, rendering the submarineunavailable for operational exploita-tion during this period, and entailingavoidable extra expenditure ofRs.9.39 crore.

(Para 4.1. of Report No.7 of 2004)Army and Ordnance

Extra expenditure due to inadequatesafety measures: Non-implementa-tion of adequate safety measures intime by the Navy led to damage tounderwater cables and equipment oftwo Degaussing Ranges. This re-sulted in avoidable extra expenditureof Rs.8.99 crore, and delay of overfour years in the creation of De-gaussing facilities.

(Para 6.2 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Purchase of rubber tiles for subma-rines: Planning deficiencies in thepurchase of rubber tiles for subma-rines led to avoidable expenditure ofRs.1.72 crore.

(Para 4.2. of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Unnecessary procurement of trans-mitters: Procurement of eleven trans-mitters in excess of authorization andrequirement by the Air Force resultedin avoidable expenditure of Rs.5.26crore. Attempts by the Air Force tobackload these surplus transmittersto the manufacturer have not beensuccessful.

(Para 3.1 of Report No. 7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Import of defective missiles: Air Hqfailed to get three defective missilesrepaired/replaced at the cost of theforeign vendor within the warrantyperiod. As a result, the missileswould complete their entire shelf lifeof eight years in an unserviceablecondition, rendering infructuous theinvestment of Rs.1.26 crore on theirprocurement.

(Para 2.2 of Report No. 7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Recoveries effected at the instanceof Audit: At the instance of Audit, theAir Force recovered Rs. 8.02 croretowards interest on the amount thathad been outstanding against theHindustan Aeronautics Limited forover ten years. In another case,overpayment of Rs. 2.88 crorecaused by erroneous application ofrates in the bills preferred by HALwas recovered.

(Para 3.7 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Irregular payment of Transport Allow-ance: Incorrect implementation ofGovernment orders for the grant oftransport allowance to Air Force andNaval personnel led to overpaymentof Rs.20.29 crore in 26 Air Force andNaval formations.

(Para 2.1 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Procurement of Aviation Bombs: AirForce concluded a contract with a

Page 240: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

239

Romanian firm for supply of 3,775Aviation Bombs without properevaluation. The Bombs failed inflight trials. The contract had to becancelled and procurement of 2,000bombs from an alternative provensource(Russian) was entailed. Thisled to extra expenditure of Rs. 1.32crore.

(Para 3.2 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Avoidable procurement of equip-ment: Procurement of a High Den-sity Data Recorder for the same enduse by both the Project Coordinatorand the Project Implementer of theAirForce resulted in unnecessaryexpenditure of over Rs.1.22 crore.

(Para 6.1 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Procurement of ARC Spray System:Poor planning by the Air Force re-sulted in non-utilisation/sub-optimalutilization of six ARC Spray Systemsprocured at a cost of Rs. 1.22 crore.

(Para 3.3 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Procurement of fuel feed pumps:Inadequate scrutiny by the Navy, ofoffers received from a foreign vendorfor fuel pumps resulted in procure-ment of two fuel feed pumps atexorbitant rates, entailing avoidableextra expenditure of Rs.34.34 lakh.

(Para 4.3 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Avoidable expenditure caused byfailure of Air Hqrs: Failure of Air Hqrsto issue timely corrections to twodraft contracts resulted in extraexpenditure of Rs. 44.75 lakhs in theprocurement of spares.

(Para 3.4of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Avoidable and infructuous expendi-ture in water supply arrangementswith a municipal body: Over assess-ment of water requirements for anaval establishment and prematureconclusion of an agreement with amunicipal body resulted in avoidableand infructuous payment of Rs. 1.20crore. Further, the failure of theGarrison Engineer to protect a pipe-line constructed at a cost of Rs.57.19 lakh led to its non-utilisationand rendered the investment unfruit-ful.

(Para 4.5 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Non-crediting of revenue into PublicFund: Three Air Force Commandsdid not remit to Government revenueof Rs.1.77 crore earned from com-mercial complexes located in Gov-ernment buildings/Government land.

(Para 3.6 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Unauthorised and unnecessaryexpenditure: Execution of civil worksafter the cancellation of the event forwhich these were required resulted

Page 241: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

240

in unathorised and unnecessaryexpenditure of Rs.51 lakhs.

(Para 3.5 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Non-utilisation of a newly con-structed technical building for theintended purpose: A building con-structed at a cost of Rs.68 lakhs tohouse an Armament Repair andMaintenance Unit was diverted toother non-technical uses, by relocat-ing the original users in unsuitablealternative accommodation.

(Para 4.4 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

Non utilization of prime land: TheCoast Guard failed to establish aCoast Guard Air Squadron Complexin Kolkata despite acquiring primeland at a cost of Rs. 15.8 crore sevenyears ago.

(Para 5.1 of Report No.7 of 2004)Air Force and Navy

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCEPRODUCTION AND SUPPLIES

Bharat Earth Movers Limited paidpenal interest of Rs.2.43 crore in July2002 due to delayed payment ofcustoms duty. In addition, due tonon- availment of concessionalcustoms duty, it also paid additionalcustoms duty of Rs.68 lakh in July2002 on domestic sales.

(Para 6.1.1 of Report No.3 of 2004)Commercial

Bharat Electronics Limited failed inprotecting its interest at the time ofamendment of delivery terms result-ing in blocking up of funds ofRs.58.37 crore and consequentialloss of interest of Rs.9.89 crore from1995-96 to 2001-02. It also incurredRs.1.32 crore towards insurancepremium for safeguarding thegoods.

(Para 6.2.1. of Report No.3 of 2004)Commercial

Hindustan Aeronautics Limited failedto fulfill its commitment for repair/overhaul of MIG 21 M and 27 MAircraft in time resulting in incurringof liquidated damages of Rs.11.33crore from 1995-96 to 2002-03.

(Para 6.3.1. of Report No.3 of 2004)Commercial

Review on MarketingActivities by Bharat EarthMovers Limited

The Company did not conduct anymarket survey during the last 5 yearsending March 2003 resulting inprocuring/manufacturing spares/equipment which it could not utilise/sell. The inventories as on March2003 were 41 percent of the value ofproduction. Due to inaccurate mar-ket projections, the production ca-pacity created to manufacture dieselengines and cylinder blocks re-mained under utilised.

Page 242: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

241

The Company�s core activity com-prises manufacturing and sale ofearthmoving equipment, yet its sharein the field declined due to its inabil-ity to offer competitive prices and tocope with competition. The mainreason for incurring losses in manu-facturing and sale of earthmovingequipment was its failure to takeappropriate cost reduction mea-sures.

Despite having full-fledged distribu-tion network, with adequate man-power, the Company injudiciouslyengaged private agencies for secur-ing orders for its products resulting inavoidable expenditure.

The Company has not evolved anypolicy with regard to taking up ofR&D projects. As such it has notbeen able to successfully introduceR&D products in the market.

There were delays on the part of theCompany in supplying equipment tothe customers. As such the latterwithheld payments/levied liquidateddamages.

BCCL, a sick subsidiary, defaulted inmaking payment to the Companyeven though the Company continuedto supply equipment/spares oncredit to it.

(Report No.4 of 2004)Commercial

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENCERESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Procurement and utilization ofplant and equipment in DRDO

Defence Research and Develop-ment Organisation (DRDO) providesscientific and technical support tothe Armed Forces through designand development of new andsophisticated equipment to meetoperational requirements. A signifi-cant objective is the establishmentof capacity for indigenous produc-tion of equipment which, hitherto,were imported i.e. self reliance indefence requirements. The mandateof DRDO is accomplished througha network of 50 laboraties/establish-ments.

A review on procurement and utiliza-tion of plant & equipment in DRDOcarried out and revealed that:-

● There were abnormal delays ininstallation of six machinesvaluing Rs.13.78 crore in fourlaboratories/Establishments.

● There was under utilization offour equipment valuingRs.5.60 crore in four Labora-tories.

● In two Laboratories, there werefour equipments valuingRs.3.21 crore lying unutilized.

Page 243: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian

242

● Eight machines valuingRs.1.75 crore required forspecific projects were receivedin five laboratories eitherafter closure or at the fag endof the project.

● A Laboratory procured equip-ment costing Rs.1.60 crore

which was not envisaged inthe project proposal.

● Non-realisation of cost ofRs.4.89 crore for the assetsinstalled at Mishra DhatuNigam for over 11 years.

(Para 5.1 of Report No.6 of 2004)Army and Ordnance Factories

Page 244: Indian Ministry of Defence Annual Report 2004 - 2005 · 2016. 5. 4. · CONTENTS 1. The Security Environment 5 2. Organisation and Functions of the Ministry of Defence 17 3. Indian